https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-the-best-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576028https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/434/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>enEducationCopyright Aileen Farrellhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6df3dab2c595edcdc995c53b67b345fe.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/listen-to-the-best-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6576028Sat, 29 Mar 2025 06:49:24 +0000Aileen FarrellAileen Farrellfeeds@spreaker.comPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/434/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories....https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/434/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]>cleanepisodichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spam-nation-the-inside-story-of-organized-cybercrime-from-global-epidemic-to-your-front-door-by-brian-krebs--65210890https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spam Nation: The Inside Story of Organized Cybercrime—from Global Epidemic to Your Front Door Author: Brian Krebs Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is a Threat Lurking Online with the Power to Destroy Your Finances, Steal Your Personal Data, and Endanger Your Life. In Spam Nation, investigative journalist and cybersecurity expert Brian Krebs unmasks the criminal masterminds driving some of the biggest spam and hacker operations targeting Americans and their bank accounts. Tracing the rise, fall, and alarming resurrection of the digital mafia behind the two largest spam pharmacies—and countless viruses, phishing, and spyware attacks—he delivers the first definitive narrative of the global spam problem and its threat to consumers everywhere. Blending cutting-edge research, investigative reporting, and firsthand interviews, this terrifying true story reveals how we unwittingly invite these digital thieves into our lives every day. From unassuming computer programmers right next door to digital mobsters like 'Cosma'—who unleashed a massive malware attack that has stolen thousands of Americans' logins and passwords—Krebs uncovers the shocking lengths to which these people will go to profit from our data and our wallets. Not only are hundreds of thousands of Americans exposing themselves to fraud and dangerously toxic products from rogue online pharmacies, but even those who never open junk messages are at risk. As Krebs notes, spammers can—and do—hack into accounts through these emails, harvest personal information like usernames and passwords, and sell them on the digital black market. The fallout from this global epidemic doesn't just cost consumers and companies billions, it costs lives too. Fast-paced and utterly gripping, Spam Nation ultimately proposes concrete solutions for protecting ourselves online and stemming this tidal wave of cybercrime—before it's too late. 'Krebs's talent for exposing the weaknesses in online security has earned him respect in the IT business and loathing among cybercriminals.… His track record of scoops…has helped him become the rare blogger who supports himself on the strength of his reputation for hard-nosed reporting.' —Bloomberg Businessweek]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221341Tue, 18 Nov 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spam Nation: The Inside Story of Organized Cybercrime—from Global Epidemic to Your Front Door Author: Brian Krebs Narrator: Christopher Lane Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221341 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spam Nation: The Inside Story of Organized Cybercrime—from Global Epidemic to Your Front Door Author: Brian Krebs Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There is a Threat Lurking Online with the Power to Destroy Your Finances, Steal Your Personal Data, and Endanger Your Life. In Spam Nation, investigative journalist and cybersecurity expert Brian Krebs unmasks the criminal masterminds driving some of the biggest spam and hacker operations targeting Americans and their bank accounts. Tracing the rise, fall, and alarming resurrection of the digital mafia behind the two largest spam pharmacies—and countless viruses, phishing, and spyware attacks—he delivers the first definitive narrative of the global spam problem and its threat to consumers everywhere. Blending cutting-edge research, investigative reporting, and firsthand interviews, this terrifying true story reveals how we unwittingly invite these digital thieves into our lives every day. From unassuming computer programmers right next door to digital mobsters like 'Cosma'—who unleashed a massive malware attack that has stolen thousands of Americans' logins and passwords—Krebs uncovers the shocking lengths to which these people will go to profit from our data and our wallets. Not only are hundreds of thousands of Americans exposing themselves to fraud and dangerously toxic products from rogue online pharmacies, but even those who never open junk messages are at risk. As Krebs notes, spammers can—and do—hack into accounts through these emails, harvest personal information like usernames and passwords, and sell them on the digital black market. The fallout from this global epidemic doesn't just cost consumers and companies billions, it costs lives too. Fast-paced and utterly gripping, Spam Nation ultimately proposes concrete solutions for protecting ourselves online and stemming this tidal wave of cybercrime—before it's too late. 'Krebs's talent for exposing the weaknesses in online security has earned him respect in the IT business and loathing among cybercriminals.… His track record of scoops…has helped him become the rare blogger who supports himself on the strength of his reputation for hard-nosed reporting.' —Bloomberg Businessweek]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-stranger-barack-obama-in-the-white-house-by-chuck-todd--65210822https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger: Barack Obama in the White House Author: Chuck Todd Narrator: Chuck Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chuck Todd's gripping, fly-on-the-wall account of Barack Obama's tumultuous struggle to succeed in Washington. Barack Obama won the presidency in 2008 partly because he was a Washington outsider. But if he'd come to the White House thinking he could change the political culture, he soon discovered just how difficult it was to swim against an upstream of insiders, partisans, and old guard networks allied to undermine his agenda -- including members of his own party. He would pass some of the most significant legislation in American history, but his own weaknesses torpedoed some of his greatest hopes. In The Stranger, Chuck Todd draws upon his unprecedented inner-circle sources to create a gripping account of Obama's White House tenure, from the early days of drift and helplessness to a final stand against the GOP in which an Obama, at last liberated from his political future, finally triumphs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221141Tue, 11 Nov 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger: Barack Obama in the White House Author: Chuck Todd Narrator: Chuck Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Stranger: Barack Obama in the White House Author: Chuck Todd Narrator: Chuck Todd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Chuck Todd's gripping, fly-on-the-wall account of Barack Obama's tumultuous struggle to succeed in Washington. Barack Obama won the presidency in 2008 partly because he was a Washington outsider. But if he'd come to the White House thinking he could change the political culture, he soon discovered just how difficult it was to swim against an upstream of insiders, partisans, and old guard networks allied to undermine his agenda -- including members of his own party. He would pass some of the most significant legislation in American history, but his own weaknesses torpedoed some of his greatest hopes. In The Stranger, Chuck Todd draws upon his unprecedented inner-circle sources to create a gripping account of Obama's White House tenure, from the early days of drift and helplessness to a final stand against the GOP in which an Obama, at last liberated from his political future, finally triumphs.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-perfect-kill-21-laws-for-assassins-by-robert-b-baer--65210824https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Kill: 21 Laws for Assassins Author: Robert B. Baer Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the definition of assassination? Robert B. Baer’s boss at the CIA once told him, “It’s a bullet with a man’s name on it.” Sometimes assassination is the senseless act of a psychotic, a bloodletting without social value. Other times, it can be the sanest and most humane way to change the course of conflict—one bullet, one death, case closed. Assassination has been dramatized by literature and politicized by infamous murders throughout history, and for Robert Baer, one of the most accomplished agents to ever work for the CIA, it’s a source of endless fascination, speculation, and intrigue. Over several decades, Baer served as an operative, from Iraq to New Delhi and beyond; notably, his career was the model for the acclaimed movie Syriana. In The Perfect Kill, he takes us on a serpentine adventure through the history of political murder; its connections to, and differences from, the ubiquitous use of drones in state-sponsored killing; his firsthand experience with political executions; and his decades-long cat-and-mouse hunt, across the Middle East and Europe, for the most effective and deadliest assassin of the modern age. A true maverick with an undeniably captivating personal story, Baer pulls back the curtain on the underbelly of world politics and the quiet murderers who operate on the fringe of our society.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221199Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Kill: 21 Laws for Assassins Author: Robert B. Baer Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221199 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Perfect Kill: 21 Laws for Assassins Author: Robert B. Baer Narrator: Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What is the definition of assassination? Robert B. Baer’s boss at the CIA once told him, “It’s a bullet with a man’s name on it.” Sometimes assassination is the senseless act of a psychotic, a bloodletting without social value. Other times, it can be the sanest and most humane way to change the course of conflict—one bullet, one death, case closed. Assassination has been dramatized by literature and politicized by infamous murders throughout history, and for Robert Baer, one of the most accomplished agents to ever work for the CIA, it’s a source of endless fascination, speculation, and intrigue. Over several decades, Baer served as an operative, from Iraq to New Delhi and beyond; notably, his career was the model for the acclaimed movie Syriana. In The Perfect Kill, he takes us on a serpentine adventure through the history of political murder; its connections to, and differences from, the ubiquitous use of drones in state-sponsored killing; his firsthand experience with political executions; and his decades-long cat-and-mouse hunt, across the Middle East and Europe, for the most effective and deadliest assassin of the modern age. A true maverick with an undeniably captivating personal story, Baer pulls back the curtain on the underbelly of world politics and the quiet murderers who operate on the fringe of our society.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dreamers-and-deceivers-true-and-untold-stories-of-the-heroes-and-villains-who-made-america-by-glenn-beck--65210817https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamers and Deceivers: True and Untold Stories of the Heroes and Villains Who Made America Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, comes the powerful follow-up to his national bestseller Miracles and Massacres, which was praised as “moving, provocative, and masterful” (Michelle Malkin, bestselling author of Culture of Corruption). Everyone has heard of a “Ponzi scheme,” but do you know what Charles Ponzi actually did to make his name synonymous with fraud? You’ve probably been to a Disney theme park, but did you know that the park Walt believed would change the world was actually EPCOT? He died before his vision for it could ever be realized. History is about so much more than dates and dead guys; it’s the greatest story ever told. Now, in Dreamers and Deceivers, Glenn Beck brings ten more true and untold stories to life. The people who made America were not always what they seemed. There were entrepreneurs and visionaries whose selflessness propelled us forward, but there were also charlatans and fraudsters whose selfishness nearly derailed us. Dreamers and Deceivers brings both of these groups to life with stories written to put you right in the middle of the action. From the spy Alger Hiss, to the visionary Steve Jobs, to the code-breaker Alan Turing—once you know the full stories behind the half-truths you’ve been force fed…once you begin to see these amazing people from our past as people rather than just names—your perspective on today’s important issues may forever change.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221398Tue, 28 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamers and Deceivers: True and Untold Stories of the Heroes and Villains Who Made America Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221398 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamers and Deceivers: True and Untold Stories of the Heroes and Villains Who Made America Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, comes the powerful follow-up to his national bestseller Miracles and Massacres, which was praised as “moving, provocative, and masterful” (Michelle Malkin, bestselling author of Culture of Corruption). Everyone has heard of a “Ponzi scheme,” but do you know what Charles Ponzi actually did to make his name synonymous with fraud? You’ve probably been to a Disney theme park, but did you know that the park Walt believed would change the world was actually EPCOT? He died before his vision for it could ever be realized. History is about so much more than dates and dead guys; it’s the greatest story ever told. Now, in Dreamers and Deceivers, Glenn Beck brings ten more true and untold stories to life. The people who made America were not always what they seemed. There were entrepreneurs and visionaries whose selflessness propelled us forward, but there were also charlatans and fraudsters whose selfishness nearly derailed us. Dreamers and Deceivers brings both of these groups to life with stories written to put you right in the middle of the action. From the spy Alger Hiss, to the visionary Steve Jobs, to the code-breaker Alan Turing—once you know the full stories behind the half-truths you’ve been force fed…once you begin to see these amazing people from our past as people rather than just names—your perspective on today’s important issues may forever change.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kidnapped-by-the-taliban-a-story-of-terror-hope-and-rescue-by-seal-team-six-by-dilip-joseph-m-d--65210858https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kidnapped by the Taliban: A Story of Terror, Hope, and Rescue by SEAL Team Six Author: Dilip Joseph, M.D. Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Being abducted and held captive by the Taliban isn't a tale many survive to tell. An American doctor shares the harrowing story about the four days he spent with his captors after being abducted on a humanitarian mission and his incredible rescue by SEAL Team Six. On December 5, 2012, American medical doctor Dilip Joseph and two colleagues are driving back to Kabul, Afghanistan, after serving villagers that morning at a rural clinic. Suddenly a man waving an AK-47 blocks their path. More armed men jump out of hiding. For Dilip, it is the beginning of a nightmare—he’s being kidnapped by the Taliban. Dilip recounts his story with chilling detail, transporting the reader to rural Afghanistan. “As we walk, I fear the worst—that when we reach the top, they will shoot us. God, however this is going to end, please don’t let them torture me to death. Let it be one shot and done.” Dilip and his friends endure a nine-hour march into the mountains, gruesome images of torture and death, and repeated threats of execution. After four days of uncertainty, gunfire announces the arrival of Navy SEAL Team Six, the elite group of soldiers that took down al-Qaeda founder Osama bin Laden. SEAL team member Nicolas D. Checque loses his life in the rescue, as do the Taliban kidnappers. Yet this is more than a story of desperation, survival, and loss. It is also a tale of surprising connection, compassion, and inspiration. As Dilip begins to view the Taliban not as monsters but as men, both he and his captors are challenged to re-examine everything that matters: courage, sacrifice, hope, and faith. The book includes: - First-hand account of a Taliban kidnapping survivor - Insights into the Taliban's daily existence - Insights into the sacrifices made by the American armed forces Kidnapped by the Taliban is a story of both terror and triumph. After reading this dramatic and inspiring account, you will never view Afghanistan or the Taliban in the same way again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221308Tue, 21 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kidnapped by the Taliban: A Story of Terror, Hope, and Rescue by SEAL Team Six Author: Dilip Joseph, M.D. Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kidnapped by the Taliban: A Story of Terror, Hope, and Rescue by SEAL Team Six Author: Dilip Joseph, M.D. Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Being abducted and held captive by the Taliban isn't a tale many survive to tell. An American doctor shares the harrowing story about the four days he spent with his captors after being abducted on a humanitarian mission and his incredible rescue by SEAL Team Six. On December 5, 2012, American medical doctor Dilip Joseph and two colleagues are driving back to Kabul, Afghanistan, after serving villagers that morning at a rural clinic. Suddenly a man waving an AK-47 blocks their path. More armed men jump out of hiding. For Dilip, it is the beginning of a nightmare—he’s being kidnapped by the Taliban. Dilip recounts his story with chilling detail, transporting the reader to rural Afghanistan. “As we walk, I fear the worst—that when we reach the top, they will shoot us. God, however this is going to end, please don’t let them torture me to death. Let it be one shot and done.” Dilip and his friends endure a nine-hour march into the mountains, gruesome images of torture and death, and repeated threats of execution. After four days of uncertainty, gunfire announces the arrival of Navy SEAL Team Six, the elite group of soldiers that took down al-Qaeda founder Osama bin Laden. SEAL team member Nicolas D. Checque loses his life in the rescue, as do the Taliban kidnappers. Yet this is more than a story of desperation, survival, and loss. It is also a tale of surprising connection, compassion, and inspiration. As Dilip begins to view the Taliban not as monsters but as men, both he and his captors are challenged to re-examine everything that matters: courage, sacrifice, hope, and faith. The book includes: - First-hand account of a Taliban kidnapping survivor - Insights into the Taliban's daily existence - Insights into the sacrifices made by the American armed forces Kidnapped by the Taliban is a story of both terror and triumph. After reading this dramatic and inspiring account, you will never view Afghanistan or the Taliban in the same way again.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-snowden-files-the-inside-story-of-the-world-s-most-wanted-man-by-luke-harding--65210854https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snowden Files: The Inside Story of the World's Most Wanted Man Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a tour de force of investigative journalism that reads like a spy novel, award-winning Guardian reporter Luke Harding tells Edward Snowden’s astonishing story Edward Snowden was a 29-year-old computer genius working for the National Security Agency when he shocked the world by exposing the near-universal mass surveillance programs of the United States government. His whistleblowing has shaken the leaders of nations worldwide, and generated a passionate public debate on the dangers of global monitoring and the threat to individual privacy.   For the first time, Harding brings together the many sources and strands of the story, from the day Snowden left his glamorous girlfriend in Honolulu carrying a hard drive full of secrets, to the weeks of his secret-spilling in Hong Kong, to his battle for asylum and his exile in Moscow. Harding touches on everything from concerns about domestic spying to the complicity of the tech sector—while also placing us in the room with Edward Snowden himself. The result is a gripping insider narrative—and a necessary and timely account of what is at stake for all of us in the new digital age.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220528Tue, 21 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snowden Files: The Inside Story of the World's Most Wanted Man Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220528 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Snowden Files: The Inside Story of the World's Most Wanted Man Author: Luke Harding Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In a tour de force of investigative journalism that reads like a spy novel, award-winning Guardian reporter Luke Harding tells Edward Snowden’s astonishing story Edward Snowden was a 29-year-old computer genius working for the National Security Agency when he shocked the world by exposing the near-universal mass surveillance programs of the United States government. His whistleblowing has shaken the leaders of nations worldwide, and generated a passionate public debate on the dangers of global monitoring and the threat to individual privacy.   For the first time, Harding brings together the many sources and strands of the story, from the day Snowden left his glamorous girlfriend in Honolulu carrying a hard drive full of secrets, to the weeks of his secret-spilling in Hong Kong, to his battle for asylum and his exile in Moscow. Harding touches on everything from concerns about domestic spying to the complicity of the tech sector—while also placing us in the room with Edward Snowden himself. The result is a gripping insider narrative—and a necessary and timely account of what is at stake for all of us in the new digital age.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-mercy-a-story-of-justice-and-redemption-by-bryan-stevenson--65210838https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption Author: Bryan Stevenson Narrator: Bryan Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 394 Ratings of Narrator: 4.62 of Total 74 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE STARRING MICHAEL B. JORDAN AND JAMIE FOXX • A powerful true story about the potential for mercy to redeem us, and a clarion call to fix our broken system of justice—from one of the most brilliant and influential lawyers of our time. “[Bryan Stevenson’s] dedication to fighting for justice and equality has inspired me and many others and made a lasting impact on our country.”—John Legend NAMED ONE OF THE MOST INFLUENTIAL BOOKS OF THE DECADE BY CNN • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by The New York Times • The Washington Post • The Boston Globe • The Seattle Times • Esquire • Time Bryan Stevenson was a young lawyer when he founded the Equal Justice Initiative, a legal practice dedicated to defending those most desperate and in need: the poor, the wrongly condemned, and women and children trapped in the farthest reaches of our criminal justice system. One of his first cases was that of Walter McMillian, a young man who was sentenced to die for a notorious murder he insisted he didn’t commit. The case drew Bryan into a tangle of conspiracy, political machination, and legal brinksmanship—and transformed his understanding of mercy and justice forever. Just Mercy is at once an unforgettable account of an idealistic, gifted young lawyer’s coming of age, a moving window into the lives of those he has defended, and an inspiring argument for compassion in the pursuit of true justice. Winner of the Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction • Winner of the NAACP Image Award for Nonfiction • Winner of a Books for a Better Life Award • Finalist for the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • Finalist for the Kirkus Reviews Prize • An American Library Association Notable Book “Every bit as moving as To Kill a Mockingbird, and in some ways more so . . . a searing indictment of American criminal justice and a stirring testament to the salvation that fighting for the vulnerable sometimes yields.”—David Cole, The New York Review of Books “Searing, moving . . . Bryan Stevenson may, indeed, be America’s Mandela.”—Nicholas Kristof, The New York Times “You don’t have to read too long to start cheering for this man. . . . The message of this book . . . is that evil can be overcome, a difference can be made. Just Mercy will make you upset and it will make you hopeful.”—Ted Conover, The New York Times Book Review “Inspiring . . . a work of style, substance and clarity . . . Stevenson is not only a great lawyer, he’s also a gifted writer and storyteller.”—The Washington Post “As deeply moving, poignant and powerful a book as has been, and maybe ever can be, written about the death penalty.”—The Financial Times “Brilliant.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220774Tue, 21 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption Author: Bryan Stevenson Narrator: Bryan Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220774 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Mercy: A Story of Justice and Redemption Author: Bryan Stevenson Narrator: Bryan Stevenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 21, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 394 Ratings of Narrator: 4.62 of Total 74 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NOW A MAJOR MOTION PICTURE STARRING MICHAEL B. JORDAN AND JAMIE FOXX • A powerful true story about the potential for mercy to redeem us, and a clarion call to fix our broken system of justice—from one of the most brilliant and influential lawyers of our time. “[Bryan Stevenson’s] dedication to fighting for justice and equality has inspired me and many others and made a lasting impact on our country.”—John Legend NAMED ONE OF THE MOST INFLUENTIAL BOOKS OF THE DECADE BY CNN • Named One of the Best Books of the Year by The New York Times • The Washington Post • The Boston Globe • The Seattle Times • Esquire • Time Bryan Stevenson was a young lawyer when he founded the Equal Justice Initiative, a legal practice dedicated to defending those most desperate and in need: the poor, the wrongly condemned, and women and children trapped in the farthest reaches of our criminal justice system. One of his first cases was that of Walter McMillian, a young man who was sentenced to die for a notorious murder he insisted he didn’t commit. The case drew Bryan into a tangle of conspiracy, political machination, and legal brinksmanship—and transformed his understanding of mercy and justice forever. Just Mercy is at once an unforgettable account of an idealistic, gifted young lawyer’s coming of age, a moving window into the lives of those he has defended, and an inspiring argument for compassion in the pursuit of true justice. Winner of the Carnegie Medal for Excellence in Nonfiction • Winner of the NAACP Image Award for Nonfiction • Winner of a Books for a Better Life Award • Finalist for the Los Angeles Times Book Prize • Finalist for the Kirkus Reviews Prize • An American Library Association Notable Book “Every bit as moving as To Kill a Mockingbird, and in some ways more so . . . a searing indictment of American criminal justice and a stirring testament to the salvation that fighting for the vulnerable sometimes yields.”—David Cole, The New York Review of Books “Searing, moving . . . Bryan Stevenson may, indeed, be America’s Mandela.”—Nicholas Kristof, The New York Times “You don’t have to read too long to start cheering for this man. . . . The message of this book . . . is that evil can be overcome, a difference can be made. Just Mercy will make you upset and it will make you hopeful.”—Ted Conover, The New York Times Book Review “Inspiring . . . a work of style, substance and clarity . . . Stevenson is not only a great lawyer, he’s also a gifted writer and storyteller.”—The Washington Post “As deeply moving, poignant and powerful a book as has been, and maybe ever can be, written about the death penalty.”—The Financial Times “Brilliant.”—The Philadelphia Inquirer]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unaccountable-how-elite-power-brokers-corrupt-our-finances-freedom-and-security-by-janine-r-wedel--65210829https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221542 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unaccountable: How Elite Power Brokers Corrupt Our Finances, Freedom, and Security Author: Janine R. Wedel Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking book that challenges Americans to reevaluate our views on how corruption and private interest have infiltrated every level of society From the Tea Party to Occupy Wall Street, however divergent their political views, these groups seem united by one thing: outrage over a system of power and influence that they feel has stolen their livelihoods and liberties. Increasingly, protesters on both ends of the political spectrum and the media are using the word corrupt to describe an elusory system of power that has shed any accountability to those it was meant to help and govern. But what does corruption and unaccountability mean in today's world? It is far more toxic and deeply rooted than bribery. From super PACs pouring secret money into our election system to companies buying better ratings from Standard & Poor's or the extreme influence of lobbyists in Congress, all embody a 'new corruption' and remain unaccountable to our society's supposed watchdogs, which sit idly alongside the same groups that have brought the government, business, and much of the military into their pocket.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221542Wed, 15 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221542 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unaccountable: How Elite Power Brokers Corrupt Our Finances, Freedom, and Security Author: Janine R. Wedel Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221542 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unaccountable: How Elite Power Brokers Corrupt Our Finances, Freedom, and Security Author: Janine R. Wedel Narrator: Pam Ward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking book that challenges Americans to reevaluate our views on how corruption and private interest have infiltrated every level of society From the Tea Party to Occupy Wall Street, however divergent their political views, these groups seem united by one thing: outrage over a system of power and influence that they feel has stolen their livelihoods and liberties. Increasingly, protesters on both ends of the political spectrum and the media are using the word corrupt to describe an elusory system of power that has shed any accountability to those it was meant to help and govern. But what does corruption and unaccountability mean in today's world? It is far more toxic and deeply rooted than bribery. From super PACs pouring secret money into our election system to companies buying better ratings from Standard & Poor's or the extreme influence of lobbyists in Congress, all embody a 'new corruption' and remain unaccountable to our society's supposed watchdogs, which sit idly alongside the same groups that have brought the government, business, and much of the military into their pocket.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-miracle-of-the-kurds-a-remarkable-story-of-hope-reborn-in-northern-iraq-by-stephen-mansfield--65210844https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle of the Kurds: A Remarkable Story of Hope Reborn In Northern Iraq Author: Stephen Mansfield Narrator: Stephen Mansfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kurdistan is what America wanted Iraq to be. It’s America’s reward. Hundreds of thousands of Kurds were murdered under the tyrannical regime of Saddam Hussein. Some four thousand Kurdish villages were destroyed. Betrayed again and again by the nations of the world, the Kurds were as decimated as any people in history. Then came the Kurdish Miracle, that combination of ancient wisdom and modern economic genius that is now making the Kurdish homeland one of the most prosperous places on earth. Many experts predict that this homeland will soon be the world’s newest nation. Stephen Mansfield witnessed much of this history. In this audio book, he has turned the skills that have made him a New York Times best-selling author upon the Kurdish story. He has captured the agony and the determination, the horror and the genius of one of the most remarkable stories of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221314Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle of the Kurds: A Remarkable Story of Hope Reborn In Northern Iraq Author: Stephen Mansfield Narrator: Stephen Mansfield Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle of the Kurds: A Remarkable Story of Hope Reborn In Northern Iraq Author: Stephen Mansfield Narrator: Stephen Mansfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kurdistan is what America wanted Iraq to be. It’s America’s reward. Hundreds of thousands of Kurds were murdered under the tyrannical regime of Saddam Hussein. Some four thousand Kurdish villages were destroyed. Betrayed again and again by the nations of the world, the Kurds were as decimated as any people in history. Then came the Kurdish Miracle, that combination of ancient wisdom and modern economic genius that is now making the Kurdish homeland one of the most prosperous places on earth. Many experts predict that this homeland will soon be the world’s newest nation. Stephen Mansfield witnessed much of this history. In this audio book, he has turned the skills that have made him a New York Times best-selling author upon the Kurdish story. He has captured the agony and the determination, the horror and the genius of one of the most remarkable stories of our time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/without-you-there-is-no-us-my-time-with-the-sons-of-north-korea-s-elite-by-suki-kim--65210819https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without You, There Is No Us: My Time with the Sons of North Korea's Elite Author: Suki Kim Narrator: Janet Song Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A haunting account of teaching English to the sons of North Korea's ruling class during the last six months of Kim Jong-il's reign   Every day, three times a day, the students march in two straight lines, singing praises to Kim Jong-il and North Korea: Without you, there is no motherland. Without you, there is no us. It is a chilling scene, but gradually Suki Kim, too, learns the tune and, without noticing, begins to hum it. It is 2011, and all universities in North Korea have been shut down for an entire year, the students sent to construction fields—except for the 270 students at the all-male Pyongyang University of Science and Technology (PUST), a walled compound where portraits of Kim Il-sung and Kim Jong-il look on impassively from the walls of every room, and where Suki has gone undercover as a missionary and a teacher. Over the next six months, she will eat three meals a day with her young charges and struggle to teach them English, all under the watchful eye of the regime. Life at PUST is lonely and claustrophobic, especially for Suki, whose letters are read by censors and who must hide her notes and photographs not only from her minders but from her colleagues—evangelical Christian missionaries who don't know or choose to ignore that Suki doesn't share their faith. As the weeks pass, she is mystified by how easily her students lie, unnerved by their obedience to the regime. At the same time, they offer Suki tantalizing glimpses of their private selves—their boyish enthusiasm, their eagerness to please, the flashes of curiosity that have not yet been extinguished. She in turn begins to hint at the existence of a world beyond their own—at such exotic activities as surfing the Internet or traveling freely and, more dangerously, at electoral democracy and other ideas forbidden in a country where defectors risk torture and execution. But when Kim Jong-il dies, and the boys she has come to love appear devastated, she wonders whether the gulf between her world and theirs can ever be bridged. Without You, There Is No Us offers a moving and incalculably rare glimpse of life in the world's most unknowable country, and at the privileged young men she calls 'soldiers and slaves.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220775Tue, 14 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without You, There Is No Us: My Time with the Sons of North Korea's Elite Author: Suki Kim Narrator: Janet Song Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220775 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Without You, There Is No Us: My Time with the Sons of North Korea's Elite Author: Suki Kim Narrator: Janet Song Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A haunting account of teaching English to the sons of North Korea's ruling class during the last six months of Kim Jong-il's reign   Every day, three times a day, the students march in two straight lines, singing praises to Kim Jong-il and North Korea: Without you, there is no motherland. Without you, there is no us. It is a chilling scene, but gradually Suki Kim, too, learns the tune and, without noticing, begins to hum it. It is 2011, and all universities in North Korea have been shut down for an entire year, the students sent to construction fields—except for the 270 students at the all-male Pyongyang University of Science and Technology (PUST), a walled compound where portraits of Kim Il-sung and Kim Jong-il look on impassively from the walls of every room, and where Suki has gone undercover as a missionary and a teacher. Over the next six months, she will eat three meals a day with her young charges and struggle to teach them English, all under the watchful eye of the regime. Life at PUST is lonely and claustrophobic, especially for Suki, whose letters are read by censors and who must hide her notes and photographs not only from her minders but from her colleagues—evangelical Christian missionaries who don't know or choose to ignore that Suki doesn't share their faith. As the weeks pass, she is mystified by how easily her students lie, unnerved by their obedience to the regime. At the same time, they offer Suki tantalizing glimpses of their private selves—their boyish enthusiasm, their eagerness to please, the flashes of curiosity that have not yet been extinguished. She in turn begins to hint at the existence of a world beyond their own—at such exotic activities as surfing the Internet or traveling freely and, more dangerously, at electoral democracy and other ideas forbidden in a country where defectors risk torture and execution. But when Kim Jong-il dies, and the boys she has come to love appear devastated, she wonders whether the gulf between her world and theirs can ever be bridged. Without You, There Is No Us offers a moving and incalculably rare glimpse of life in the world's most unknowable country, and at the privileged young men she calls 'soldiers and slaves.']]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stop-the-coming-civil-war-my-savage-truth-by-michael-savage--65210905https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Coming Civil War: My Savage Truth Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the book that predicted our current political climate, conservative talk-show host and #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage shows how true patriots can defend America's freedoms before it's too late. The split between the right and the left is growing every day, and our country is in real trouble. Not between the states, but between true patriots who believe in our nation's founding principles and those he believes are working every day to undermine them and change the very nature of the country. Michael Savage is convinced we face more than just political differences. He believes the split between right and left is possibly irreversible unless we understand what's destroying American values and how to stop it. This fervent warning offers the Savage truth - a call to action in the voting booth - in order to defend the freedoms our Constitution so brilliantly established.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218297Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Coming Civil War: My Savage Truth Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop the Coming Civil War: My Savage Truth Author: Michael Savage Narrator: Barry Baer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the book that predicted our current political climate, conservative talk-show host and #1 New York Times bestselling author Michael Savage shows how true patriots can defend America's freedoms before it's too late. The split between the right and the left is growing every day, and our country is in real trouble. Not between the states, but between true patriots who believe in our nation's founding principles and those he believes are working every day to undermine them and change the very nature of the country. Michael Savage is convinced we face more than just political differences. He believes the split between right and left is possibly irreversible unless we understand what's destroying American values and how to stop it. This fervent warning offers the Savage truth - a call to action in the voting booth - in order to defend the freedoms our Constitution so brilliantly established.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/losing-our-way-an-intimate-portrait-of-a-troubled-america-by-bob-herbert--65210863https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Way: An Intimate Portrait of a Troubled America Author: Bob Herbert Narrator: Bob Herbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From longtime New York Times columnist Bob Herbert comes a wrenching portrayal of ordinary Americans struggling for survival in a nation that has lost its way In his eighteen years as an opinion columnist for The New York Times, Herbert championed the working poor and the middle class. After filing his last column in 2011, he set off on a journey across the country to report on Americans who were being left behind in an economy that has never fully recovered from the Great Recession. The portraits of those he encountered fuel his new book, Losing Our Way. Herbert’s combination of heartrending reporting and keen political analysis is the purest expression since the Occupy movement of the plight of the 99 percent.      The individuals and families who are paying the price of America’s bad choices in recent decades form the book’s emotional center: an exhausted high school student in Brooklyn who works the overnight shift in a factory at minimum wage to help pay her family’s rent; a twenty-four-year-old soldier from Peachtree City, Georgia, who loses both legs in a misguided, mismanaged, seemingly endless war; a young woman, only recently engaged, who suffers devastating injuries in a tragic bridge collapse in Minneapolis; and a group of parents in Pittsburgh who courageously fight back against the politicians who decimated funding for their children’s schools.      Herbert reminds us of a time in America when unemployment was low, wages and profits were high, and the nation’s wealth, by current standards, was distributed much more equitably. Today, the gap between the wealthy and everyone else has widened dramatically, the nation’s physical plant is crumbling, and the inability to find decent work is a plague on a generation. Herbert traces where we went wrong and spotlights the drastic and dangerous shift of political power from ordinary Americans to the corporate and financial elite. Hope for America, he argues, lies in a concerted push to redress that political imbalance. Searing and unforgettable, Losing Our Way ultimately inspires with its faith in ordinary citizens to take back their true political power and reclaim the American dream.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218333Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Way: An Intimate Portrait of a Troubled America Author: Bob Herbert Narrator: Bob Herbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Losing Our Way: An Intimate Portrait of a Troubled America Author: Bob Herbert Narrator: Bob Herbert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From longtime New York Times columnist Bob Herbert comes a wrenching portrayal of ordinary Americans struggling for survival in a nation that has lost its way In his eighteen years as an opinion columnist for The New York Times, Herbert championed the working poor and the middle class. After filing his last column in 2011, he set off on a journey across the country to report on Americans who were being left behind in an economy that has never fully recovered from the Great Recession. The portraits of those he encountered fuel his new book, Losing Our Way. Herbert’s combination of heartrending reporting and keen political analysis is the purest expression since the Occupy movement of the plight of the 99 percent.      The individuals and families who are paying the price of America’s bad choices in recent decades form the book’s emotional center: an exhausted high school student in Brooklyn who works the overnight shift in a factory at minimum wage to help pay her family’s rent; a twenty-four-year-old soldier from Peachtree City, Georgia, who loses both legs in a misguided, mismanaged, seemingly endless war; a young woman, only recently engaged, who suffers devastating injuries in a tragic bridge collapse in Minneapolis; and a group of parents in Pittsburgh who courageously fight back against the politicians who decimated funding for their children’s schools.      Herbert reminds us of a time in America when unemployment was low, wages and profits were high, and the nation’s wealth, by current standards, was distributed much more equitably. Today, the gap between the wealthy and everyone else has widened dramatically, the nation’s physical plant is crumbling, and the inability to find decent work is a plague on a generation. Herbert traces where we went wrong and spotlights the drastic and dangerous shift of political power from ordinary Americans to the corporate and financial elite. Hope for America, he argues, lies in a concerted push to redress that political imbalance. Searing and unforgettable, Losing Our Way ultimately inspires with its faith in ordinary citizens to take back their true political power and reclaim the American dream.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-wait-for-the-next-war-a-strategy-for-american-growth-and-global-leadership-by-wesley-k-clark--65210834https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Wait for the Next War: A Strategy for American Growth and Global Leadership Author: Wesley K. Clark Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the end of the Cold War came not the end of history, but the end of America's sense of its strategic purpose in the world. Then, after a decade of drift, the United States was violently dragged back into international conflict. Its armed forces responded magnificently, but its leaders' objectives were substantially flawed. We fought the wrong war—twice—for reasons that were opaque, and few American citizens understood the cause for which their sons and daughters were fighting and dying. War is a poor substitute for strategic vision, and decisions made in the heat of imminent conflict are often limited by the emotions of the moment. In Don't Wait for the Next War, Wesley K. Clark, a retired four-star general of the US Army and former Democratic candidate for president, presents a compelling argument for continued American global leadership and the basis on which it can succeed: a new American strategy. America needs both new power and deeper perspective. The platform for American leadership is to use America's energy resources to spark sustainable economic growth, building new strength to deal with pressing domestic issues like the deficit as well as the longer term challenges to US security—terrorism, cyber threats, the next financial crisis, China's rising power, and climate change. Such a strategy is not only achievable but essential, and it is urgently needed. This is the true test of American leadership for the next two decades, but it must start now so America has the power and vision to deal with the acute crises that will inevitably come—in the Middle East, Europe, or Asia.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220803Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Wait for the Next War: A Strategy for American Growth and Global Leadership Author: Wesley K. Clark Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220803 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don’t Wait for the Next War: A Strategy for American Growth and Global Leadership Author: Wesley K. Clark Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With the end of the Cold War came not the end of history, but the end of America's sense of its strategic purpose in the world. Then, after a decade of drift, the United States was violently dragged back into international conflict. Its armed forces responded magnificently, but its leaders' objectives were substantially flawed. We fought the wrong war—twice—for reasons that were opaque, and few American citizens understood the cause for which their sons and daughters were fighting and dying. War is a poor substitute for strategic vision, and decisions made in the heat of imminent conflict are often limited by the emotions of the moment. In Don't Wait for the Next War, Wesley K. Clark, a retired four-star general of the US Army and former Democratic candidate for president, presents a compelling argument for continued American global leadership and the basis on which it can succeed: a new American strategy. America needs both new power and deeper perspective. The platform for American leadership is to use America's energy resources to spark sustainable economic growth, building new strength to deal with pressing domestic issues like the deficit as well as the longer term challenges to US security—terrorism, cyber threats, the next financial crisis, China's rising power, and climate change. Such a strategy is not only achievable but essential, and it is urgently needed. This is the true test of American leadership for the next two decades, but it must start now so America has the power and vision to deal with the acute crises that will inevitably come—in the Middle East, Europe, or Asia.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/worthy-fights-a-memoir-of-leadership-in-war-and-peace-by-leon-panetta-jim-newton--65210821https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worthy Fights: A Memoir of Leadership in War and Peace Author: Leon Panetta, Jim Newton Narrator: Leon Panetta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling autobiography of a legendary political and military leader.   It could be said that Leon Panetta has had two of the most consequential careers of any American public servant in the past 50 years. His first career, beginning as an Army intelligence officer and including a distinguished run as one of the most powerful and respected members of Congress, lasted 35 years and culminated in his transformational role as budget czar and White House chief of staff in the Clinton administration. But after a brief “retirement,” he returned to public service in 2009 as the CIA director who led the intelligence war that killed Osama Bin Laden and then became the US secretary of defense, inheriting two troubled wars in a time of austerity and painful choices. Like his career, Worthy Fights is a reflection of Panetta’s values. It is also a testament to a lost kind of political leadership that favors progress and duty to country over partisanship. Leon Panetta calls them as he sees them in Worthy Fights. Suffused with its author’s decency and common sense, the book is an inspiring American success story, a great political memoir, and a revelatory view onto many of the defining figures and events of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220757Tue, 07 Oct 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worthy Fights: A Memoir of Leadership in War and Peace Author: Leon Panetta, Jim Newton Narrator: Leon Panetta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220757 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Worthy Fights: A Memoir of Leadership in War and Peace Author: Leon Panetta, Jim Newton Narrator: Leon Panetta Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 7, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling autobiography of a legendary political and military leader.   It could be said that Leon Panetta has had two of the most consequential careers of any American public servant in the past 50 years. His first career, beginning as an Army intelligence officer and including a distinguished run as one of the most powerful and respected members of Congress, lasted 35 years and culminated in his transformational role as budget czar and White House chief of staff in the Clinton administration. But after a brief “retirement,” he returned to public service in 2009 as the CIA director who led the intelligence war that killed Osama Bin Laden and then became the US secretary of defense, inheriting two troubled wars in a time of austerity and painful choices. Like his career, Worthy Fights is a reflection of Panetta’s values. It is also a testament to a lost kind of political leadership that favors progress and duty to country over partisanship. Leon Panetta calls them as he sees them in Worthy Fights. Suffused with its author’s decency and common sense, the book is an inspiring American success story, a great political memoir, and a revelatory view onto many of the defining figures and events of our time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/enough-our-fight-to-keep-america-safe-from-gun-violence-by-mark-kelly-gabrielle-giffords--65210853https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: Our Fight to Keep America Safe From Gun Violence Author: Mark Kelly, Gabrielle Giffords Narrator: Mark Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gabrielle Giffords's documentary Gabby Giffords Won’t Back Down is now in theaters nationwide! Former Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords and her husband, astronaut and Arizona Senator Mark Kelly, share their impassioned argument for responsible gun ownership. After the 2011 Tucson shooting that nearly took her life, basic questions consumed Gabby Giffords and her family: Would Gabby survive the bullet through her brain? Would she walk again? Speak? Her hard-won recovery, though far from complete, has now allowed her and Mark to ask larger questions that confront us as a nation: How can we address our nation’s epidemic of gun violence? How can we protect gun rights for law abiding citizens, while keeping firearms out of the hands of criminals and the mentally ill? What can we do about gun trafficking and other threats to our communities? Enough goes behind the scenes of Gabby and Mark’s creation of Americans for Responsible Solutions, an organization dedicated to promoting responsible gun ownership and encouraging lawmakers to find solutions to gun violence, despite their widespread fear of the gun lobby. As gun owners and strong supporters of the Second Amendment, Gabby and Mark offer a bold but sensible path forward, preserving the right to own guns for collection, recreation, and protection while taking common-sense actions to prevent the next Tucson, Aurora, or Newtown. Poll after poll shows that most Americans agree with Gabby and Mark’s reasonable proposals. As the book follows Gabby and Mark from the halls of Congress to communities across the country, it provides an intimate window into the recovery of one of our nation’s most inspiring public figures and reveals how she and her husband have taken on the role of co-advocates for one of the defining issues of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220486Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: Our Fight to Keep America Safe From Gun Violence Author: Mark Kelly, Gabrielle Giffords Narrator: Mark Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough: Our Fight to Keep America Safe From Gun Violence Author: Mark Kelly, Gabrielle Giffords Narrator: Mark Kelly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Gabrielle Giffords's documentary Gabby Giffords Won’t Back Down is now in theaters nationwide! Former Congresswoman Gabrielle Giffords and her husband, astronaut and Arizona Senator Mark Kelly, share their impassioned argument for responsible gun ownership. After the 2011 Tucson shooting that nearly took her life, basic questions consumed Gabby Giffords and her family: Would Gabby survive the bullet through her brain? Would she walk again? Speak? Her hard-won recovery, though far from complete, has now allowed her and Mark to ask larger questions that confront us as a nation: How can we address our nation’s epidemic of gun violence? How can we protect gun rights for law abiding citizens, while keeping firearms out of the hands of criminals and the mentally ill? What can we do about gun trafficking and other threats to our communities? Enough goes behind the scenes of Gabby and Mark’s creation of Americans for Responsible Solutions, an organization dedicated to promoting responsible gun ownership and encouraging lawmakers to find solutions to gun violence, despite their widespread fear of the gun lobby. As gun owners and strong supporters of the Second Amendment, Gabby and Mark offer a bold but sensible path forward, preserving the right to own guns for collection, recreation, and protection while taking common-sense actions to prevent the next Tucson, Aurora, or Newtown. Poll after poll shows that most Americans agree with Gabby and Mark’s reasonable proposals. As the book follows Gabby and Mark from the halls of Congress to communities across the country, it provides an intimate window into the recovery of one of our nation’s most inspiring public figures and reveals how she and her husband have taken on the role of co-advocates for one of the defining issues of our time.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-front-runner-all-the-truth-is-out-movie-tie-in-by-matt-bai--65210836https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218328 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture 'The Front Runner' starring Hugh Jackman An NPR Best Book of the Year In May 1987, Colorado Senator Gary Hart—a dashing, reform-minded Democrat—seemed a lock for the party’s presidential nomination and led George H. W. Bush by double digits in the polls. Then, in one tumultuous week, rumors of marital infidelity and a newspaper’s stakeout of Hart’s home resulted in a media frenzy the likes of which had never been seen before.    Through the spellbindingly reported story of the Senator’s fall from grace, Matt Bai, Yahoo News columnist and former chief political correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, shows the Hart affair to be far more than one man’s tragedy: rather, it marked a crucial turning point in the ethos of political media, and the new norms of life in the public eye. All the Truth Is Out is a tour de force portrait of the American way of politics at the highest level, one that changes our understanding of how we elect our presidents and how the bedrock of American values has shifted under our feet.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218328Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218328 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218328 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Front Runner (All the Truth Is Out Movie Tie-in) Author: Matt Bai Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now a major motion picture 'The Front Runner' starring Hugh Jackman An NPR Best Book of the Year In May 1987, Colorado Senator Gary Hart—a dashing, reform-minded Democrat—seemed a lock for the party’s presidential nomination and led George H. W. Bush by double digits in the polls. Then, in one tumultuous week, rumors of marital infidelity and a newspaper’s stakeout of Hart’s home resulted in a media frenzy the likes of which had never been seen before.    Through the spellbindingly reported story of the Senator’s fall from grace, Matt Bai, Yahoo News columnist and former chief political correspondent for The New York Times Magazine, shows the Hart affair to be far more than one man’s tragedy: rather, it marked a crucial turning point in the ethos of political media, and the new norms of life in the public eye. All the Truth Is Out is a tour de force portrait of the American way of politics at the highest level, one that changes our understanding of how we elect our presidents and how the bedrock of American values has shifted under our feet.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rise-of-isis-a-threat-we-can-t-ignore-by-jay-sekulow--65210830https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of ISIS: A Threat We Can't Ignore Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE DEFINITIVE BOOK ON ISIS Jay Sekulow, one of America’s most influential attorneys, closely examines the rise of the terrorist groups ISIS and Hamas, explains their objectives and capabilities and how, if left undefeated, their existence could unleash a genocide of historic proportions. Recently, the world has been shaken by gruesome photos and videos that have introduced us to the now infamous terrorist group known as ISIS. The world’s wealthiest and most powerful jihadists, ISIS originated within Al Qaeda with the goal of creating an Islamic state across Iraq and Syria and unrelenting jihad on Christians. Separate from ISIS, the terrorist group Hamas has waged an equally brutal war against Israel. Both groups, if left undefeated, have the potential to unleash a catastrophic genocide. Rise of ISIS gives a better understanding of the modern face of terror,andprovides an overview of the laws of war and war crimes. These laws differentiate between the guilty and innocent, and explain why the US military and the Israeli Defense Forces are often limited in their defensive measures. The authors’ firsthand experience, including multiple appearances before the Office of the Prosecutor, International Criminal Court at The Hague, along with direct contact battling jihadists during operation Iraqi Freedom lends insight into this important geopolitical issue. A must-have for anyone who wants to better understand the conflict that exists in the middle east, this well-researched and fully annotated volume is invaluable in revealing how this new brand of terrorism poses a very real threat to Americans and the world at large. It also serves as a guide to what we as individuals—and as a nation—can do to stop this escalating violence, prevent jihad, and protect Israel and America from this imminent threat. In this expanded edition, Jay tracks the most recent events in the war against ISIS, exposes new dangers, and provides a detailed plan to defeat ISIS and prevent genocide against Christians in the Middle East. ISIS is still growing, and its reach—as Jay predicted in the first edition—is extending across the globe. Includes a link to an exclusive track from the Jay Sekulow Band, 'Where I Stand,' a moving tribute to the persecuted Christians in Iraq.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221096Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of ISIS: A Threat We Can't Ignore Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of ISIS: A Threat We Can't Ignore Author: Jay Sekulow Narrator: Jay Sekulow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: THE DEFINITIVE BOOK ON ISIS Jay Sekulow, one of America’s most influential attorneys, closely examines the rise of the terrorist groups ISIS and Hamas, explains their objectives and capabilities and how, if left undefeated, their existence could unleash a genocide of historic proportions. Recently, the world has been shaken by gruesome photos and videos that have introduced us to the now infamous terrorist group known as ISIS. The world’s wealthiest and most powerful jihadists, ISIS originated within Al Qaeda with the goal of creating an Islamic state across Iraq and Syria and unrelenting jihad on Christians. Separate from ISIS, the terrorist group Hamas has waged an equally brutal war against Israel. Both groups, if left undefeated, have the potential to unleash a catastrophic genocide. Rise of ISIS gives a better understanding of the modern face of terror,andprovides an overview of the laws of war and war crimes. These laws differentiate between the guilty and innocent, and explain why the US military and the Israeli Defense Forces are often limited in their defensive measures. The authors’ firsthand experience, including multiple appearances before the Office of the Prosecutor, International Criminal Court at The Hague, along with direct contact battling jihadists during operation Iraqi Freedom lends insight into this important geopolitical issue. A must-have for anyone who wants to better understand the conflict that exists in the middle east, this well-researched and fully annotated volume is invaluable in revealing how this new brand of terrorism poses a very real threat to Americans and the world at large. It also serves as a guide to what we as individuals—and as a nation—can do to stop this escalating violence, prevent jihad, and protect Israel and America from this imminent threat. In this expanded edition, Jay tracks the most recent events in the war against ISIS, exposes new dangers, and provides a detailed plan to defeat ISIS and prevent genocide against Christians in the Middle East. ISIS is still growing, and its reach—as Jay predicted in the first edition—is extending across the globe. Includes a link to an exclusive track from the Jay Sekulow Band, 'Where I Stand,' a moving tribute to the persecuted Christians in Iraq.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-we-got-to-now-six-innovations-that-made-the-modern-world-by-steven-johnson--65210823https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Look out for Johnson’s new book, Wonderland, on sale November 15, 2016. From the New York Times–bestselling author of Where Good Ideas Come From and Everything Bad Is Good for You, a new look at the power and legacy of great ideas.   In this illustrated history, Steven Johnson explores the history of innovation over centuries, tracing facets of modern life (refrigeration, clocks, and eyeglass lenses, to name a few) from their creation by hobbyists, amateurs, and entrepreneurs to their unintended historical consequences. Filled with surprising stories of accidental genius and brilliant mistakes—from the French publisher who invented the phonograph before Edison but forgot to include playback, to the Hollywood movie star who helped invent the technology behind Wi-Fi and Bluetooth—How We Got to Now investigates the secret history behind the everyday objects of contemporary life. In his trademark style, Johnson examines unexpected connections between seemingly unrelated fields: how the invention of air-conditioning enabled the largest migration of human beings in the history of the species—to cities such as Dubai or Phoenix, which would otherwise be virtually uninhabitable; how pendulum clocks helped trigger the industrial revolution; and how clean water made it possible to manufacture computer chips. Accompanied by a major six-part television series on PBS, How We Got to Now is the story of collaborative networks building the modern world, written in the provocative, informative, and engaging style that has earned Johnson fans around the globe.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217458 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Got to Now: Six Innovations That Made the Modern World Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Look out for Johnson’s new book, Wonderland, on sale November 15, 2016. From the New York Times–bestselling author of Where Good Ideas Come From and Everything Bad Is Good for You, a new look at the power and legacy of great ideas.   In this illustrated history, Steven Johnson explores the history of innovation over centuries, tracing facets of modern life (refrigeration, clocks, and eyeglass lenses, to name a few) from their creation by hobbyists, amateurs, and entrepreneurs to their unintended historical consequences. Filled with surprising stories of accidental genius and brilliant mistakes—from the French publisher who invented the phonograph before Edison but forgot to include playback, to the Hollywood movie star who helped invent the technology behind Wi-Fi and Bluetooth—How We Got to Now investigates the secret history behind the everyday objects of contemporary life. In his trademark style, Johnson examines unexpected connections between seemingly unrelated fields: how the invention of air-conditioning enabled the largest migration of human beings in the history of the species—to cities such as Dubai or Phoenix, which would otherwise be virtually uninhabitable; how pendulum clocks helped trigger the industrial revolution; and how clean water made it possible to manufacture computer chips. Accompanied by a major six-part television series on PBS, How We Got to Now is the story of collaborative networks building the modern world, written in the provocative, informative, and engaging style that has earned Johnson fans around the globe.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seven-bad-ideas-how-mainstream-economists-have-damaged-america-and-the-world-by-jeff-madrick--65210818https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Bad Ideas: How Mainstream Economists Have Damaged America and the World Author: Jeff Madrick Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the widely praised Age of Greed now gives us a bold indictment of some of our most accepted economic theories - why they're wrong, the harm they've done, and the theories that would vastly improve them. Jeff Madrick, a former columnist for The New York Times, is an economics columnist for Harper's, a regular contributor to The New York Review of Books, and editor of Challenge Magazine. He is visiting professor of humanities at The Cooper Union, and director of the Bernard L. Schwartz Rediscovering Government Initiative at the Roosevelt Institute. His books include Age of Greed, The End of Affluence, and Taking America. He has also written for The Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, Institutional Investor, The Nation, American Prospect, The Boston Globe and Newsday. He lives in New York City.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220511Tue, 30 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Bad Ideas: How Mainstream Economists Have Damaged America and the World Author: Jeff Madrick Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/220511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Bad Ideas: How Mainstream Economists Have Damaged America and the World Author: Jeff Madrick Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 30, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The author of the widely praised Age of Greed now gives us a bold indictment of some of our most accepted economic theories - why they're wrong, the harm they've done, and the theories that would vastly improve them. Jeff Madrick, a former columnist for The New York Times, is an economics columnist for Harper's, a regular contributor to The New York Review of Books, and editor of Challenge Magazine. He is visiting professor of humanities at The Cooper Union, and director of the Bernard L. Schwartz Rediscovering Government Initiative at the Roosevelt Institute. His books include Age of Greed, The End of Affluence, and Taking America. He has also written for The Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, Institutional Investor, The Nation, American Prospect, The Boston Globe and Newsday. He lives in New York City.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-path-appears-transforming-lives-creating-opportunity-by-nicholas-d-kristof-sheryl-wudunn--65210889https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Path Appears: Transforming Lives, Creating Opportunity Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Olivia Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential, galvanizing narrative about making a difference here and abroad—a road map to becoming the most effective global citizens we can be. In their number one New York Times best seller Half the Sky, husband-and-wife team Nicholas D. Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn brought to light struggles faced by women and girls around the globe, and showcased individuals and institu­tions working to address oppression and expand opportunity. A Path Appears is even more ambi­tious in scale: nothing less than a sweeping tap­estry of people who are making the world a better place and a guide to the ways that we can do the same—whether with a donation of $5 or $5 mil­lion, with our time, by capitalizing on our skills as individuals, or by using the resources of our businesses. With scrupulous research and on-the-ground reporting, the authors assay the art and science of giving, identify successful local and global initia­tives, and share astonishing stories from the front lines of social progress. We see the compelling, in­spiring truth of how real people have changed the world, upending the idea that one person can’t make a difference. We meet people like Dr. Gary Slutkin, who devel­oped his landmark Cure Violence program to combat inner-city conflicts in the United States by applying principles of epidemiology; Lester Strong, who left a career as a high-powered television anchor to run an organization bringing in older Americans to tu­tor students in public schools across the country; MIT development economist Esther Duflo, whose pioneering studies of aid effectiveness have revealed new truths about, among other things, the power of hope; and Jessica Posner and Kennedy Odede, who are transforming Kenya’s most notorious slum by ex­panding educational opportunities for girls. A Path Appears offers practical, results-driven advice on how best each of us can give and reveals the lasting benefits we gain in return. Kristof and WuDunn know better than most how many urgent challenges communities around the world face to­day. Here they offer a timely beacon of hope for our collective future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218091Tue, 23 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Path Appears: Transforming Lives, Creating Opportunity Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Olivia Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Path Appears: Transforming Lives, Creating Opportunity Author: Nicholas D. Kristof, Sheryl WuDunn Narrator: Olivia Wilde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An essential, galvanizing narrative about making a difference here and abroad—a road map to becoming the most effective global citizens we can be. In their number one New York Times best seller Half the Sky, husband-and-wife team Nicholas D. Kristof and Sheryl WuDunn brought to light struggles faced by women and girls around the globe, and showcased individuals and institu­tions working to address oppression and expand opportunity. A Path Appears is even more ambi­tious in scale: nothing less than a sweeping tap­estry of people who are making the world a better place and a guide to the ways that we can do the same—whether with a donation of $5 or $5 mil­lion, with our time, by capitalizing on our skills as individuals, or by using the resources of our businesses. With scrupulous research and on-the-ground reporting, the authors assay the art and science of giving, identify successful local and global initia­tives, and share astonishing stories from the front lines of social progress. We see the compelling, in­spiring truth of how real people have changed the world, upending the idea that one person can’t make a difference. We meet people like Dr. Gary Slutkin, who devel­oped his landmark Cure Violence program to combat inner-city conflicts in the United States by applying principles of epidemiology; Lester Strong, who left a career as a high-powered television anchor to run an organization bringing in older Americans to tu­tor students in public schools across the country; MIT development economist Esther Duflo, whose pioneering studies of aid effectiveness have revealed new truths about, among other things, the power of hope; and Jessica Posner and Kennedy Odede, who are transforming Kenya’s most notorious slum by ex­panding educational opportunities for girls. A Path Appears offers practical, results-driven advice on how best each of us can give and reveals the lasting benefits we gain in return. Kristof and WuDunn know better than most how many urgent challenges communities around the world face to­day. Here they offer a timely beacon of hope for our collective future.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/law-of-the-jungle-the-19-billion-legal-battle-over-oil-in-the-rain-forest-and-the-lawyer-who-d-stop-at-nothing-to-win-by-paul-m-barrett--65210861https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218323 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law of the Jungle: The $19 Billion Legal Battle Over Oil in the Rain Forest and the Lawyer Who'd Stop at Nothing to Win Author: Paul M. Barrett Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The gripping story of one American lawyer’s obsessive crusade—waged at any cost—against Big Oil on behalf of the poor farmers and indigenous tribes of the Amazon rainforest. Steven Donziger, a self-styled social activist and Harvard educated lawyer, signed on to a budding class action lawsuit against multinational Texaco (which later merged with Chevron to become the third-largest corporation in America). The suit sought reparations for the Ecuadorian peasants and tribes people whose lives were affected by decades of oil production near their villages and fields.  During twenty years of legal hostilities in federal courts in Manhattan and remote provincial tribunals in the Ecuadorian jungle, Donziger and Chevron’s lawyers followed fierce no-holds-barred rules. Donziger, a larger-than-life, loud-mouthed showman, proved himself a master orchestrator of the media, Hollywood, and public opinion. He cajoled and coerced Ecuadorian judges on the theory that his noble ends justified any means of persuasion. And in the end, he won an unlikely victory, a $19 billion judgment against Chevon--the biggest environmental damages award in history.  But the company refused to surrender or compromise. Instead, Chevron targeted Donziger personally, and its counter-attack revealed damning evidence of his politicking and manipulation of evidence. Suddenly the verdict, and decades of Donziger’s single-minded pursuit of the case, began to unravel.      Written with the texture and flair of the best narrative nonfiction, Law of the Jungle is an unputdownable story in which there are countless victims, a vast region of ruined rivers and polluted rainforest, but very few heroes.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218323Tue, 23 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218323 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law of the Jungle: The $19 Billion Legal Battle Over Oil in the Rain Forest and the Lawyer Who'd Stop at Nothing to Win Author: Paul M. Barrett...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218323 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Law of the Jungle: The $19 Billion Legal Battle Over Oil in the Rain Forest and the Lawyer Who'd Stop at Nothing to Win Author: Paul M. Barrett Narrator: Joe Ochman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The gripping story of one American lawyer’s obsessive crusade—waged at any cost—against Big Oil on behalf of the poor farmers and indigenous tribes of the Amazon rainforest. Steven Donziger, a self-styled social activist and Harvard educated lawyer, signed on to a budding class action lawsuit against multinational Texaco (which later merged with Chevron to become the third-largest corporation in America). The suit sought reparations for the Ecuadorian peasants and tribes people whose lives were affected by decades of oil production near their villages and fields.  During twenty years of legal hostilities in federal courts in Manhattan and remote provincial tribunals in the Ecuadorian jungle, Donziger and Chevron’s lawyers followed fierce no-holds-barred rules. Donziger, a larger-than-life, loud-mouthed showman, proved himself a master orchestrator of the media, Hollywood, and public opinion. He cajoled and coerced Ecuadorian judges on the theory that his noble ends justified any means of persuasion. And in the end, he won an unlikely victory, a $19 billion judgment against Chevon--the biggest environmental damages award in history.  But the company refused to surrender or compromise. Instead, Chevron targeted Donziger personally, and its counter-attack revealed damning evidence of his politicking and manipulation of evidence. Suddenly the verdict, and decades of Donziger’s single-minded pursuit of the case, began to unravel.      Written with the texture and flair of the best narrative nonfiction, Law of the Jungle is an unputdownable story in which there are countless victims, a vast region of ruined rivers and polluted rainforest, but very few heroes.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-all-new-don-t-think-of-an-elephant-know-your-values-and-frame-the-debate-by-george-lakoff--65210831https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The All New Don't Think of an Elephant!: Know Your Values and Frame the Debate Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ten years after writing the definitive, international bestselling book on political debate and messaging, George Lakoff returns with new strategies about how to frame today’s essential issues.Called the “father of framing” by The New York Times, Lakoff explains how framing is about ideas—ideas that come before policy, ideas that make sense of facts, ideas that are proactive not reactive, positive not negative, ideas that need to be communicated out loud every day in public.The ALL NEW Don’t Think of an Elephant! picks up where the original book left off—delving deeper into how framing works, how framing has evolved in the past decade, how to speak to people who harbor elements of both progressive and conservative worldviews, how to counter propaganda and slogans, and more.In this updated and expanded edition, Lakoff, urges progressives to go beyond the typical laundry list of facts, policies, and programs and present a clear moral vision to the country—one that is traditionally American and can become a guidepost for developing compassionate, effective policy that upholds citizens’ well-being and freedom.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221426Tue, 23 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The All New Don't Think of an Elephant!: Know Your Values and Frame the Debate Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/221426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The All New Don't Think of an Elephant!: Know Your Values and Frame the Debate Author: George Lakoff Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ten years after writing the definitive, international bestselling book on political debate and messaging, George Lakoff returns with new strategies about how to frame today’s essential issues.Called the “father of framing” by The New York Times, Lakoff explains how framing is about ideas—ideas that come before policy, ideas that make sense of facts, ideas that are proactive not reactive, positive not negative, ideas that need to be communicated out loud every day in public.The ALL NEW Don’t Think of an Elephant! picks up where the original book left off—delving deeper into how framing works, how framing has evolved in the past decade, how to speak to people who harbor elements of both progressive and conservative worldviews, how to counter propaganda and slogans, and more.In this updated and expanded edition, Lakoff, urges progressives to go beyond the typical laundry list of facts, policies, and programs and present a clear moral vision to the country—one that is traditionally American and can become a guidepost for developing compassionate, effective policy that upholds citizens’ well-being and freedom.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/zero-to-one-notes-on-startups-or-how-to-build-the-future-by-blake-masters-peter-thiel--65210845https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero to One: Notes on Startups, or How to Build the Future Author: Blake Masters, Peter Thiel Narrator: Blake Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 27 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This book delivers completely new and refreshing ideas on how to create value in the world.”—Mark Zuckerberg, CEO of Meta “Peter Thiel has built multiple breakthrough companies, and Zero to One shows how.”—Elon Musk, CEO of SpaceX and Tesla The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217861Tue, 16 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero to One: Notes on Startups, or How to Build the Future Author: Blake Masters, Peter Thiel Narrator: Blake Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero to One: Notes on Startups, or How to Build the Future Author: Blake Masters, Peter Thiel Narrator: Blake Masters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 131 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 27 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “This book delivers completely new and refreshing ideas on how to create value in the world.”—Mark Zuckerberg, CEO of Meta “Peter Thiel has built multiple breakthrough companies, and Zero to One shows how.”—Elon Musk, CEO of SpaceX and Tesla The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/roar-the-new-conservative-woman-speaks-out-by-scottie-nell-hughes--65210841https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roar: The New Conservative Woman Speaks Out Author: Scottie Nell Hughes Narrator: Scottie Nell Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are you sick and tired of watching your city, state and country spiral out of control and into the hands of liberals, whether Democrats or “Republicans in Name Only?” If so, you will be inspired to make a difference as you read the passionate battle cry of Scottie Nell Hughes.In the past, conservative women worked hard to nurture their homes, their churches and their communities, committing their time, talents and resources to the betterment of all concerned. Wherever there was a need, they worked together to meet it…and that was enough. Not anymore.Thanks to the ongoing efforts of the progressive media and the liberal political leadership, today’s American political and social language has completely changed. Our God-given, constitutionally-protected rights are being threatened on multiple fronts. Our children are being taught ideas we would never want them exposed to. It’s time to take a stand. It’s time to ROAR!]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218728Tue, 16 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roar: The New Conservative Woman Speaks Out Author: Scottie Nell Hughes Narrator: Scottie Nell Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218728 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Roar: The New Conservative Woman Speaks Out Author: Scottie Nell Hughes Narrator: Scottie Nell Hughes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Are you sick and tired of watching your city, state and country spiral out of control and into the hands of liberals, whether Democrats or “Republicans in Name Only?” If so, you will be inspired to make a difference as you read the passionate battle cry of Scottie Nell Hughes.In the past, conservative women worked hard to nurture their homes, their churches and their communities, committing their time, talents and resources to the betterment of all concerned. Wherever there was a need, they worked together to meet it…and that was enough. Not anymore.Thanks to the ongoing efforts of the progressive media and the liberal political leadership, today’s American political and social language has completely changed. Our God-given, constitutionally-protected rights are being threatened on multiple fronts. Our children are being taught ideas we would never want them exposed to. It’s time to take a stand. It’s time to ROAR!]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-changes-everything-capitalism-vs-the-climate-by-naomi-klein--65210835https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. The Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most important book yet from the author of the international bestseller The Shock Doctrine, a brilliant explanation of why the climate crisis challenges us to abandon the core “free market” ideology of our time, restructure the global economy, and remake our political systems. In short, either we embrace radical change ourselves or radical changes will be visited upon our physical world. The status quo is no longer an option. In This Changes Everything Naomi Klein argues that climate change isn’t just another issue to be neatly filed between taxes and health care. It’s an alarm that calls us to fix an economic system that is already failing us in many ways. Klein meticulously builds the case for how massively reducing our greenhouse emissions is our best chance to simultaneously reduce gaping inequalities, re-imagine our broken democracies, and rebuild our gutted local economies. She exposes the ideological desperation of the climate-change deniers, the messianic delusions of the would-be geoengineers, and the tragic defeatism of too many mainstream green initiatives. And she demonstrates precisely why the market has not—and cannot—fix the climate crisis but will instead make things worse, with ever more extreme and ecologically damaging extraction methods, accompanied by rampant disaster capitalism. Klein argues that the changes to our relationship with nature and one another that are required to respond to the climate crisis humanely should not be viewed as grim penance, but rather as a kind of gift—a catalyst to transform broken economic and cultural priorities and to heal long-festering historical wounds. And she documents the inspiring movements that have already begun this process: communities that are not just refusing to be sites of further fossil fuel extraction but are building the next, regeneration-based economies right now. Can we pull off these changes in time? Nothing is certain. Nothing except that climate change changes everything. And for a very brief time, the nature of that change is still up to us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218416Tue, 16 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. The Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 45 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. The Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most important book yet from the author of the international bestseller The Shock Doctrine, a brilliant explanation of why the climate crisis challenges us to abandon the core “free market” ideology of our time, restructure the global economy, and remake our political systems. In short, either we embrace radical change ourselves or radical changes will be visited upon our physical world. The status quo is no longer an option. In This Changes Everything Naomi Klein argues that climate change isn’t just another issue to be neatly filed between taxes and health care. It’s an alarm that calls us to fix an economic system that is already failing us in many ways. Klein meticulously builds the case for how massively reducing our greenhouse emissions is our best chance to simultaneously reduce gaping inequalities, re-imagine our broken democracies, and rebuild our gutted local economies. She exposes the ideological desperation of the climate-change deniers, the messianic delusions of the would-be geoengineers, and the tragic defeatism of too many mainstream green initiatives. And she demonstrates precisely why the market has not—and cannot—fix the climate crisis but will instead make things worse, with ever more extreme and ecologically damaging extraction methods, accompanied by rampant disaster capitalism. Klein argues that the changes to our relationship with nature and one another that are required to respond to the climate crisis humanely should not be viewed as grim penance, but rather as a kind of gift—a catalyst to transform broken economic and cultural priorities and to heal long-festering historical wounds. And she documents the inspiring movements that have already begun this process: communities that are not just refusing to be sites of further fossil fuel extraction but are building the next, regeneration-based economies right now. Can we pull off these changes in time? Nothing is certain. Nothing except that climate change changes everything. And for a very brief time, the nature of that change is still up to us.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thirteen-days-in-september-carter-begin-and-sadat-at-camp-david-by-lawrence-wright--65210826https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirteen Days in September: Carter, Begin, and Sadat at Camp David Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW’ S 10 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR A gripping day-by-day account of the 1978 Camp David conference, when President Jimmy Carter persuaded Israeli prime minister Menachem Begin and Egyptian president Anwar Sadat to sign the first peace treaty in the modern Middle East, one which endures to this day. With his hallmark insight into the forces at play in the Middle East and his acclaimed journalistic skill, Lawrence Wright takes us through each of the thirteen days of the Camp David conference, illuminating the issues that have made the problems of the region so intractable, as well as exploring the scriptural narratives that continue to frame the conflict. In addition to his in-depth accounts of the lives of the three leaders, Wright draws vivid portraits of other fiery personalities who were present at Camp David––including Moshe Dayan, Osama el-Baz, and Zbigniew Brzezinski––as they work furiously behind the scenes. Wright also explores the significant role played by Rosalynn Carter. What emerges is a riveting view of the making of this unexpected and so far unprecedented peace. Wright exhibits the full extent of Carter’s persistence in pushing an agreement forward, the extraordinary way in which the participants at the conference—many of them lifelong enemies—attained it, and the profound difficulties inherent in the process and its outcome, not the least of which has been the still unsettled struggle between the Israelis and the Palestinians. In Thirteen Days in September, Wright gives us a resonant work of history and reportage that provides both a timely revisiting of this important diplomatic triumph and an inside look at how peace is made.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218331Tue, 16 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirteen Days in September: Carter, Begin, and Sadat at Camp David Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218331 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirteen Days in September: Carter, Begin, and Sadat at Camp David Author: Lawrence Wright Narrator: Lawrence Wright, Mark Bramhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 16, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ONE OF THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW’ S 10 BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR A gripping day-by-day account of the 1978 Camp David conference, when President Jimmy Carter persuaded Israeli prime minister Menachem Begin and Egyptian president Anwar Sadat to sign the first peace treaty in the modern Middle East, one which endures to this day. With his hallmark insight into the forces at play in the Middle East and his acclaimed journalistic skill, Lawrence Wright takes us through each of the thirteen days of the Camp David conference, illuminating the issues that have made the problems of the region so intractable, as well as exploring the scriptural narratives that continue to frame the conflict. In addition to his in-depth accounts of the lives of the three leaders, Wright draws vivid portraits of other fiery personalities who were present at Camp David––including Moshe Dayan, Osama el-Baz, and Zbigniew Brzezinski––as they work furiously behind the scenes. Wright also explores the significant role played by Rosalynn Carter. What emerges is a riveting view of the making of this unexpected and so far unprecedented peace. Wright exhibits the full extent of Carter’s persistence in pushing an agreement forward, the extraordinary way in which the participants at the conference—many of them lifelong enemies—attained it, and the profound difficulties inherent in the process and its outcome, not the least of which has been the still unsettled struggle between the Israelis and the Palestinians. In Thirteen Days in September, Wright gives us a resonant work of history and reportage that provides both a timely revisiting of this important diplomatic triumph and an inside look at how peace is made.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-terrorist-s-son-a-story-of-choice-by-zak-ebrahim--65210825https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist's Son: A Story of Choice Author: Zak Ebrahim Narrator: Zak Ebrahim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story, never before told: The intimate, behind-the-scenes life of an American boy raised by his terrorist father—the man who planned the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. What is it like to grow up with a terrorist in your home? Zak Ebrahim was only seven years old when, on November 5th, 1990, his father El-Sayyid Nosair shot and killed the leader of the Jewish Defense League. While in prison, Nosair helped plan the bombing of the World Trade Center in 1993. In one of his infamous video messages, Osama bin Laden urged the world to “Remember El-Sayyid Nosair.” For Zak Ebrahim, a childhood amongst terrorism was all he knew. After his father’s incarceration, his family moved often, and as the perpetual new kid in class, he faced constant teasing and exclusion. Yet, though his radicalized father and uncles modeled fanatical beliefs, to Ebrahim something never felt right. To the shy, awkward boy, something about the hateful feelings just felt unnatural. In this book, Ebrahim dispels the myth that terrorism is a foregone conclusion for people trained to hate. Based on his own remarkable journey, he shows that hate is always a choice—but so is tolerance. Though Ebrahim was subjected to a violent, intolerant ideology throughout his childhood, he did not become radicalized. Ebrahim argues that people conditioned to be terrorists are actually well positioned to combat terrorism, because of their ability to bring seemingly incompatible ideologies together in conversation and advocate in the fight for peace. Ebrahim argues that everyone, regardless of their upbringing or circumstances, can learn to tap into their inherent empathy and embrace tolerance over hatred. His original, urgent message is fresh, groundbreaking, and essential to the current discussion about terrorism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218587Tue, 09 Sep 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist's Son: A Story of Choice Author: Zak Ebrahim Narrator: Zak Ebrahim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218587 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Terrorist's Son: A Story of Choice Author: Zak Ebrahim Narrator: Zak Ebrahim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 9, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An extraordinary story, never before told: The intimate, behind-the-scenes life of an American boy raised by his terrorist father—the man who planned the 1993 World Trade Center bombing. What is it like to grow up with a terrorist in your home? Zak Ebrahim was only seven years old when, on November 5th, 1990, his father El-Sayyid Nosair shot and killed the leader of the Jewish Defense League. While in prison, Nosair helped plan the bombing of the World Trade Center in 1993. In one of his infamous video messages, Osama bin Laden urged the world to “Remember El-Sayyid Nosair.” For Zak Ebrahim, a childhood amongst terrorism was all he knew. After his father’s incarceration, his family moved often, and as the perpetual new kid in class, he faced constant teasing and exclusion. Yet, though his radicalized father and uncles modeled fanatical beliefs, to Ebrahim something never felt right. To the shy, awkward boy, something about the hateful feelings just felt unnatural. In this book, Ebrahim dispels the myth that terrorism is a foregone conclusion for people trained to hate. Based on his own remarkable journey, he shows that hate is always a choice—but so is tolerance. Though Ebrahim was subjected to a violent, intolerant ideology throughout his childhood, he did not become radicalized. Ebrahim argues that people conditioned to be terrorists are actually well positioned to combat terrorism, because of their ability to bring seemingly incompatible ideologies together in conversation and advocate in the fight for peace. Ebrahim argues that everyone, regardless of their upbringing or circumstances, can learn to tap into their inherent empathy and embrace tolerance over hatred. His original, urgent message is fresh, groundbreaking, and essential to the current discussion about terrorism.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-invisible-soldiers-how-america-outsourced-our-security-by-hermann-hagedorn--65210866https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Soldiers: How America Outsourced Our Security Author: Hermann Hagedorn Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 19, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The urgent truth about the privatization of America’s national security that exposes where this industry came from, how it operates, where it's heading—and why we should be concerned. Thirty years ago there were no private military and security companies (PMSCs); there were only mercenaries. Now the PMSCs are a bona-fide industry, an indispensable part of American foreign and military policy. PMSCs assist US forces in combat operations and replace them after the military withdraws from combat zones; they guard our embassies; they play key roles in US counterterrorism strategies; and Homeland Security depends on them. Their services include maritime security, police training, drone operations, cyber security, and intelligence analysis (as Edward Snowden has famously revealed). Even the United Nations employs them. When did this happen? The turning point came when the US found itself in a prolonged war with Iraq, but without adequate forces. So the Bush Administration turned to the PMSCs to fill the gap. Private contractors and subcontractors eventually exceeded the traditional troops. The industry has never scaled back. Ann Hagedorn profiles the members of Congress who recognize the dangers of dependence on PMSCs, but have been unable to limit them or even determine their true scope. She takes us to the exclusive club in London where the PMSCs were created, and she reveals the key figure in the evolution of the industry. She introduces us to a US Army general who studies new developments, such as PMSCs’ drone operations, and worries about PMSCs potentially fighting American troops. The Invisible Soldiers will inspire a national dialogue about a little-known international industry on which our security rests.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217820Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Soldiers: How America Outsourced Our Security Author: Hermann Hagedorn Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217820 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invisible Soldiers: How America Outsourced Our Security Author: Hermann Hagedorn Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: August 19, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The urgent truth about the privatization of America’s national security that exposes where this industry came from, how it operates, where it's heading—and why we should be concerned. Thirty years ago there were no private military and security companies (PMSCs); there were only mercenaries. Now the PMSCs are a bona-fide industry, an indispensable part of American foreign and military policy. PMSCs assist US forces in combat operations and replace them after the military withdraws from combat zones; they guard our embassies; they play key roles in US counterterrorism strategies; and Homeland Security depends on them. Their services include maritime security, police training, drone operations, cyber security, and intelligence analysis (as Edward Snowden has famously revealed). Even the United Nations employs them. When did this happen? The turning point came when the US found itself in a prolonged war with Iraq, but without adequate forces. So the Bush Administration turned to the PMSCs to fill the gap. Private contractors and subcontractors eventually exceeded the traditional troops. The industry has never scaled back. Ann Hagedorn profiles the members of Congress who recognize the dangers of dependence on PMSCs, but have been unable to limit them or even determine their true scope. She takes us to the exclusive club in London where the PMSCs were created, and she reveals the key figure in the evolution of the industry. She introduces us to a US Army general who studies new developments, such as PMSCs’ drone operations, and worries about PMSCs potentially fighting American troops. The Invisible Soldiers will inspire a national dialogue about a little-known international industry on which our security rests.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-way-forward-renewing-the-american-idea-by-paul-ryan--65210848https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Forward: Renewing the American Idea Author: Paul Ryan Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 19, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the intellectual leader of the Republican party, an unvarnished look into the state of the conservative movement today and a clear plan for what needs to be done to save the American Idea. The Way Forward challenges conventional thinking, outlines his political vision for 2014 and beyond, and shows how essential conservatism is for the future of our nation. Beginning with a careful analysis of the 2012 election--including a look at the challenge the GOP had in reaching a majority of voters and the prevalence of identity politics--Ryan examines the state of the Republican party and dissects its challenges going forward. The Way Forward also offers a detailed critique of not only President Obama but of the progressive movement as a whole--its genesis, its underlying beliefs and philosophies, and how its policies are steering the country to certain ruin. Culminating in a plan for the future, The Way Forward argues that the Republican Party is and must remain a conservative party, emphasizing conservatism in a way that demonstrates how it can modernize and appeal to both our deepest concerns and highest ideals.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213944Tue, 19 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Forward: Renewing the American Idea Author: Paul Ryan Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213944 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Forward: Renewing the American Idea Author: Paul Ryan Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 19, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the intellectual leader of the Republican party, an unvarnished look into the state of the conservative movement today and a clear plan for what needs to be done to save the American Idea. The Way Forward challenges conventional thinking, outlines his political vision for 2014 and beyond, and shows how essential conservatism is for the future of our nation. Beginning with a careful analysis of the 2012 election--including a look at the challenge the GOP had in reaching a majority of voters and the prevalence of identity politics--Ryan examines the state of the Republican party and dissects its challenges going forward. The Way Forward also offers a detailed critique of not only President Obama but of the progressive movement as a whole--its genesis, its underlying beliefs and philosophies, and how its policies are steering the country to certain ruin. Culminating in a plan for the future, The Way Forward argues that the Republican Party is and must remain a conservative party, emphasizing conservatism in a way that demonstrates how it can modernize and appeal to both our deepest concerns and highest ideals.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/alexanderplatz-berlin-by-georg-diez--65210843https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AlexanderPlatz, Berlin Author: Georg Diez Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: August 12, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alexanderplatz has long survived as the symbol of a city burdened by its ruinous past. In 2012, twenty-year-old Jonny K. was beaten to death on this infamous Berlin square—and Germany’s first multicultural murder brought another shock to a country that’s seen its share. Before the trial, the question of guilt already had an ideological slant: Was Alexanderplatz itself to blame? Was the socialist architecture? The brutality of capitalism? Georg Diez pursues the mystery of Alexanderplatz in a narrative at once contentious and sincere. He portrays a city shaking free of the cultural pathos that defined it, even as its citizens wrestle with the legacies of Hitler and an East German regime that isolated the square before the Berlin Wall fell. In imaginative prose, Diez describes a historical icon unleashed in modern Germany, fueled by unbridled enterprise and consumerism. Along the way, he takes the status quo to task and unveils a provocative view of the German capital in a troubled era.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217923Tue, 12 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AlexanderPlatz, Berlin Author: Georg Diez Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: August 12,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217923 to listen full audiobooks. Title: AlexanderPlatz, Berlin Author: Georg Diez Narrator: Christopher Lane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 50 minutes Release date: August 12, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alexanderplatz has long survived as the symbol of a city burdened by its ruinous past. In 2012, twenty-year-old Jonny K. was beaten to death on this infamous Berlin square—and Germany’s first multicultural murder brought another shock to a country that’s seen its share. Before the trial, the question of guilt already had an ideological slant: Was Alexanderplatz itself to blame? Was the socialist architecture? The brutality of capitalism? Georg Diez pursues the mystery of Alexanderplatz in a narrative at once contentious and sincere. He portrays a city shaking free of the cultural pathos that defined it, even as its citizens wrestle with the legacies of Hitler and an East German regime that isolated the square before the Berlin Wall fell. In imaginative prose, Diez describes a historical icon unleashed in modern Germany, fueled by unbridled enterprise and consumerism. Along the way, he takes the status quo to task and unveils a provocative view of the German capital in a troubled era.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-future-of-the-gun-by-frank-miniter--65210958https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217848 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Gun Author: Frank Miniter Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The history of the American gun is intricately entwined with the history of America itself, and the potential future developments in gun technology could change the world. However, the radical anti-gun lobby stands between innovation and the American people. Bestselling author Frank Miniter describes amazing breakthroughs waiting to happen in gun technology—and how gun grabbers threaten to stop progress in its tracks. In The Future of the Gun, you will learn about: - Integrated electronic optics systems embedded in firearms are making them accurate in a novice shooter's hands beyond ten football fields. - Controlled-expansion bullets are now being engineered to perform through bone, cinder blocks, and a lot of other mediums. - Beginning with the AccuTrigger, a revolution has taken over gun trigger designs that's making rifles much more accurate. - In the last two decades, over-the-counter rifles have become as accurate as custom rifles. This is due to consumer demand and new machining capabilities. - Simple, ultra-reliable, cost-efficient designs from pistol makers like Glock and Beretta have made it possible to make smaller, lighter, more powerful handguns at prices (when adjusted for inflation) the world has never seen.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217848Mon, 11 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217848 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Gun Author: Frank Miniter Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 11, 2014...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217848 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of the Gun Author: Frank Miniter Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The history of the American gun is intricately entwined with the history of America itself, and the potential future developments in gun technology could change the world. However, the radical anti-gun lobby stands between innovation and the American people. Bestselling author Frank Miniter describes amazing breakthroughs waiting to happen in gun technology—and how gun grabbers threaten to stop progress in its tracks. In The Future of the Gun, you will learn about: - Integrated electronic optics systems embedded in firearms are making them accurate in a novice shooter's hands beyond ten football fields. - Controlled-expansion bullets are now being engineered to perform through bone, cinder blocks, and a lot of other mediums. - Beginning with the AccuTrigger, a revolution has taken over gun trigger designs that's making rifles much more accurate. - In the last two decades, over-the-counter rifles have become as accurate as custom rifles. This is due to consumer demand and new machining capabilities. - Simple, ultra-reliable, cost-efficient designs from pistol makers like Glock and Beretta have made it possible to make smaller, lighter, more powerful handguns at prices (when adjusted for inflation) the world has never seen.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/please-stop-helping-us-how-liberals-make-it-harder-for-blacks-to-succeed-by-jason-l-riley--65210876https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217998 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Stop Helping Us: How Liberals Make It Harder for Blacks to Succeed Author: Jason L. Riley Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why is it that so many efforts by liberals to lift the black underclass not only fail, but often harm the intended beneficiaries?In Please Stop Helping Us, Jason L. Riley examines how well-intentioned welfare programs are in fact holding black Americans back. Minimum-wage laws may lift earnings for people who are already employed, but they price a disproportionate number of blacks out of the labor force. Affirmative action in higher education is intended to address past discrimination, but the result is fewer black college graduates than would otherwise exist. And so it goes with everything from soft-on-crime laws, which make black neighborhoods more dangerous, to policies that limit school choice out of a mistaken belief that charter schools and voucher programs harm the traditional public schools that most low-income students attend.In theory these efforts are intended to help the poor—and poor minorities in particular. In practice they become massive barriers to moving forward.Please Stop Helping Us lays bare these counterproductive results. People of goodwill want to see more black socioeconomic advancement, but in too many instances the current methods and approaches aren’t working. Acknowledging this is an important first step.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217998Tue, 05 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217998 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Stop Helping Us: How Liberals Make It Harder for Blacks to Succeed Author: Jason L. Riley Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217998 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Stop Helping Us: How Liberals Make It Harder for Blacks to Succeed Author: Jason L. Riley Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why is it that so many efforts by liberals to lift the black underclass not only fail, but often harm the intended beneficiaries?In Please Stop Helping Us, Jason L. Riley examines how well-intentioned welfare programs are in fact holding black Americans back. Minimum-wage laws may lift earnings for people who are already employed, but they price a disproportionate number of blacks out of the labor force. Affirmative action in higher education is intended to address past discrimination, but the result is fewer black college graduates than would otherwise exist. And so it goes with everything from soft-on-crime laws, which make black neighborhoods more dangerous, to policies that limit school choice out of a mistaken belief that charter schools and voucher programs harm the traditional public schools that most low-income students attend.In theory these efforts are intended to help the poor—and poor minorities in particular. In practice they become massive barriers to moving forward.Please Stop Helping Us lays bare these counterproductive results. People of goodwill want to see more black socioeconomic advancement, but in too many instances the current methods and approaches aren’t working. Acknowledging this is an important first step.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-first-family-detail-secret-service-agents-reveal-the-hidden-lives-of-the-presidents-by-ronald-kessler--65210827https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  • “Ron Kessler appears to get everything first.”—Slate As in a play, presidents, vice presidents, and presidential candidates perform onstage for the public and the media. What the nation’s leaders are really like and what goes on behind the scenes remain hidden. Secret Service agents have a front-row seat on their private lives and those of their wives and children. Crammed with new headline-making revelations, The First Family Detail by New York Times bestselling author Ronald Kessler tells that eye-opening, uncensored story. The First Family Detail reveals: • Vice President Joe Biden regularly orders the Secret Service to keep his military aide with the nuclear football a mile behind his motorcade, potentially leaving the country unable to retaliate in the event of a nuclear attack. • Secret Service agents discovered that former president Bill Clinton has a blond mistress—code-named Energizer by agents—who lives near the Clintons’ home in Chappaqua, New York. • The Secret Service covered up the fact that President Ronald Reagan’s White House staff overruled the agency to let unscreened spectators get close to Reagan as he left the Washington Hilton, allowing John W. Hinckley Jr. to shoot the president. • Because Hillary Clinton is so nasty to agents, being assigned to her protective detail is considered a form of punishment and the worst assignment in the Secret Service. “Kessler’s such a skilled storyteller, you almost forget this is dead-serious nonfiction.”—Newsweek]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217867Tue, 05 Aug 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents Author: Ronald Kessler Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 5, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER  • “Ron Kessler appears to get everything first.”—Slate As in a play, presidents, vice presidents, and presidential candidates perform onstage for the public and the media. What the nation’s leaders are really like and what goes on behind the scenes remain hidden. Secret Service agents have a front-row seat on their private lives and those of their wives and children. Crammed with new headline-making revelations, The First Family Detail by New York Times bestselling author Ronald Kessler tells that eye-opening, uncensored story. The First Family Detail reveals: • Vice President Joe Biden regularly orders the Secret Service to keep his military aide with the nuclear football a mile behind his motorcade, potentially leaving the country unable to retaliate in the event of a nuclear attack. • Secret Service agents discovered that former president Bill Clinton has a blond mistress—code-named Energizer by agents—who lives near the Clintons’ home in Chappaqua, New York. • The Secret Service covered up the fact that President Ronald Reagan’s White House staff overruled the agency to let unscreened spectators get close to Reagan as he left the Washington Hilton, allowing John W. Hinckley Jr. to shoot the president. • Because Hillary Clinton is so nasty to agents, being assigned to her protective detail is considered a form of punishment and the worst assignment in the Secret Service. “Kessler’s such a skilled storyteller, you almost forget this is dead-serious nonfiction.”—Newsweek]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thirty-years-of-treason-vol-2-excerpts-from-hearings-before-the-house-committee-on-un-american-activities-1951-1952-by-eric-bentley--65210850https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 2: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1951–1952 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Lee Rosch, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Richard Gilliland, Gabrielle De Cuir, Kirby Heyborne, Jean Smart, Paul Boehmer, A Full Cast, Kristoffer Tabori, Robertson Dean, Harlan Ellison, Stefan Rudnicki, Scott Brick, John Rubinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 29, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the Federal government’s anti-Communist investigations Eric Bentley has chosen highlights from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee to demonstrate HUAC’s focus on artists, intellectuals, and performers. Volume 2: 1951–1952 includes the testimonies of Clifford Odets, Edward G. Robinson, Elia Kazan, Jose Ferrer, Bud Schulberg, Sterling Hayden, Abe Burroughs, Lillian Hellman, and many others. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217260Tue, 29 Jul 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 2: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1951–1952 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 2: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1951–1952 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Lee Rosch, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Richard Gilliland, Gabrielle De Cuir, Kirby Heyborne, Jean Smart, Paul Boehmer, A Full Cast, Kristoffer Tabori, Robertson Dean, Harlan Ellison, Stefan Rudnicki, Scott Brick, John Rubinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 29, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the Federal government’s anti-Communist investigations Eric Bentley has chosen highlights from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee to demonstrate HUAC’s focus on artists, intellectuals, and performers. Volume 2: 1951–1952 includes the testimonies of Clifford Odets, Edward G. Robinson, Elia Kazan, Jose Ferrer, Bud Schulberg, Sterling Hayden, Abe Burroughs, Lillian Hellman, and many others. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/take-no-prisoners-the-battle-plan-for-defeating-the-left-by-david-horowitz--65210860https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take No Prisoners: The Battle Plan for Defeating the Left Author: David Horowitz Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Battle-scarred political warrior David Horowitz says it's time for conservatives to take the gloves off—and take our country back. America is at a crucial turning point in its history, and Republicans have been losing ground to Democrats for too long. In Take No Prisoners, Horowitz sounds a clarion call for conservatives to use liberals' take-no-prisoners playbook against them. From his days as a founder of the radical New Left movement in the 1960s to his storied career as a leading conservative activist, Horowitz has a lifetime of experience in battleground politics. Now he lays out a winning political strategy for the Right that can save the country from sliding into economic and social ruin. If conservatives want a better future for America, they need to be able to beat liberals at their own game—and David Horowitz is telling them how.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216762Mon, 28 Jul 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take No Prisoners: The Battle Plan for Defeating the Left Author: David Horowitz Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/216762 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take No Prisoners: The Battle Plan for Defeating the Left Author: David Horowitz Narrator: John McLain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Battle-scarred political warrior David Horowitz says it's time for conservatives to take the gloves off—and take our country back. America is at a crucial turning point in its history, and Republicans have been losing ground to Democrats for too long. In Take No Prisoners, Horowitz sounds a clarion call for conservatives to use liberals' take-no-prisoners playbook against them. From his days as a founder of the radical New Left movement in the 1960s to his storied career as a leading conservative activist, Horowitz has a lifetime of experience in battleground politics. Now he lays out a winning political strategy for the Right that can save the country from sliding into economic and social ruin. If conservatives want a better future for America, they need to be able to beat liberals at their own game—and David Horowitz is telling them how.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-murder-of-the-middle-class-how-to-save-yourself-and-your-family-from-the-criminal-conspiracy-of-the-century-by-wayne-allyn-root--65210846https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Murder of the Middle Class: How to Save Yourself and Your Family from the Criminal Conspiracy of the Century Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Obama's goal is to create a two-class society: the poor and the superrich. Decades of liberals—and even a few supposed 'Republicans'—have helped push America toward this goal, and President Obama hopes to finish their work. Why? Because this two-class society cements the crony capitalism that feeds big government and keeps corrupt big shots like Obama and his friends in power, permanently enshrined as the ruling class. Meanwhile, it keeps everyone else hooked on the government like a drug that's impossible to quit. What's standing in the way of Obama and his pals? The middle class. That's why Obama wants to murder the middle class—and he's almost succeeded. Wayne Allyn Root, author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, is back with The Murder of the Middle Class. Root, a serial entrepreneur and self-made man, steps up to defend the middle class and to offer them a rock-solid plan for fighting back. The Murder of the Middle Class is a must-read for everyone who ever said, 'Hey, I did build that myself!']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213942Mon, 14 Jul 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Murder of the Middle Class: How to Save Yourself and Your Family from the Criminal Conspiracy of the Century Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Murder of the Middle Class: How to Save Yourself and Your Family from the Criminal Conspiracy of the Century Author: Wayne Allyn Root Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 14, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: President Obama's goal is to create a two-class society: the poor and the superrich. Decades of liberals—and even a few supposed 'Republicans'—have helped push America toward this goal, and President Obama hopes to finish their work. Why? Because this two-class society cements the crony capitalism that feeds big government and keeps corrupt big shots like Obama and his friends in power, permanently enshrined as the ruling class. Meanwhile, it keeps everyone else hooked on the government like a drug that's impossible to quit. What's standing in the way of Obama and his pals? The middle class. That's why Obama wants to murder the middle class—and he's almost succeeded. Wayne Allyn Root, author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, is back with The Murder of the Middle Class. Root, a serial entrepreneur and self-made man, steps up to defend the middle class and to offer them a rock-solid plan for fighting back. The Murder of the Middle Class is a must-read for everyone who ever said, 'Hey, I did build that myself!']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-of-the-whales-a-true-story-by-joshua-horwitz--65210849https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War of the Whales: A True Story Author: Joshua Horwitz Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2015 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award: “Horwitz’s dogged reporting…combined with crisp, cinematic writing, produces a powerful narrative…. He has written a book that is instructive and passionate and deserving a wide audience” (PEN Award Citation). Six years in the making, War of the Whales is the “gripping detective tale” (Publishers Weekly) of a crusading attorney, Joel Reynolds, who stumbles on one of the US Navy’s best-kept secrets: a submarine detection system that floods entire ocean basins with high-intensity sound—and drives whales onto beaches. As Joel Reynolds launches a legal fight to expose and challenge the Navy program, marine biologist Ken Balcomb witnesses a mysterious mass stranding of whales near his research station in the Bahamas. Investigating this calamity, Balcomb is forced to choose between his conscience and an oath of secrecy he swore to the Navy in his youth. “War of the Whales reads like the best investigative journalism, with cinematic scenes of strandings and dramatic David-and-Goliath courtroom dramas as activists diligently hold the Navy accountable” (The Huffington Post). When Balcomb and Reynolds team up to expose the truth behind an epidemic of mass strandings, the stage is set for an epic battle that pits admirals against activists, rogue submarines against weaponized dolphins, and national security against the need to safeguard the ocean environment. “Strong and valuable” (The Washington Post), “brilliantly told” (Bob Woodward), author Joshua Horwitz combines the best of legal drama, natural history, and military intrigue to “raise serious questions about the unchecked use of secrecy by the military to advance its institutional power” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213711Tue, 01 Jul 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War of the Whales: A True Story Author: Joshua Horwitz Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213711 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War of the Whales: A True Story Author: Joshua Horwitz Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2015 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award: “Horwitz’s dogged reporting…combined with crisp, cinematic writing, produces a powerful narrative…. He has written a book that is instructive and passionate and deserving a wide audience” (PEN Award Citation). Six years in the making, War of the Whales is the “gripping detective tale” (Publishers Weekly) of a crusading attorney, Joel Reynolds, who stumbles on one of the US Navy’s best-kept secrets: a submarine detection system that floods entire ocean basins with high-intensity sound—and drives whales onto beaches. As Joel Reynolds launches a legal fight to expose and challenge the Navy program, marine biologist Ken Balcomb witnesses a mysterious mass stranding of whales near his research station in the Bahamas. Investigating this calamity, Balcomb is forced to choose between his conscience and an oath of secrecy he swore to the Navy in his youth. “War of the Whales reads like the best investigative journalism, with cinematic scenes of strandings and dramatic David-and-Goliath courtroom dramas as activists diligently hold the Navy accountable” (The Huffington Post). When Balcomb and Reynolds team up to expose the truth behind an epidemic of mass strandings, the stage is set for an epic battle that pits admirals against activists, rogue submarines against weaponized dolphins, and national security against the need to safeguard the ocean environment. “Strong and valuable” (The Washington Post), “brilliantly told” (Bob Woodward), author Joshua Horwitz combines the best of legal drama, natural history, and military intrigue to “raise serious questions about the unchecked use of secrecy by the military to advance its institutional power” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-the-poor-can-save-capitalism-rebuilding-the-path-to-the-middle-class-by-john-hope-bryant--65210837https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Poor Can Save Capitalism: Rebuilding the Path to the Middle Class Author: John Hope Bryant Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 24, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has a simple message for business leaders: your primary goal must be to serve and raise the poor. The poor need to enter the economic system to buy products, put money in banks, and move into the middle class. This is the only approach that can possibly save the American Dream.John Hope Bryant, successful self-made businessman and founder of the nonprofit Operation HOPE, says business and political leaders are ignoring the one force that could truly re-energize the stalled American economy: the poor. If we give poor communities the right tools, policies, and inspiration, he argues, they will be able to lift themselves up into the middle class and become a new generation of customers and entrepreneurs.Raised in poverty-stricken, gang-infested South Central Los Angeles, Bryant saw firsthand how our institutions have abandoned the poor. He details how business loans, home loans, and financial investments have vanished from their communities. After decades of deprivation, the poor lack bank accounts, decent credit scores, and any real firsthand experience of how a healthy free enterprise system functions.Bryant radically redefines the meaning of poverty and wealth. (It's not just a question of finances; it's values too.) He exposes why attempts to aid the poor so far have fallen short and offers a way forward: the HOPE Plan, a series of straightforward, actionable steps to build financial literacy and expand opportunity so that the poor can join the middle class.Fully 70 percent of the American economy is driven by consumer spending, but more and more people have too much month at the end of their money. John Hope Bryant aspires to 'expand the philosophy of free enterprise to include all of God's children' and create a thriving economy that works not just for the 1 percent or even the 99 percent but for the 100 percent. This is a free enterprise approach to solving the problem of poverty and raising up a new America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217500Tue, 24 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Poor Can Save Capitalism: Rebuilding the Path to the Middle Class Author: John Hope Bryant Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/217500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Poor Can Save Capitalism: Rebuilding the Path to the Middle Class Author: John Hope Bryant Narrator: JD Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 24, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has a simple message for business leaders: your primary goal must be to serve and raise the poor. The poor need to enter the economic system to buy products, put money in banks, and move into the middle class. This is the only approach that can possibly save the American Dream.John Hope Bryant, successful self-made businessman and founder of the nonprofit Operation HOPE, says business and political leaders are ignoring the one force that could truly re-energize the stalled American economy: the poor. If we give poor communities the right tools, policies, and inspiration, he argues, they will be able to lift themselves up into the middle class and become a new generation of customers and entrepreneurs.Raised in poverty-stricken, gang-infested South Central Los Angeles, Bryant saw firsthand how our institutions have abandoned the poor. He details how business loans, home loans, and financial investments have vanished from their communities. After decades of deprivation, the poor lack bank accounts, decent credit scores, and any real firsthand experience of how a healthy free enterprise system functions.Bryant radically redefines the meaning of poverty and wealth. (It's not just a question of finances; it's values too.) He exposes why attempts to aid the poor so far have fallen short and offers a way forward: the HOPE Plan, a series of straightforward, actionable steps to build financial literacy and expand opportunity so that the poor can join the middle class.Fully 70 percent of the American economy is driven by consumer spending, but more and more people have too much month at the end of their money. John Hope Bryant aspires to 'expand the philosophy of free enterprise to include all of God's children' and create a thriving economy that works not just for the 1 percent or even the 99 percent but for the 100 percent. This is a free enterprise approach to solving the problem of poverty and raising up a new America.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blood-feud-the-clintons-vs-the-obamas-by-edward-klein--65210855https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Feud: The Clintons vs. the Obamas Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this highly anticipated follow-up to his blockbuster New York Times bestseller The Amateur, former New York Times Magazine editor-in-chief Edward Klein delves into the rocky relationship between the Obamas and the Clintons. An old-school reporter with incredible insider contacts, Klein reveals just how deep the rivalry between the Obamas and the Clintons runs, with details on closed-door meetings buttressed by hundreds of interviews. Blood Feud is a stunning exposé of the animosity, jealousy, and competition between America’s two most powerful political couples.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213217Mon, 23 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Feud: The Clintons vs. the Obamas Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/213217 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Feud: The Clintons vs. the Obamas Author: Edward Klein Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this highly anticipated follow-up to his blockbuster New York Times bestseller The Amateur, former New York Times Magazine editor-in-chief Edward Klein delves into the rocky relationship between the Obamas and the Clintons. An old-school reporter with incredible insider contacts, Klein reveals just how deep the rivalry between the Obamas and the Clintons runs, with details on closed-door meetings buttressed by hundreds of interviews. Blood Feud is a stunning exposé of the animosity, jealousy, and competition between America’s two most powerful political couples.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/king-rules-ten-truths-for-you-your-family-and-our-nation-to-prosper-by-alveda-king--65210856https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Rules: Ten Truths for You, Your Family, and Our Nation to Prosper Author: Alveda King Narrator: Jackie Schlicher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 17, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In King Rules, the niece of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. shares that message in a deeply personal collection of hard-learned lessons, timeless truths, and foundational principles. Dr. Alveda King’s words are lovingly crafted yet refreshingly blunt at a time when bluntness is needed to counter the forces of moral drift and empty relativism. Beginning with a vulnerable admission of her own wounds and wanderings, Alveda unfolds eleven core values that have guided her family through generations of triumph and tragedy—and have played a pivotal role in fostering revolutionary change in society. Out of a heart of compassion, she dispenses wise meditations on bedrock subjects including faith and family, peace and justice, education and civic life. With thoughtful conviction she also boldly tackles topics considered divisive in our postmodern world, from abortion and sexuality to gun control and marriage laws.  The King Rules is a page-turning narrative that blends eyewitness history with grandmotherly wisdom. And as J. C. Watts writes in the Foreword, the book is “more than Alveda’s story, it’s an account of the beliefs that redirected the course of a nation, that left us a legacy, and that hopefully will guide us again.”]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212868Tue, 17 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Rules: Ten Truths for You, Your Family, and Our Nation to Prosper Author: Alveda King Narrator: Jackie Schlicher Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212868 to listen full audiobooks. Title: King Rules: Ten Truths for You, Your Family, and Our Nation to Prosper Author: Alveda King Narrator: Jackie Schlicher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 17, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In King Rules, the niece of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. shares that message in a deeply personal collection of hard-learned lessons, timeless truths, and foundational principles. Dr. Alveda King’s words are lovingly crafted yet refreshingly blunt at a time when bluntness is needed to counter the forces of moral drift and empty relativism. Beginning with a vulnerable admission of her own wounds and wanderings, Alveda unfolds eleven core values that have guided her family through generations of triumph and tragedy—and have played a pivotal role in fostering revolutionary change in society. Out of a heart of compassion, she dispenses wise meditations on bedrock subjects including faith and family, peace and justice, education and civic life. With thoughtful conviction she also boldly tackles topics considered divisive in our postmodern world, from abortion and sexuality to gun control and marriage laws.  The King Rules is a page-turning narrative that blends eyewitness history with grandmotherly wisdom. And as J. C. Watts writes in the Foreword, the book is “more than Alveda’s story, it’s an account of the beliefs that redirected the course of a nation, that left us a legacy, and that hopefully will guide us again.”]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/uncertain-justice-the-roberts-court-and-the-constitution-by-laurence-tribe-joshua-matz--65210820https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Justice: The Roberts Court and the Constitution Author: Laurence Tribe, Joshua Matz Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School scholars Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz reveal how Chief Justice John Roberts is shaking the foundation of our nation’s laws in Uncertain Justice: The Roberts Court and the Constitution. From Citizens United to its momentous rulings regarding Obamacare and gay marriage, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice John Roberts has profoundly affected American life. Yet the court remains a mysterious institution, and the motivations of the nine men and women who serve for life are often obscure. Now, in Uncertain Justice, Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz show the surprising extent to which the Roberts Court is revising the meaning of our Constitution. Political gridlock, cultural change, and technological progress mean that the court’s decisions on key topics—including free speech, privacy, voting rights, and presidential power—could be uniquely durable. Acutely aware of their opportunity, the justices are rewriting critical aspects of constitutional law and redrawing the ground rules of American government. Tribe—one of the country’s leading constitutional lawyers—and Matz dig deeply into the court’s rulings, stepping beyond tired debates over judicial “activism” to draw out hidden meanings and silent battles. The undercurrents they reveal suggest a strikingly different vision for the future of our country, one that is sure to be hotly debated. Filled with original insights and compelling human stories, Uncertain Justice illuminates the most colorful story of all—how the Supreme Court and the Constitution frame the way we live. “Marvelous…Tribe and Matz’s insights are illuminating…. [They] offer well-crafted overviews of key cases decided by the Roberts Court … [and] chart the Supreme Court’s conservative path, clarifying complex cases in accessible terms.”—The Chicago Tribune “Well-written and highly readable…The strength of the book is its painstaking explanation of all sides of the critical cases, giving full voice and weight to conservative and liberal views alike.”—The Washington Post]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212108Tue, 03 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Justice: The Roberts Court and the Constitution Author: Laurence Tribe, Joshua Matz Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212108 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Justice: The Roberts Court and the Constitution Author: Laurence Tribe, Joshua Matz Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 3, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Harvard Law School scholars Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz reveal how Chief Justice John Roberts is shaking the foundation of our nation’s laws in Uncertain Justice: The Roberts Court and the Constitution. From Citizens United to its momentous rulings regarding Obamacare and gay marriage, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice John Roberts has profoundly affected American life. Yet the court remains a mysterious institution, and the motivations of the nine men and women who serve for life are often obscure. Now, in Uncertain Justice, Laurence Tribe and Joshua Matz show the surprising extent to which the Roberts Court is revising the meaning of our Constitution. Political gridlock, cultural change, and technological progress mean that the court’s decisions on key topics—including free speech, privacy, voting rights, and presidential power—could be uniquely durable. Acutely aware of their opportunity, the justices are rewriting critical aspects of constitutional law and redrawing the ground rules of American government. Tribe—one of the country’s leading constitutional lawyers—and Matz dig deeply into the court’s rulings, stepping beyond tired debates over judicial “activism” to draw out hidden meanings and silent battles. The undercurrents they reveal suggest a strikingly different vision for the future of our country, one that is sure to be hotly debated. Filled with original insights and compelling human stories, Uncertain Justice illuminates the most colorful story of all—how the Supreme Court and the Constitution frame the way we live. “Marvelous…Tribe and Matz’s insights are illuminating…. [They] offer well-crafted overviews of key cases decided by the Roberts Court … [and] chart the Supreme Court’s conservative path, clarifying complex cases in accessible terms.”—The Chicago Tribune “Well-written and highly readable…The strength of the book is its painstaking explanation of all sides of the critical cases, giving full voice and weight to conservative and liberal views alike.”—The Washington Post]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-imagine-a-world-without-her-by-dinesh-d-souza--65210915https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder, or is America still the hope of the world?New York Times bestselling author Dinesh D'Souza says these questions are no mere academic exercise. It is the Progressive view that is taught in our schools, that is preached by Hollywood, and that shapes the policies of the Obama administration. If America is a force for inequality and injustice in the world, its power deserves to be diminished; if traditional America is based on oppression and theft, then traditional America must be reformed—and the federal government can do the reforming.In America: Imagine a World without Her D'Souza offers a passionate and sharply reasoned defense of America, knocking down every important accusation made by Progressives against our country.Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder, or is America still the hope of the world? Provocative in its analysis, stunning in its conclusions, Dinesh D'Souza's America will be the most talked about audiobook of the year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212047Mon, 02 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212047 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America: Imagine a World Without Her Author: Dinesh D'Souza Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 2, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder, or is America still the hope of the world?New York Times bestselling author Dinesh D'Souza says these questions are no mere academic exercise. It is the Progressive view that is taught in our schools, that is preached by Hollywood, and that shapes the policies of the Obama administration. If America is a force for inequality and injustice in the world, its power deserves to be diminished; if traditional America is based on oppression and theft, then traditional America must be reformed—and the federal government can do the reforming.In America: Imagine a World without Her D'Souza offers a passionate and sharply reasoned defense of America, knocking down every important accusation made by Progressives against our country.Is America a source of pride, as Americans have long held, or shame, as Progressives allege? Beneath an innocent exterior, are our lives complicit in a national project of theft, expropriation, oppression, and murder, or is America still the hope of the world? Provocative in its analysis, stunning in its conclusions, Dinesh D'Souza's America will be the most talked about audiobook of the year.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/falling-in-love-with-america-again-by-jim-demint--65210828https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falling in Love with America Again Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his new role as president and CEO of The Heritage Foundation, Jim DeMint has travelled the country talking to Americans about how to return to our founding principles and restore and protect our economy and culture for future generations. He's realized that he-and all of us as fellow citizens-must fall in love with America-again. In this audiobook, DeMint introduces Americans all across the country who are working towards the same goal, We see example after example of Americans coming together locally in what DeMint calls the 'little platoons'-the families, churches, communities and voluntary organizations succeeding on the model that smaller is better. They are the hands-on citizens who make America the exceptional, caring and can-do country it has always been. DeMint illustrates why each of us-regardless of political party, age, race, religion or ethnicity-must rediscover the power we represent. The country's future is at risk, not just because of constant pressure from 'the Bigs' (big government, big banks, big labor, big Wall Street cronies etc.), but because so many of us fear it's too late to solve problems so huge and seemingly intractable. Jim DeMint is here to reassure us that this is not true. In riveting yet plainspoken style, he tells real-life success stories and affirms the compelling truth that conservative ideas are really American ideas, and they must guide us as we turn our institutions upside-down, taking them from the top-down centrally-controlled bureaucracies they've become back to the bottom-up democratic framework the Constitution intended. Through this heartfelt, fascinating and inspiring look inside the America of both yesterday and today, and the everyday citizens who are working tirelessly and selflessly to insure its future fulfills the promise of its beginnings, Jim DeMint is beckoning us to join him on one of the most meaningful and momentous journeys we have ever undertaken together: FALLING IN LOVE WITH AMERICA AGAIN.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212555Sun, 01 Jun 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falling in Love with America Again Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212555 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Falling in Love with America Again Author: Jim Demint Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 1, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his new role as president and CEO of The Heritage Foundation, Jim DeMint has travelled the country talking to Americans about how to return to our founding principles and restore and protect our economy and culture for future generations. He's realized that he-and all of us as fellow citizens-must fall in love with America-again. In this audiobook, DeMint introduces Americans all across the country who are working towards the same goal, We see example after example of Americans coming together locally in what DeMint calls the 'little platoons'-the families, churches, communities and voluntary organizations succeeding on the model that smaller is better. They are the hands-on citizens who make America the exceptional, caring and can-do country it has always been. DeMint illustrates why each of us-regardless of political party, age, race, religion or ethnicity-must rediscover the power we represent. The country's future is at risk, not just because of constant pressure from 'the Bigs' (big government, big banks, big labor, big Wall Street cronies etc.), but because so many of us fear it's too late to solve problems so huge and seemingly intractable. Jim DeMint is here to reassure us that this is not true. In riveting yet plainspoken style, he tells real-life success stories and affirms the compelling truth that conservative ideas are really American ideas, and they must guide us as we turn our institutions upside-down, taking them from the top-down centrally-controlled bureaucracies they've become back to the bottom-up democratic framework the Constitution intended. Through this heartfelt, fascinating and inspiring look inside the America of both yesterday and today, and the everyday citizens who are working tirelessly and selflessly to insure its future fulfills the promise of its beginnings, Jim DeMint is beckoning us to join him on one of the most meaningful and momentous journeys we have ever undertaken together: FALLING IN LOVE WITH AMERICA AGAIN.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-good-spy-the-life-and-death-of-robert-ames-by-kai-bird--65210883https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Spy: The Life and Death of Robert Ames Author: Kai Bird Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Good Spy is Pulitzer Prize-winning biographer Kai Bird’s compelling portrait of the remarkable life and death of one of the most important operatives in CIA history – a man who, had he lived, might have helped heal the rift between Arabs and the West.   On April 18, 1983, a bomb exploded outside the American Embassy in Beirut, killing 63 people.  The attack was a geopolitical turning point. It marked the beginning of Hezbollah as a political force, but even more important, it eliminated America’s most influential and effective intelligence officer in the Middle East – CIA operative Robert Ames.  What set Ames apart from his peers was his extraordinary ability to form deep, meaningful connections with key Arab intelligence figures. Some operatives relied on threats and subterfuge, but Ames worked by building friendships and emphasizing shared values – never more notably than with Yasir Arafat’s charismatic intelligence chief and heir apparent Ali Hassan Salameh (aka “The Red Prince”). Ames’ deepening relationship with Salameh held the potential for a lasting peace.  Within a few years, though, both men were killed by assassins, and America’s relations with the Arab world began heading down a path that culminated in 9/11, the War on Terror, and the current fog of mistrust.   Bird, who as a child lived in the Beirut Embassy and knew Ames as a neighbor when he was twelve years old, spent years researching The Good Spy.  Not only does the book draw on hours of interviews with Ames’ widow, and quotes from hundreds of Ames’ private letters, it’s woven from interviews with scores of current and former American, Israeli, and Palestinian intelligence officers as well as other players in the Middle East “Great Game.”   What emerges is a masterpiece-level narrative of the making of a CIA officer, a uniquely insightful history of twentieth-century conflict in the Middle East, and an absorbing hour-by-hour account of the Beirut Embassy bombing.  Even more impressive, Bird draws on his reporter’s skills to deliver a full dossier on the bombers and expose the shocking truth of where the attack’s mastermind resides today.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211416Tue, 20 May 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Spy: The Life and Death of Robert Ames Author: Kai Bird Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211416 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Spy: The Life and Death of Robert Ames Author: Kai Bird Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Good Spy is Pulitzer Prize-winning biographer Kai Bird’s compelling portrait of the remarkable life and death of one of the most important operatives in CIA history – a man who, had he lived, might have helped heal the rift between Arabs and the West.   On April 18, 1983, a bomb exploded outside the American Embassy in Beirut, killing 63 people.  The attack was a geopolitical turning point. It marked the beginning of Hezbollah as a political force, but even more important, it eliminated America’s most influential and effective intelligence officer in the Middle East – CIA operative Robert Ames.  What set Ames apart from his peers was his extraordinary ability to form deep, meaningful connections with key Arab intelligence figures. Some operatives relied on threats and subterfuge, but Ames worked by building friendships and emphasizing shared values – never more notably than with Yasir Arafat’s charismatic intelligence chief and heir apparent Ali Hassan Salameh (aka “The Red Prince”). Ames’ deepening relationship with Salameh held the potential for a lasting peace.  Within a few years, though, both men were killed by assassins, and America’s relations with the Arab world began heading down a path that culminated in 9/11, the War on Terror, and the current fog of mistrust.   Bird, who as a child lived in the Beirut Embassy and knew Ames as a neighbor when he was twelve years old, spent years researching The Good Spy.  Not only does the book draw on hours of interviews with Ames’ widow, and quotes from hundreds of Ames’ private letters, it’s woven from interviews with scores of current and former American, Israeli, and Palestinian intelligence officers as well as other players in the Middle East “Great Game.”   What emerges is a masterpiece-level narrative of the making of a CIA officer, a uniquely insightful history of twentieth-century conflict in the Middle East, and an absorbing hour-by-hour account of the Beirut Embassy bombing.  Even more impressive, Bird draws on his reporter’s skills to deliver a full dossier on the bombers and expose the shocking truth of where the attack’s mastermind resides today.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-panic-a-history-of-who-scares-us-and-why-by-mark-stein--65210879https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Panic: A History of Who Scares Us and Why Author: Mark Stein Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What political panics—from the Salem witch trials to the Tea Party—can tell us about our modern society In American Panic, New York Times bestselling author Mark Stein traces the history and consequences of American political panics through the years. Virtually every American, on one level or another, falls victim to the hype, intensity, and propaganda that accompany political panic, regardless of their own personal affiliations. By highlighting the similarities between American political panics from the Salem witch trials to present-day vehemence over issues such as Latino immigration, gay marriage, and the construction of mosques, Stein closely examines just what it is that causes us as a nation to overreact in the face of widespread and potentially profound change. This book also devotes chapters to African Americans, Native Americans, Catholics, Mormons, Jews, Chinese and Japanese peoples, communists, capitalists, women, and a highly turbulent but largely forgotten panic over freemasons. Striking similarities in these diverse episodes are revealed in primary documents Stein has unearthed, in which statements from the past could easily be mistaken for statements today. As these similarities come to light, Stein reveals why some people become panicked over particular issues when others do not.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212013Tue, 20 May 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Panic: A History of Who Scares Us and Why Author: Mark Stein Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Panic: A History of Who Scares Us and Why Author: Mark Stein Narrator: David Drummond Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: What political panics—from the Salem witch trials to the Tea Party—can tell us about our modern society In American Panic, New York Times bestselling author Mark Stein traces the history and consequences of American political panics through the years. Virtually every American, on one level or another, falls victim to the hype, intensity, and propaganda that accompany political panic, regardless of their own personal affiliations. By highlighting the similarities between American political panics from the Salem witch trials to present-day vehemence over issues such as Latino immigration, gay marriage, and the construction of mosques, Stein closely examines just what it is that causes us as a nation to overreact in the face of widespread and potentially profound change. This book also devotes chapters to African Americans, Native Americans, Catholics, Mormons, Jews, Chinese and Japanese peoples, communists, capitalists, women, and a highly turbulent but largely forgotten panic over freemasons. Striking similarities in these diverse episodes are revealed in primary documents Stein has unearthed, in which statements from the past could easily be mistaken for statements today. As these similarities come to light, Stein reveals why some people become panicked over particular issues when others do not.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/one-nation-what-we-can-all-do-to-save-america-s-future-by-ben-carson-candy-carson--65210816https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation: What We Can All Do to Save America's Future Author: Ben Carson, Candy Carson Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dear Reader,  In February 2013 I gave a speech at the National Prayer Breakfast. Standing a few feet from President Obama, I warned my fellow citizens of the dangers facing our country and called for a return to the principles that made America great. Many Americans heard and responded, but our nation’s decline has continued. Today the danger is greater than ever before, and I have never shared a more urgent message than I do now. Our growing debt and deteriorating morals have driven us far from the founders’ intent. We’ve made very little progress in basic education. Obamacare threatens our health, liberty, and financial future. Media elitism and political correctness are out of control. Worst of all, we seem to have lost our ability to discuss important issues calmly and respectfully regardless of party affiliation or other differences. As a doctor rather than a politician, I care about what works, not whether someone has an (R) or a (D) after his or her name. We have to come together to solve our problems. Knowing that the future of my grandchildren is in jeopardy because of reckless spending, godless government, and mean-spirited attempts to silence critics left me no choice but to write this book. I have endeavored to propose a road out of our decline, appealing to every American’s decency and common sense. If each of us sits back and expects someone else to take action, it will soon be too late. But with your help, I firmly believe that America may once again be “one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.” Sincerely, Ben Carson]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211842Tue, 20 May 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation: What We Can All Do to Save America's Future Author: Ben Carson, Candy Carson Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211842 to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Nation: What We Can All Do to Save America's Future Author: Ben Carson, Candy Carson Narrator: Prentice Onayemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 20, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.93 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Dear Reader,  In February 2013 I gave a speech at the National Prayer Breakfast. Standing a few feet from President Obama, I warned my fellow citizens of the dangers facing our country and called for a return to the principles that made America great. Many Americans heard and responded, but our nation’s decline has continued. Today the danger is greater than ever before, and I have never shared a more urgent message than I do now. Our growing debt and deteriorating morals have driven us far from the founders’ intent. We’ve made very little progress in basic education. Obamacare threatens our health, liberty, and financial future. Media elitism and political correctness are out of control. Worst of all, we seem to have lost our ability to discuss important issues calmly and respectfully regardless of party affiliation or other differences. As a doctor rather than a politician, I care about what works, not whether someone has an (R) or a (D) after his or her name. We have to come together to solve our problems. Knowing that the future of my grandchildren is in jeopardy because of reckless spending, godless government, and mean-spirited attempts to silence critics left me no choice but to write this book. I have endeavored to propose a road out of our decline, appealing to every American’s decency and common sense. If each of us sits back and expects someone else to take action, it will soon be too late. But with your help, I firmly believe that America may once again be “one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.” Sincerely, Ben Carson]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thirty-years-of-treason-vol-1-excerpts-from-hearings-before-the-house-committee-on-un-american-activities-1938-1948-by-eric-bentley--65210864https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 1: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938–1948 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Ted Scott, Richard Mcgonagle, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Dean Sluyter, Coleen Marlo, Claire Bloom, Gabrielle De Cuir, Paul Boehmer, Theodore Bikel, A Full Cast, Harlan Ellison, Stefan Rudnicki, Orson Scott Card, Jim Meskimen, John Rubinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 6, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations Eric Bentley has chosen highlights from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee to demonstrate HUAC’s focus on artists, intellectuals, and performers. Volume 1: 1938–1948 includes the testimonies of Hallie Flanagan, Ayn Rand, Adolphe Menjou, Robert Taylor, Ronald Reagan, Gary Cooper, Bertolt Brecht and many others. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212063Tue, 06 May 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 1: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938–1948 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212063 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thirty Years of Treason, Vol. 1: Excerpts from Hearings before the House Committee on Un-American Activities, 1938–1948 Author: Eric Bentley Narrator: Ted Scott, Richard Mcgonagle, Nathan Dana Aldrich, Alex Hyde-White, Dean Sluyter, Coleen Marlo, Claire Bloom, Gabrielle De Cuir, Paul Boehmer, Theodore Bikel, A Full Cast, Harlan Ellison, Stefan Rudnicki, Orson Scott Card, Jim Meskimen, John Rubinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 6, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A chilling reenactment of the federal government’s anti-Communist investigations Eric Bentley has chosen highlights from the thirty-year record of the House Un-American Activities Committee to demonstrate HUAC’s focus on artists, intellectuals, and performers. Volume 1: 1938–1948 includes the testimonies of Hallie Flanagan, Ayn Rand, Adolphe Menjou, Robert Taylor, Ronald Reagan, Gary Cooper, Bertolt Brecht and many others. Thirty Years of Treason serves as a warning for the future and creates living history from the documentary record.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conform-exposing-the-truth-about-common-core-and-public-education-by-glenn-beck--65210851https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conform: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, considers the hot-button issue of education in the US, exposing the weaknesses of the Common Core school curriculum and examining why liberal solutions fail. Public education is never mentioned in the constitution. Why? Because our founders knew that it was an issue for state and local governments—not the federal one. It’s not a coincidence that the more the federal government has inserted itself into public education over the years, the worse our kids have fared. Washington dangles millions of dollars in front of states and then tells them what they have to do to get it. It’s backdoor nationalization of education—and it’s leading us to ruin. In Conform, Glenn Beck presents a well-reasoned, fact-based analysis that proves it’s not more money our schools need—it’s a complete refocusing of their priorities and a total restructuring of their relationship with the federal government. In the process, he dismantles many of the common myths and talking points that are often heard by those who want to protect the status quo: Critics of the current system are just “teacher bashers”…Teachers’ unions put kids first...Homeschooled kids suffer both academically and socially…“local control” is an excuse to protect mediocrity…Common Core is “rigorous” and “state led”…Critics of Common Core are just conspiracy theorists…Elementary school teachers need tenure...We can’t reform schools until we eradicate poverty…school choice takes money away from public schools…Charter schools perform poorly relative to public schools. There is no issue more important to America’s future than education. The fact that we’ve yielded control over it to powerful unions and ideologically driven elitists is inexcusable. We are failing ourselves, our children, and our country. Conform gives parents the facts they need to take back the debate and help usher in a new era of education built around the commonsense principles of choice, freedom, and accountability.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211592Tue, 06 May 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conform: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211592 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conform: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education Author: Glenn Beck Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 6, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Glenn Beck, the New York Times bestselling author of The Great Reset, considers the hot-button issue of education in the US, exposing the weaknesses of the Common Core school curriculum and examining why liberal solutions fail. Public education is never mentioned in the constitution. Why? Because our founders knew that it was an issue for state and local governments—not the federal one. It’s not a coincidence that the more the federal government has inserted itself into public education over the years, the worse our kids have fared. Washington dangles millions of dollars in front of states and then tells them what they have to do to get it. It’s backdoor nationalization of education—and it’s leading us to ruin. In Conform, Glenn Beck presents a well-reasoned, fact-based analysis that proves it’s not more money our schools need—it’s a complete refocusing of their priorities and a total restructuring of their relationship with the federal government. In the process, he dismantles many of the common myths and talking points that are often heard by those who want to protect the status quo: Critics of the current system are just “teacher bashers”…Teachers’ unions put kids first...Homeschooled kids suffer both academically and socially…“local control” is an excuse to protect mediocrity…Common Core is “rigorous” and “state led”…Critics of Common Core are just conspiracy theorists…Elementary school teachers need tenure...We can’t reform schools until we eradicate poverty…school choice takes money away from public schools…Charter schools perform poorly relative to public schools. There is no issue more important to America’s future than education. The fact that we’ve yielded control over it to powerful unions and ideologically driven elitists is inexcusable. We are failing ourselves, our children, and our country. Conform gives parents the facts they need to take back the debate and help usher in a new era of education built around the commonsense principles of choice, freedom, and accountability.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-solution-revolution-how-business-government-and-social-enterprises-are-teaming-up-to-solve-society-s-toughest-problems-by-william-egg--65210878https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: World hunger. Climate change. Crumbling infrastructure. It’s clear that in today’s era of fiscal constraints and political gridlock the government alone can no longer tackle these and other towering social problems. What’s required is a new, more collaborative and productive economic system. The Solution Revolution brings hope—revealing a new economy where players from across the spectrum of business, government, philanthropy, and social enterprise converge to solve big problems and create public value. By erasing public-private sector boundaries, the solution economy is unlocking trillions of dollars in social benefit and commercial value. Where tough societal problems persist, new problem solvers are crowdfunding, ridesharing, app-developing, or impact-investing to design innovative new solutions for seemingly intractable problems. Providing low-cost health care, fighting poverty, creating renewable energy, and preventing obesity are just a few of the tough challenges that also represent tremendous opportunities for those at the vanguard of this movement. Government cannot handle alone the huge challenges facing our global society—and it shouldn’t. We need a different economic paradigm that can flexibly draw on resources, combine efforts, and create value, while improving the lives of citizens. The Solution Revolution shows the way.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155Wed, 30 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211155 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Solution Revolution: How Business, Government, and Social Enterprises Are Teaming Up to Solve Society’s Toughest Problems Author: William Eggers, Paul MacMillan Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 30, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: World hunger. Climate change. Crumbling infrastructure. It’s clear that in today’s era of fiscal constraints and political gridlock the government alone can no longer tackle these and other towering social problems. What’s required is a new, more collaborative and productive economic system. The Solution Revolution brings hope—revealing a new economy where players from across the spectrum of business, government, philanthropy, and social enterprise converge to solve big problems and create public value. By erasing public-private sector boundaries, the solution economy is unlocking trillions of dollars in social benefit and commercial value. Where tough societal problems persist, new problem solvers are crowdfunding, ridesharing, app-developing, or impact-investing to design innovative new solutions for seemingly intractable problems. Providing low-cost health care, fighting poverty, creating renewable energy, and preventing obesity are just a few of the tough challenges that also represent tremendous opportunities for those at the vanguard of this movement. Government cannot handle alone the huge challenges facing our global society—and it shouldn’t. We need a different economic paradigm that can flexibly draw on resources, combine efforts, and create value, while improving the lives of citizens. The Solution Revolution shows the way.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-the-wind-leads-a-refugee-family-s-miraculous-story-of-loss-rescue-and-redemption-by-vinh-chung--65210859https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Wind Leads: A Refugee Family's Miraculous Story of Loss, Rescue, and Redemption Author: Vinh Chung Narrator: Josh Aaron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the harrowing experiences of their journey across the South China Sea in the aftermath of the Vietnam War to the heartwarming account of their successful restaurant venture in America, the refugee story of Vinh Chung and his family is riveting. In a time where the current topics are immigration and human rights, this first-hand account reminds us to view events and people with a lens of compassion. Just eight months after South Vietnam fell to the communists in 1975 Vinh Chung was born. His family was wealthy, controlling a rice-milling empire worth millions; but within months of the communist takeover, the Chungs lost everything and were reduced to abject poverty. Knowing that their children would have no future under the new government, the Chungs decided to flee the country. In 1979, they joined the legendary “boat people” and sailed into the South China Sea, despite knowing that an estimated two hundred thousand of their countrymen had already perished at the hands of brutal pirates and violent seas. Narrating a multigenerational memoir, Vinh illustrates the compassionate side of humanitarian efforts and the life-changing moments that brought him to America as a child. With a sharp sense of humor he unravels ethnic hostility faced when they arrived in Fort Smith, Arkansas, the challenges and struggles of his family as they strove to achieve the American dream, and how he and his siblings went on to earn master degrees and doctorates from prestigious universities – all because his parents took a leap of faith and held on to the courage of building a new life. Some of stories Vinh shares are: - The family’s perilous journey through pirate attacks on a lawless sea - The grueling life of being in a refugee camp in Malaysia before their rescue by World Vision - Their miraculous rescue and a new home in the unlikely town of Fort Smith, Arkansas - Vinh’s struggles against poverty, discrimination, and a bewildering language barrier - His graduation from Harvard Medical School Where the Wind Leads is Vinh’s tribute to the courage and sacrifice of his parents, a testimony to his family’s faith, and a reminder to people everywhere that the American dream, while still possible, carries with it a greater responsibility.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211333Tue, 29 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Wind Leads: A Refugee Family's Miraculous Story of Loss, Rescue, and Redemption Author: Vinh Chung Narrator: Josh Aaron Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where the Wind Leads: A Refugee Family's Miraculous Story of Loss, Rescue, and Redemption Author: Vinh Chung Narrator: Josh Aaron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 29, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the harrowing experiences of their journey across the South China Sea in the aftermath of the Vietnam War to the heartwarming account of their successful restaurant venture in America, the refugee story of Vinh Chung and his family is riveting. In a time where the current topics are immigration and human rights, this first-hand account reminds us to view events and people with a lens of compassion. Just eight months after South Vietnam fell to the communists in 1975 Vinh Chung was born. His family was wealthy, controlling a rice-milling empire worth millions; but within months of the communist takeover, the Chungs lost everything and were reduced to abject poverty. Knowing that their children would have no future under the new government, the Chungs decided to flee the country. In 1979, they joined the legendary “boat people” and sailed into the South China Sea, despite knowing that an estimated two hundred thousand of their countrymen had already perished at the hands of brutal pirates and violent seas. Narrating a multigenerational memoir, Vinh illustrates the compassionate side of humanitarian efforts and the life-changing moments that brought him to America as a child. With a sharp sense of humor he unravels ethnic hostility faced when they arrived in Fort Smith, Arkansas, the challenges and struggles of his family as they strove to achieve the American dream, and how he and his siblings went on to earn master degrees and doctorates from prestigious universities – all because his parents took a leap of faith and held on to the courage of building a new life. Some of stories Vinh shares are: - The family’s perilous journey through pirate attacks on a lawless sea - The grueling life of being in a refugee camp in Malaysia before their rescue by World Vision - Their miraculous rescue and a new home in the unlikely town of Fort Smith, Arkansas - Vinh’s struggles against poverty, discrimination, and a bewildering language barrier - His graduation from Harvard Medical School Where the Wind Leads is Vinh’s tribute to the courage and sacrifice of his parents, a testimony to his family’s faith, and a reminder to people everywhere that the American dream, while still possible, carries with it a greater responsibility.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/game-plan-how-to-protect-yourself-from-the-coming-cyber-economic-attack-by-kevin-d-freeman--65210877https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Plan: How to Protect Yourself from the Coming Cyber-Economic Attack Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 28, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Game Plan is the first 'how to' investment handbook of its type. It will explain the emerging risks and provide a complete game plan of response for investors at all levels. Freeman will explain that there is no 'one size fits all' solution as events are happening quickly and the challenges can morph suddenly. Just as a football team must plan for a variety of offensive strategies and attacks, investors must be prepared to strategically adjust. This audiobook provides the game plan to respond and succeed.In Game Plan you'll learn…• The proper use of gold in your investment strategy • How stocks should be deployed in your investment portfolio • The smart way to diversify your portfolio • How to decrease your bond holding vulnerability • How to judge a guarantor in guaranteed investments • How to avoid falling into the marketing hype for Hedge Fund scams • How to find a properly trained investment advisor • How to advance wealth at the individual level • How to win the global economic war]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211242Mon, 28 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Plan: How to Protect Yourself from the Coming Cyber-Economic Attack Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211242 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Game Plan: How to Protect Yourself from the Coming Cyber-Economic Attack Author: Kevin D. Freeman Narrator: Lars Mikaelson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 28, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Game Plan is the first 'how to' investment handbook of its type. It will explain the emerging risks and provide a complete game plan of response for investors at all levels. Freeman will explain that there is no 'one size fits all' solution as events are happening quickly and the challenges can morph suddenly. Just as a football team must plan for a variety of offensive strategies and attacks, investors must be prepared to strategically adjust. This audiobook provides the game plan to respond and succeed.In Game Plan you'll learn…• The proper use of gold in your investment strategy • How stocks should be deployed in your investment portfolio • The smart way to diversify your portfolio • How to decrease your bond holding vulnerability • How to judge a guarantor in guaranteed investments • How to avoid falling into the marketing hype for Hedge Fund scams • How to find a properly trained investment advisor • How to advance wealth at the individual level • How to win the global economic war]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blue-collar-conservatives-recommitting-to-an-america-that-works-by-rick-santorum--65210867https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211499 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Collar Conservatives: Recommitting to an America That Works Author: Rick Santorum Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Working class, blue-collar voters are staying home in droves instead of going to the polls to support Republicans. The reason? Despite their deeply conservative values, they don't think Republicans speak for them and their interests. In Blue Collar Conservatives, former presidential candidate Rick Santorum explains how we can reenergize the Republican base by showing these blue-collar Americans just how much Republican policies support their personal welfare and by making government the people's servant rather than the people's master.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211499Mon, 28 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211499 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Collar Conservatives: Recommitting to an America That Works Author: Rick Santorum Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211499 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Collar Conservatives: Recommitting to an America That Works Author: Rick Santorum Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 28, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Working class, blue-collar voters are staying home in droves instead of going to the polls to support Republicans. The reason? Despite their deeply conservative values, they don't think Republicans speak for them and their interests. In Blue Collar Conservatives, former presidential candidate Rick Santorum explains how we can reenergize the Republican base by showing these blue-collar Americans just how much Republican policies support their personal welfare and by making government the people's servant rather than the people's master.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/forcing-the-spring-inside-the-fight-for-marriage-equality-by-jo-becker--65210872https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forcing the Spring: Inside the Fight for Marriage Equality Author: Jo Becker Narrator: Jamie Leonhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forcing the Spring begins on Election Night 2008, when a controversial California ballot initiative called Proposition 8—which removed the right of gay men and women to marry—passed alongside Barack Obama’s stunning victory. Forcing the Spring details how a small but determined group of political and media insiders took the fight for marriage equality all the way to the Supreme Court. Gay activists and Hollywood liberals joined together to enlist attorneys Ted Olson and David Boies—the opposing counsels on the Supreme Court’s infamous Bush v. Gore ruling—to bring a controversial legal case against Proposition 8 before the highest court in the land. Forcing the Spring is the extraordinary ringside account of this unprecedented effort to shift public opinion and reengineer the political certainties of an era.  Based on original interviews and in-depth reportage, Forcing the Spring is the work of Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Jo Becker, after she was exclusively embedded with the plaintiffs’ legal team for more than four years, attending every day of the trial and every appellate argument. Offering behind-the-scenes coverage on the Obama administration’s role—with access to all the key players in the Justice Department and the White House—Becker reveals the true story of how the president came around to embrace marriage equality and play a surprisingly critical role in the Supreme Court battle. Following the lawyers in the chambers, the political operatives in the strategy rooms, and the heroic couples at the center of this historic lawsuit, Becker weaves together the many threads of the campaign into an inspirational and eye-opening narrative. An exclusive account of a national civil rights struggle, Forcing the Spring carries readers from the first efforts to stop Proposition 8 and the campaign to undermine the Defense of Marriage Act all the way to the final suspenseful moments in the Supreme Court. A multi-angled work of journalism that examines all sides and all participants of this groundbreaking movement, Forcing the Spring is the definitive account of the fight to win the rights of marriage and full citizenship for all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211600Tue, 22 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forcing the Spring: Inside the Fight for Marriage Equality Author: Jo Becker Narrator: Jamie Leonhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forcing the Spring: Inside the Fight for Marriage Equality Author: Jo Becker Narrator: Jamie Leonhart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 59 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forcing the Spring begins on Election Night 2008, when a controversial California ballot initiative called Proposition 8—which removed the right of gay men and women to marry—passed alongside Barack Obama’s stunning victory. Forcing the Spring details how a small but determined group of political and media insiders took the fight for marriage equality all the way to the Supreme Court. Gay activists and Hollywood liberals joined together to enlist attorneys Ted Olson and David Boies—the opposing counsels on the Supreme Court’s infamous Bush v. Gore ruling—to bring a controversial legal case against Proposition 8 before the highest court in the land. Forcing the Spring is the extraordinary ringside account of this unprecedented effort to shift public opinion and reengineer the political certainties of an era.  Based on original interviews and in-depth reportage, Forcing the Spring is the work of Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Jo Becker, after she was exclusively embedded with the plaintiffs’ legal team for more than four years, attending every day of the trial and every appellate argument. Offering behind-the-scenes coverage on the Obama administration’s role—with access to all the key players in the Justice Department and the White House—Becker reveals the true story of how the president came around to embrace marriage equality and play a surprisingly critical role in the Supreme Court battle. Following the lawyers in the chambers, the political operatives in the strategy rooms, and the heroic couples at the center of this historic lawsuit, Becker weaves together the many threads of the campaign into an inspirational and eye-opening narrative. An exclusive account of a national civil rights struggle, Forcing the Spring carries readers from the first efforts to stop Proposition 8 and the campaign to undermine the Defense of Marriage Act all the way to the final suspenseful moments in the Supreme Court. A multi-angled work of journalism that examines all sides and all participants of this groundbreaking movement, Forcing the Spring is the definitive account of the fight to win the rights of marriage and full citizenship for all.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/six-amendments-how-and-why-we-should-change-the-constitution-by-john-paul-stevens--65210857https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Six Amendments: How and Why We Should Change the Constitution Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: Daniel Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, a retired Supreme Court Justice offers a manifesto on how the Constitution needs to change. By the time of his retirement in June 2010, John Paul Stevens had become the second longest serving Justice in the history of the Supreme Court. Now he draws upon his more than three decades on the Court, during which he was involved with many of the defining decisions of the modern era, to offer a book like none other. Six Amendments is an absolutely unprecedented call to arms, detailing six specific ways in which the Constitution should be amended in order to protect our democracy and the safety and wellbeing of American citizens. Written with the same precision and elegance that made Stevens's own Court opinions legendary for their clarity as well as logic, Six Amendments is a remarkable work, both because of its unprecedented nature and, in an age of partisan ferocity, its inarguable common sense.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211183Tue, 22 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Six Amendments: How and Why We Should Change the Constitution Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: Daniel Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211183 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Six Amendments: How and Why We Should Change the Constitution Author: John Paul Stevens Narrator: Daniel Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 22, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For the first time ever, a retired Supreme Court Justice offers a manifesto on how the Constitution needs to change. By the time of his retirement in June 2010, John Paul Stevens had become the second longest serving Justice in the history of the Supreme Court. Now he draws upon his more than three decades on the Court, during which he was involved with many of the defining decisions of the modern era, to offer a book like none other. Six Amendments is an absolutely unprecedented call to arms, detailing six specific ways in which the Constitution should be amended in order to protect our democracy and the safety and wellbeing of American citizens. Written with the same precision and elegance that made Stevens's own Court opinions legendary for their clarity as well as logic, Six Amendments is a remarkable work, both because of its unprecedented nature and, in an age of partisan ferocity, its inarguable common sense.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/arab-winter-comes-to-america-the-truth-about-the-war-we-re-in-by-robert-spencer--65210927https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arab Winter Comes to America: The Truth about the War We’re In Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Russell Niemand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the bombs went off at the Boston Marathon, it was a stark sign that the Arab Spring had arrived in America. Clearly, the unrest and instability sweeping across the Middle East—from Egypt to Syria—can no longer be ignored as a problem 'over there.' Bestselling author and jihad expert Robert Spencer unveils the shocking truth behind the mainstream media's propaganda about the Arab Spring and shows how the Fort Hood attack, the Boston Marathon bombings, and other violent acts by Muslims in the United States are indeed fresh instances of the Arab Spring ideology coming to this country. Robert Spencer brings years of study on radical Islam to this shocking and insightful book. Arab Winter Comes to America is a powerful warning of the terror and tyranny to come.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211114Mon, 14 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arab Winter Comes to America: The Truth about the War We’re In Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Russell Niemand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arab Winter Comes to America: The Truth about the War We’re In Author: Robert Spencer Narrator: Russell Niemand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 14, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the bombs went off at the Boston Marathon, it was a stark sign that the Arab Spring had arrived in America. Clearly, the unrest and instability sweeping across the Middle East—from Egypt to Syria—can no longer be ignored as a problem 'over there.' Bestselling author and jihad expert Robert Spencer unveils the shocking truth behind the mainstream media's propaganda about the Arab Spring and shows how the Fort Hood attack, the Boston Marathon bombings, and other violent acts by Muslims in the United States are indeed fresh instances of the Arab Spring ideology coming to this country. Robert Spencer brings years of study on radical Islam to this shocking and insightful book. Arab Winter Comes to America is a powerful warning of the terror and tyranny to come.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-divide-american-injustice-in-the-age-of-the-wealth-gap-by-matt-taibbi--65210916https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divide: American Injustice in the Age of the Wealth Gap Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: April 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST, NPR, AND KIRKUS REVIEWS A scathing portrait of an urgent new American crisis   Over the last two decades, America has been falling deeper and deeper into a statistical mystery:   Poverty goes up. Crime goes down. The prison population doubles. Fraud by the rich wipes out 40 percent of the world’s wealth. The rich get massively richer. No one goes to jail.   In search of a solution, journalist Matt Taibbi discovered the Divide, the seam in American life where our two most troubling trends—growing wealth inequality and mass incarceration—come together, driven by a dramatic shift in American citizenship: Our basic rights are now determined by our wealth or poverty. The Divide is what allows massively destructive fraud by the hyperwealthy to go unpunished, while turning poverty itself into a crime—but it’s impossible to see until you look at these two alarming trends side by side.   In The Divide, Matt Taibbi takes readers on a galvanizing journey through both sides of our new system of justice—the fun-house-mirror worlds of the untouchably wealthy and the criminalized poor. He uncovers the startling looting that preceded the financial collapse; a wild conspiracy of billionaire hedge fund managers to destroy a company through dirty tricks; and the story of a whistleblower who gets in the way of the largest banks in America, only to find herself in the crosshairs. On the other side of the Divide, Taibbi takes us to the front lines of the immigrant dragnet; into the newly punitive welfare system which treats its beneficiaries as thieves; and deep inside the stop-and-frisk world, where standing in front of your own home has become an arrestable offense. As he narrates these incredible stories, he draws out and analyzes their common source: a perverse new standard of justice, based on a radical, disturbing new vision of civil rights.   Through astonishing—and enraging—accounts of the high-stakes capers of the wealthy and nightmare stories of regular people caught in the Divide’s punishing logic, Taibbi lays bare one of the greatest challenges we face in contemporary American life: surviving a system that devours the lives of the poor, turns a blind eye to the destructive crimes of the wealthy, and implicates us all. Praise for The Divide   “Ambitious . . . deeply reported, highly compelling . . . impossible to put down.”—The New York Times Book Review   “These are the stories that will keep you up at night. . . . The Divide is not just a report from the new America; it is advocacy journalism at its finest.”—Los Angeles Times   “Taibbi is a relentless investigative reporter. He takes readers inside not only investment banks, hedge funds and the blood sport of short-sellers, but into the lives of the needy, minorities, street drifters and illegal immigrants. . . . The Divide is an important book. Its documentation is powerful and shocking.”—The Washington Post   “Captivating . . . The Divide enshrines its author’s position as one of the most important voices in contemporary American journalism.”—The Independent (UK)   “Taibbi [is] perhaps the greatest reporter on Wall Street’s crimes in the modern era.”—Salon]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210083Tue, 08 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divide: American Injustice in the Age of the Wealth Gap Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210083 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Divide: American Injustice in the Age of the Wealth Gap Author: Matt Taibbi Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: April 8, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE WASHINGTON POST, NPR, AND KIRKUS REVIEWS A scathing portrait of an urgent new American crisis   Over the last two decades, America has been falling deeper and deeper into a statistical mystery:   Poverty goes up. Crime goes down. The prison population doubles. Fraud by the rich wipes out 40 percent of the world’s wealth. The rich get massively richer. No one goes to jail.   In search of a solution, journalist Matt Taibbi discovered the Divide, the seam in American life where our two most troubling trends—growing wealth inequality and mass incarceration—come together, driven by a dramatic shift in American citizenship: Our basic rights are now determined by our wealth or poverty. The Divide is what allows massively destructive fraud by the hyperwealthy to go unpunished, while turning poverty itself into a crime—but it’s impossible to see until you look at these two alarming trends side by side.   In The Divide, Matt Taibbi takes readers on a galvanizing journey through both sides of our new system of justice—the fun-house-mirror worlds of the untouchably wealthy and the criminalized poor. He uncovers the startling looting that preceded the financial collapse; a wild conspiracy of billionaire hedge fund managers to destroy a company through dirty tricks; and the story of a whistleblower who gets in the way of the largest banks in America, only to find herself in the crosshairs. On the other side of the Divide, Taibbi takes us to the front lines of the immigrant dragnet; into the newly punitive welfare system which treats its beneficiaries as thieves; and deep inside the stop-and-frisk world, where standing in front of your own home has become an arrestable offense. As he narrates these incredible stories, he draws out and analyzes their common source: a perverse new standard of justice, based on a radical, disturbing new vision of civil rights.   Through astonishing—and enraging—accounts of the high-stakes capers of the wealthy and nightmare stories of regular people caught in the Divide’s punishing logic, Taibbi lays bare one of the greatest challenges we face in contemporary American life: surviving a system that devours the lives of the poor, turns a blind eye to the destructive crimes of the wealthy, and implicates us all. Praise for The Divide   “Ambitious . . . deeply reported, highly compelling . . . impossible to put down.”—The New York Times Book Review   “These are the stories that will keep you up at night. . . . The Divide is not just a report from the new America; it is advocacy journalism at its finest.”—Los Angeles Times   “Taibbi is a relentless investigative reporter. He takes readers inside not only investment banks, hedge funds and the blood sport of short-sellers, but into the lives of the needy, minorities, street drifters and illegal immigrants. . . . The Divide is an important book. Its documentation is powerful and shocking.”—The Washington Post   “Captivating . . . The Divide enshrines its author’s position as one of the most important voices in contemporary American journalism.”—The Independent (UK)   “Taibbi [is] perhaps the greatest reporter on Wall Street’s crimes in the modern era.”—Salon]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/long-mile-home-boston-under-attack-the-city-s-courageous-recovery-and-the-epic-hunt-for-justice-by-scott-helman-jenna-russell--65210904https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Mile Home: Boston Under Attack, the City's Courageous Recovery, and the Epic Hunt for Justice Author: Scott Helman, Jenna Russell Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The full story of the Boston Marathon bombing, the hunt for the Tsarnaev brothers, and a city's brave response to terror--drawing from Pulitzer Prize-winning coverage of the story in The Boston Globe.   When two bombs exploded at the densely crowded finish line of the Boston Marathon on April 15, 2013, the whole world watched in shock as the story unfolded. First, the death toll and life-altering injuries. Next, the identification of the suspects—Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev—and the tense manhunt that brought Boston to a standstill. And, finally, the courageous and inspiring recovery of a wounded American city.  Long Mile Home is the riveting tale of that tragic, surreal, and ultimately inspiring week. Boston Globe journalists Scott Helman and Jenna Russell tell the full story through the eyes of five principal characters—a police officer, a lost daughter, a determined survivor, a trauma surgeon, and the marathon director—tracing the paths that brought them to a tragic intersection with two murderous brothers on that infamous day in April. Including never-before-told stories, unexpected revelations, and unforgettable moments of heroism and humanity, Long Mile Home is both an absorbing, action-packed narrative and a lasting tribute to the bravery and resiliency of the Boston community. With a New Afterword by the Authors]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209817Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Mile Home: Boston Under Attack, the City's Courageous Recovery, and the Epic Hunt for Justice Author: Scott Helman, Jenna Russell Narrator: Jim...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209817 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Long Mile Home: Boston Under Attack, the City's Courageous Recovery, and the Epic Hunt for Justice Author: Scott Helman, Jenna Russell Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The full story of the Boston Marathon bombing, the hunt for the Tsarnaev brothers, and a city's brave response to terror--drawing from Pulitzer Prize-winning coverage of the story in The Boston Globe.   When two bombs exploded at the densely crowded finish line of the Boston Marathon on April 15, 2013, the whole world watched in shock as the story unfolded. First, the death toll and life-altering injuries. Next, the identification of the suspects—Dzhokhar and Tamerlan Tsarnaev—and the tense manhunt that brought Boston to a standstill. And, finally, the courageous and inspiring recovery of a wounded American city.  Long Mile Home is the riveting tale of that tragic, surreal, and ultimately inspiring week. Boston Globe journalists Scott Helman and Jenna Russell tell the full story through the eyes of five principal characters—a police officer, a lost daughter, a determined survivor, a trauma surgeon, and the marathon director—tracing the paths that brought them to a tragic intersection with two murderous brothers on that infamous day in April. Including never-before-told stories, unexpected revelations, and unforgettable moments of heroism and humanity, Long Mile Home is both an absorbing, action-packed narrative and a lasting tribute to the bravery and resiliency of the Boston community. With a New Afterword by the Authors]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-communist-manifesto-by-karl-marx-friedrich-engels--65210898https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Edited by Samuel H. Beer, with key selections from Capital and The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte, this volume features an especially helpful introduction that serves as a guide to Marxist political and economic theory and to placing the specific writings in their contemporary setting. Included are a bibliography and list of important dates in the life of Karl Marx.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211074Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211074 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Communist Manifesto Author: Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Edited by Samuel H. Beer, with key selections from Capital and The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte, this volume features an especially helpful introduction that serves as a guide to Marxist political and economic theory and to placing the specific writings in their contemporary setting. Included are a bibliography and list of important dates in the life of Karl Marx.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-works-common-sense-solutions-for-a-stronger-america-by-cal-thomas--65210897https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Common Sense Solutions for a Stronger America Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: Cal Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We didn’t just crawl out of a cave. We know what works based on experience. Why must we constantly re-fight the same battles over and over? Our politics and even our spiritual lives too often resemble the film “Groundhog Day” in which actor Bill Murray wakes up and repeats the same event again and again and nothing ever changes, as in present-day Washington. Why don’t we consult the past and common sense in order to see that what others discovered still works. Wisdom existed before the Internet and other forms of mass communication – and video games, Facebook and Twitter. Today, we have more information than ever, but less wisdom; more talk, but less listening; more things in the superficial showroom (celebrities are a good example) and less in the intellectual storeroom (that would be knowledge). We KNOW what works – historically and instinctively—but politics too often gets in the way, as does ignorance. Too few people pay attention and the politicians easily pick their pockets – literally and intellectually.  That’s why Congress has an approval rating lower than cockroaches and colonoscopies and only slightly above pedophiles. Instead of the constant jockeying for political advantage, suppose we start focusing on what promotes the general welfare, regardless of which party or ideology gets the credit.  It’s amazing what problems can be solved if solutions, not partisan gain, become the goal. The American public is being “gamed” by politicians, the big media and other “elites,” whose main interest centers on themselves. When was the last story you saw on TV, or read in a newspaper, about anyone pursuing, much less achieving, a solution to any major problem? This book is about solutions, not theories or an attempt to gain political advantage.  It’s about pressuring our political leadership to forget about the next election and start focusing on the needs of the people who work hard to provide for themselves, send their tax dollars to Washington, and want to see the country achieve something of value as it has always done. How about abandoning things that don’t work and start focusing on what does work?  The alternative is more of the past.  And Bill Murray with the ground hogs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210010Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Common Sense Solutions for a Stronger America Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: Cal Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210010 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Common Sense Solutions for a Stronger America Author: Cal Thomas Narrator: Cal Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We didn’t just crawl out of a cave. We know what works based on experience. Why must we constantly re-fight the same battles over and over? Our politics and even our spiritual lives too often resemble the film “Groundhog Day” in which actor Bill Murray wakes up and repeats the same event again and again and nothing ever changes, as in present-day Washington. Why don’t we consult the past and common sense in order to see that what others discovered still works. Wisdom existed before the Internet and other forms of mass communication – and video games, Facebook and Twitter. Today, we have more information than ever, but less wisdom; more talk, but less listening; more things in the superficial showroom (celebrities are a good example) and less in the intellectual storeroom (that would be knowledge). We KNOW what works – historically and instinctively—but politics too often gets in the way, as does ignorance. Too few people pay attention and the politicians easily pick their pockets – literally and intellectually.  That’s why Congress has an approval rating lower than cockroaches and colonoscopies and only slightly above pedophiles. Instead of the constant jockeying for political advantage, suppose we start focusing on what promotes the general welfare, regardless of which party or ideology gets the credit.  It’s amazing what problems can be solved if solutions, not partisan gain, become the goal. The American public is being “gamed” by politicians, the big media and other “elites,” whose main interest centers on themselves. When was the last story you saw on TV, or read in a newspaper, about anyone pursuing, much less achieving, a solution to any major problem? This book is about solutions, not theories or an attempt to gain political advantage.  It’s about pressuring our political leadership to forget about the next election and start focusing on the needs of the people who work hard to provide for themselves, send their tax dollars to Washington, and want to see the country achieve something of value as it has always done. How about abandoning things that don’t work and start focusing on what does work?  The alternative is more of the past.  And Bill Murray with the ground hogs.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bending-adversity-japan-and-the-art-of-survival-by-david-pilling--65210839https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Adversity: Japan and the Art of Survival Author: David Pilling Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Bending Adversity, Financial Times Asia editor David Pilling presents a fresh vision of Japan, drawing on his own deep experience, as well as observations from a cross section of Japanese citizenry, including novelist Haruki Murakami, former prime minister Junichiro Koizumi, industrialists and bankers, activists and artists, teenagers and octogenarians. Through their voices, Pilling captures the dynamism and diversity of contemporary Japan. Pilling’s exploration begins with the 2011 triple disaster of earthquake, tsunami, and nuclear meltdown. His deep reporting reveals both Japan’s vulnerabilities and its resilience and pushes him to understand the country’s past through cycles of crisis and reconstruction. Japan’s survivalist mentality has carried it through tremendous hardship, but is also the source of great destruction: It was the nineteenth-century struggle to ward off colonial intent that resulted in Japan’s own imperial endeavor, culminating in the devastation of World War II. Even the postwar economic miracle—the manufacturing and commerce explosion that brought unprecedented economic growth and earned Japan international clout might have been a less pure victory than it seemed. In Bending Adversity Pilling questions what was lost in the country’s blind, aborted climb to #1. With the same rigor, he revisits 1990—the year the economic bubble burst, and the beginning of Japan’s “lost decades”—to ask if the turning point might be viewed differently. While financial struggle and national debt are a reality, post-growth Japan has also successfully maintained a stable standard of living and social cohesion. And while life has become less certain, opportunities—in particular for the young and for women—have diversified. Still, Japan is in many ways a country in recovery, working to find a way forward after the events of 2011 and decades of slow growth. Bending Adversity closes with a reflection on what the 2012 reelection of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, and his radical antideflation policy, might mean for Japan and its future. Informed throughout by the insights shared by Pilling’s many interview subjects, Bending Adversity rigorously engages with the social, spiritual, financial, and political life of Japan to create a more nuanced representation of the oft-misunderstood island nation and its people.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210097Tue, 01 Apr 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Adversity: Japan and the Art of Survival Author: David Pilling Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bending Adversity: Japan and the Art of Survival Author: David Pilling Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Bending Adversity, Financial Times Asia editor David Pilling presents a fresh vision of Japan, drawing on his own deep experience, as well as observations from a cross section of Japanese citizenry, including novelist Haruki Murakami, former prime minister Junichiro Koizumi, industrialists and bankers, activists and artists, teenagers and octogenarians. Through their voices, Pilling captures the dynamism and diversity of contemporary Japan. Pilling’s exploration begins with the 2011 triple disaster of earthquake, tsunami, and nuclear meltdown. His deep reporting reveals both Japan’s vulnerabilities and its resilience and pushes him to understand the country’s past through cycles of crisis and reconstruction. Japan’s survivalist mentality has carried it through tremendous hardship, but is also the source of great destruction: It was the nineteenth-century struggle to ward off colonial intent that resulted in Japan’s own imperial endeavor, culminating in the devastation of World War II. Even the postwar economic miracle—the manufacturing and commerce explosion that brought unprecedented economic growth and earned Japan international clout might have been a less pure victory than it seemed. In Bending Adversity Pilling questions what was lost in the country’s blind, aborted climb to #1. With the same rigor, he revisits 1990—the year the economic bubble burst, and the beginning of Japan’s “lost decades”—to ask if the turning point might be viewed differently. While financial struggle and national debt are a reality, post-growth Japan has also successfully maintained a stable standard of living and social cohesion. And while life has become less certain, opportunities—in particular for the young and for women—have diversified. Still, Japan is in many ways a country in recovery, working to find a way forward after the events of 2011 and decades of slow growth. Bending Adversity closes with a reflection on what the 2012 reelection of Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, and his radical antideflation policy, might mean for Japan and its future. Informed throughout by the insights shared by Pilling’s many interview subjects, Bending Adversity rigorously engages with the social, spiritual, financial, and political life of Japan to create a more nuanced representation of the oft-misunderstood island nation and its people.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-call-to-action-women-religion-violence-and-power-by-jimmy-carter--65210894https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Call to Action: Women, Religion, Violence, and Power Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the highly acclaimed bestselling A Call to Action, President Jimmy Carter addresses the world’s most serious, pervasive, and ignored violation of basic human rights: the ongoing discrimination and violence against women and girls. President Carter was encouraged to write this book by a wide coalition of leaders of all faiths. His urgent report covers a system of discrimination that extends to every nation. Women are deprived of equal opportunity in wealthier nations and “owned” by men in others, forced to suffer servitude, child marriage, and genital cutting. The most vulnerable and their children are trapped in war and violence. A Call to Action addresses the suffering inflicted upon women by a false interpretation of carefully selected religious texts and a growing tolerance of violence and warfare. Key verses are often omitted or quoted out of context by male religious leaders to exalt the status of men and exclude women. And in nations that accept or even glorify violence, this perceived inequality becomes the basis for abuse. Carter draws upon his own experiences and the testimony of courageous women from all regions and all major religions to demonstrate that women around the world, more than half of all human beings, are being denied equal rights. This is an informed and passionate charge about a devastating effect on economic prosperity and unconscionable human suffering. It affects us all.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210181Tue, 25 Mar 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Call to Action: Women, Religion, Violence, and Power Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210181 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Call to Action: Women, Religion, Violence, and Power Author: Jimmy Carter Narrator: Jimmy Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 25, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the highly acclaimed bestselling A Call to Action, President Jimmy Carter addresses the world’s most serious, pervasive, and ignored violation of basic human rights: the ongoing discrimination and violence against women and girls. President Carter was encouraged to write this book by a wide coalition of leaders of all faiths. His urgent report covers a system of discrimination that extends to every nation. Women are deprived of equal opportunity in wealthier nations and “owned” by men in others, forced to suffer servitude, child marriage, and genital cutting. The most vulnerable and their children are trapped in war and violence. A Call to Action addresses the suffering inflicted upon women by a false interpretation of carefully selected religious texts and a growing tolerance of violence and warfare. Key verses are often omitted or quoted out of context by male religious leaders to exalt the status of men and exclude women. And in nations that accept or even glorify violence, this perceived inequality becomes the basis for abuse. Carter draws upon his own experiences and the testimony of courageous women from all regions and all major religions to demonstrate that women around the world, more than half of all human beings, are being denied equal rights. This is an informed and passionate charge about a devastating effect on economic prosperity and unconscionable human suffering. It affects us all.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-cool-the-hipster-elite-and-their-war-on-you-by-greg-gutfeld--65210875https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Cool: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Behind every awful, dangerous decision lurks one evil beast: the Cool.     From politics to the personal, from fashion to food, from the campus to the locker room, the desire to be cool has infected  all aspects of our lives. At its most harmless, it is annoying. At its worst, it is deadly, on a massive scale.  The Cool are the termites of life, infiltrating every nook and cranny and destroying it from within. The Cool report the news, write the scripts, teach our children, run our government—and each day they pass judgment on those who don’t worship at the altar of their coolness.  The cool fawn over terrorists, mock the military, and denigrate employers. They are, in short, awful people.  From what we wear and what we eat, to what we smoke and who we poke, pop culture is crafted and manipulated by the cool and, to Greg Gutfeld, that's Not Cool.  How do the cool enslave you? By convincing you that:  - If you don't agree with them no one will like you.  - If you don't follow them you will miss out on life.  - If you don't listen to them you will die a lonely loser How do you vanquish the cool and discover your own true self? Read this book.    In  Not Cool,  Greg Gutfeld, bestselling author of The Joy Of Hate, lays out the battle plan for reclaiming the real American ideal of cool--building businesses, protecting freedom at home and abroad, taking responsibility for your actions, and leaving other people alone to live as they damn well please.  Not Cool fights back against the culture of phonies, elitists, and creeps who want your soul. It’s not a book, it’s a weapon—and one should be armed with it at all times.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207942Tue, 18 Mar 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Cool: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/207942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Cool: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You Author: Greg Gutfeld Narrator: Steve Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 18, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Behind every awful, dangerous decision lurks one evil beast: the Cool.     From politics to the personal, from fashion to food, from the campus to the locker room, the desire to be cool has infected  all aspects of our lives. At its most harmless, it is annoying. At its worst, it is deadly, on a massive scale.  The Cool are the termites of life, infiltrating every nook and cranny and destroying it from within. The Cool report the news, write the scripts, teach our children, run our government—and each day they pass judgment on those who don’t worship at the altar of their coolness.  The cool fawn over terrorists, mock the military, and denigrate employers. They are, in short, awful people.  From what we wear and what we eat, to what we smoke and who we poke, pop culture is crafted and manipulated by the cool and, to Greg Gutfeld, that's Not Cool.  How do the cool enslave you? By convincing you that:  - If you don't agree with them no one will like you.  - If you don't follow them you will miss out on life.  - If you don't listen to them you will die a lonely loser How do you vanquish the cool and discover your own true self? Read this book.    In  Not Cool,  Greg Gutfeld, bestselling author of The Joy Of Hate, lays out the battle plan for reclaiming the real American ideal of cool--building businesses, protecting freedom at home and abroad, taking responsibility for your actions, and leaving other people alone to live as they damn well please.  Not Cool fights back against the culture of phonies, elitists, and creeps who want your soul. It’s not a book, it’s a weapon—and one should be armed with it at all times.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/idea-to-invention-what-you-need-to-know-to-cash-in-on-your-inspiration-by-patricia-nolan-brown--65210982https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea to invention: What You Need to Know to Cash In on Your Inspiration Author: Patricia Nolan-Brown Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You don't have to be a mechanical genius to be an inventor. Anyone can invent - a parent wrestling with a baby sling ...a coach frustrated with slick-soled running shoes ...an office worker determined to keep the computer cords untangled. Inventing is simply finding clever solutions to everyday challenges. Author and inventor Patricia Nolan-Brown has turned common annoyances into ingenious and money-making products. She shares the tricks of her trade in Idea to Invention, a practical guide that helps ordinary people look at their world with the eyes of an inventor. Readers will learn six simple steps to invention - and discover: how they rate on six crucial personality traits; creativity habits that spark invention; the power of tape-and-paper prototypes to refine their vision; how to navigate the ins and outs of licensing and patenting their product; the pros and cons of finding a licensed manufacturer vs. running a home-based assembly line; how to promote their invention-from perfecting the pitch and finding store buyers to trade-show shortcuts and strategies for creating buzz online; and product enhancements that add years to shelf life. From initial concept to thriving business, this handy guide simplifies the invention process and gives creative thinkers the competitive edge they need to achieve success.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209920Sat, 01 Mar 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea to invention: What You Need to Know to Cash In on Your Inspiration Author: Patricia Nolan-Brown Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/209920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idea to invention: What You Need to Know to Cash In on Your Inspiration Author: Patricia Nolan-Brown Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 1, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You don't have to be a mechanical genius to be an inventor. Anyone can invent - a parent wrestling with a baby sling ...a coach frustrated with slick-soled running shoes ...an office worker determined to keep the computer cords untangled. Inventing is simply finding clever solutions to everyday challenges. Author and inventor Patricia Nolan-Brown has turned common annoyances into ingenious and money-making products. She shares the tricks of her trade in Idea to Invention, a practical guide that helps ordinary people look at their world with the eyes of an inventor. Readers will learn six simple steps to invention - and discover: how they rate on six crucial personality traits; creativity habits that spark invention; the power of tape-and-paper prototypes to refine their vision; how to navigate the ins and outs of licensing and patenting their product; the pros and cons of finding a licensed manufacturer vs. running a home-based assembly line; how to promote their invention-from perfecting the pitch and finding store buyers to trade-show shortcuts and strategies for creating buzz online; and product enhancements that add years to shelf life. From initial concept to thriving business, this handy guide simplifies the invention process and gives creative thinkers the competitive edge they need to achieve success.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dark-invasion-1915-germany-s-secret-war-and-the-hunt-for-the-first-terrorist-cell-in-america-by-howard-blum--65210880https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206226 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Invasion: 1915: Germany's Secret War and the Hunt for the First Terrorist Cell in America Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combining the pulsating drive of Showtime's Homeland with the fascinating historical detail of such of narrative nonfiction bestsellers as Double Cross and In the Garden of Beasts, Dark Invasion is Howard Blum’s gritty, high-energy true-life tale of German espionage and terror on American soil during World War I, and the NYPD Inspector who helped uncover the plot—the basis for the film to be produced by and starring Bradley Cooper. When a “neutral” United States becomes a trading partner for the Allies early in World War I, the Germans implement a secret plan to strike back. A team of saboteurs—including an expert on germ warfare, a Harvard professor, and a brilliant, debonair spymaster—devise a series of “mysterious accidents” using explosives and biological weapons, to bring down vital targets such as ships, factories, livestock, and even captains of industry like J. P. Morgan. New York Police Inspector Tom Tunney, head of the department’s Bomb Squad, is assigned the difficult mission of stopping them. Assembling a team of loyal operatives, the cunning Irish cop hunts for the conspirators among a population of more than eight million Germans. But the deeper he finds himself in this labyrinth of deception, the more Tunney realizes that the enemy’s plan is far more complex and more dangerous than he suspected. Full of drama and intensity, illustrated with eight pages of black and-white photos, Dark Invasion is riveting war thriller that chillingly echoes our own time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206226Tue, 11 Feb 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206226 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Invasion: 1915: Germany's Secret War and the Hunt for the First Terrorist Cell in America Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Pete Larkin Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206226 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Invasion: 1915: Germany's Secret War and the Hunt for the First Terrorist Cell in America Author: Howard Blum Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 11, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combining the pulsating drive of Showtime's Homeland with the fascinating historical detail of such of narrative nonfiction bestsellers as Double Cross and In the Garden of Beasts, Dark Invasion is Howard Blum’s gritty, high-energy true-life tale of German espionage and terror on American soil during World War I, and the NYPD Inspector who helped uncover the plot—the basis for the film to be produced by and starring Bradley Cooper. When a “neutral” United States becomes a trading partner for the Allies early in World War I, the Germans implement a secret plan to strike back. A team of saboteurs—including an expert on germ warfare, a Harvard professor, and a brilliant, debonair spymaster—devise a series of “mysterious accidents” using explosives and biological weapons, to bring down vital targets such as ships, factories, livestock, and even captains of industry like J. P. Morgan. New York Police Inspector Tom Tunney, head of the department’s Bomb Squad, is assigned the difficult mission of stopping them. Assembling a team of loyal operatives, the cunning Irish cop hunts for the conspirators among a population of more than eight million Germans. But the deeper he finds himself in this labyrinth of deception, the more Tunney realizes that the enemy’s plan is far more complex and more dangerous than he suspected. Full of drama and intensity, illustrated with eight pages of black and-white photos, Dark Invasion is riveting war thriller that chillingly echoes our own time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lincoln-s-boys-john-hay-john-nicolay-and-the-war-for-lincoln-s-image-by-joshua-zeitz--65210885https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lincoln's Boys: John Hay, John Nicolay, and the War for Lincoln’s Image Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely and intimate look into Abraham Lincoln’s White House through the lives of his two closest aides and confidants Lincoln’s official secretaries John Hay and John Nicolay enjoyed more access, witnessed more history, and knew Lincoln better than anyone outside of the president’s immediate family. Hay and Nicolay were the gatekeepers of the Lincoln legacy. They read poetry and attendeded the theater with the president, commiserated with him over Union army setbacks, and plotted electoral strategy. They were present at every seminal event, from the signing of the Emancipation Proclamation to Lincoln’s delivery of the Gettysburg Address—and they wrote about it after his death. In their biography of Lincoln, Hay and Nicolay fought to establish Lincoln’s heroic legacy and to preserve a narrative that saw slavery—not states’ rights—as the sole cause of the Civil War. As Joshua Zeitz shows, the image of a humble man with uncommon intellect who rose from obscurity to become a storied wartime leader and emancipator is very much their creation. Drawing on letters, diaries, and memoirs, Lincoln’s Boys is part political drama and part coming-of-age tale—a fascinating story of friendship, politics, war, and the contest over history and remembrance.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206245Tue, 04 Feb 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lincoln's Boys: John Hay, John Nicolay, and the War for Lincoln’s Image Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206245 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lincoln's Boys: John Hay, John Nicolay, and the War for Lincoln’s Image Author: Joshua Zeitz Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A timely and intimate look into Abraham Lincoln’s White House through the lives of his two closest aides and confidants Lincoln’s official secretaries John Hay and John Nicolay enjoyed more access, witnessed more history, and knew Lincoln better than anyone outside of the president’s immediate family. Hay and Nicolay were the gatekeepers of the Lincoln legacy. They read poetry and attendeded the theater with the president, commiserated with him over Union army setbacks, and plotted electoral strategy. They were present at every seminal event, from the signing of the Emancipation Proclamation to Lincoln’s delivery of the Gettysburg Address—and they wrote about it after his death. In their biography of Lincoln, Hay and Nicolay fought to establish Lincoln’s heroic legacy and to preserve a narrative that saw slavery—not states’ rights—as the sole cause of the Civil War. As Joshua Zeitz shows, the image of a humble man with uncommon intellect who rose from obscurity to become a storied wartime leader and emancipator is very much their creation. Drawing on letters, diaries, and memoirs, Lincoln’s Boys is part political drama and part coming-of-age tale—a fascinating story of friendship, politics, war, and the contest over history and remembrance.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-party-s-over-how-the-extreme-right-hijacked-the-gop-and-i-became-a-democrat-by-ellis-henican-charlie-crist--65210869https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party's Over: How the Extreme Right Hijacked the GOP and I Became a Democrat Author: Ellis Henican, Charlie Crist Narrator: Charlie Crist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charlie Crist, the former Republican governor of Florida, spent years in the party’s inner circle. In this no-holds-barred memoir, he shows why he switched sides and became a Democrat. After serving as a Republican governor—one who was on the short list for the vice presidency in 2008—Charlie Crist made headlines when he decided to run for the U.S. Senate as an Independent. He was on the front page again when he endorsed President Obama in 2012 and spoke at the Democratic National Convention—and yet again when he officially joined the Democratic Party later that year. In The Party’s Over, he’ll make even more news when he reveals:    •  The inside story of his 2010 Senate primary campaign against Marco Rubio, where he learned exactly how vicious the Republican leadership can be.    •  His journey from inner circle to persona non grata, thanks to his literal embrace of President Obama.    •  His very frank opinions on Marco Rubio, Jeb Bush, Mitt Romney, Sarah Palin, and other top-tier Republicans.    •  Why he believes that Democrats have the right vision for Florida and the nation.    • What he’s learned as a member of both parties and why he remains convinced that the two-party system can still work—with the right leadership. Rather than just rehashing his career, in this book Crist offers a focused indictment of the failings of the Republican Party, naming names and identifying where things went wrong. The Party’s Over is as far from “politics as usual” as you can get.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206804Tue, 04 Feb 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party's Over: How the Extreme Right Hijacked the GOP and I Became a Democrat Author: Ellis Henican, Charlie Crist Narrator: Charlie Crist Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206804 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party's Over: How the Extreme Right Hijacked the GOP and I Became a Democrat Author: Ellis Henican, Charlie Crist Narrator: Charlie Crist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 4, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Charlie Crist, the former Republican governor of Florida, spent years in the party’s inner circle. In this no-holds-barred memoir, he shows why he switched sides and became a Democrat. After serving as a Republican governor—one who was on the short list for the vice presidency in 2008—Charlie Crist made headlines when he decided to run for the U.S. Senate as an Independent. He was on the front page again when he endorsed President Obama in 2012 and spoke at the Democratic National Convention—and yet again when he officially joined the Democratic Party later that year. In The Party’s Over, he’ll make even more news when he reveals:    •  The inside story of his 2010 Senate primary campaign against Marco Rubio, where he learned exactly how vicious the Republican leadership can be.    •  His journey from inner circle to persona non grata, thanks to his literal embrace of President Obama.    •  His very frank opinions on Marco Rubio, Jeb Bush, Mitt Romney, Sarah Palin, and other top-tier Republicans.    •  Why he believes that Democrats have the right vision for Florida and the nation.    • What he’s learned as a member of both parties and why he remains convinced that the two-party system can still work—with the right leadership. Rather than just rehashing his career, in this book Crist offers a focused indictment of the failings of the Republican Party, naming names and identifying where things went wrong. The Party’s Over is as far from “politics as usual” as you can get.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/upheaval-by-lou-dobbs--65210907https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upheaval Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and host of Lou Dobbs Tonight offers his illuminating views on some of our nation’s most intractable problems. In 2012, Lou Dobbs Tonight celebrated its one-year anniversary and a steadily growing viewership. Now, expanding on the “Chalk Talks” segment from his popular program, Dobbs gives his take on some of the country’s most pressing problems—including provocative topics no one is talking about—and what might be done to address them. Covering our challenges in the areas of debt, the failure of our transportation infrastructure, the encroachment of the federal government, the power and size of public sector unions, the problems of business, big banks, big government, and more, Axis of Upheaval arms us with valuable information, as only Lou Dobbs can deliver it: with his frank, intelligent, and witty style.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204707Tue, 07 Jan 2014 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upheaval Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Genres: Current...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204707 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upheaval Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 7, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and host of Lou Dobbs Tonight offers his illuminating views on some of our nation’s most intractable problems. In 2012, Lou Dobbs Tonight celebrated its one-year anniversary and a steadily growing viewership. Now, expanding on the “Chalk Talks” segment from his popular program, Dobbs gives his take on some of the country’s most pressing problems—including provocative topics no one is talking about—and what might be done to address them. Covering our challenges in the areas of debt, the failure of our transportation infrastructure, the encroachment of the federal government, the power and size of public sector unions, the problems of business, big banks, big government, and more, Axis of Upheaval arms us with valuable information, as only Lou Dobbs can deliver it: with his frank, intelligent, and witty style.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/things-that-matter-three-decades-of-passions-pastimes-and-politics-by-charles-krauthammer--65210903https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things That Matter: Three Decades of Passions, Pastimes and Politics Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 4.07 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From America’s preeminent columnist, named by the Financial Times the most influential commentator in the nation, a must-have collection of Charles Krauthammer’s essential, timeless writings.   A brilliant stylist known for an uncompromising honesty that challenged conventional wisdom at every turn, Krauthammer dazzled readers for decades with his keen insight into politics and government. His weekly column was a must-read in Washington and across the country. Don’t miss the best of Krauthammer’s intelligence, erudition and wit collected in one volume.   Readers will find here not only the country’s leading conservative thinker offering a pas­sionate defense of limited government, but also a highly independent mind whose views—on feminism, evolution and the death penalty, for example—defy ideological convention. Things That Matter also features several of Krautham­mer’s major path-breaking essays—on bioeth­ics, on Jewish destiny and on America’s role as the world’s superpower—that have pro­foundly influenced the nation’s thoughts and policies. And finally, the collection presents a trove of always penetrating, often bemused re­flections on everything from border collies to Halley’s Comet, from Woody Allen to Win­ston Churchill, from the punishing pleasures of speed chess to the elegance of the perfectly thrown outfield assist.   With a special, highly autobiographical in­troduction in which Krauthammer reflects on the events that shaped his career and political philosophy, this indispensible chronicle takes the reader on a fascinating journey through the fashions and follies, the tragedies and triumphs, of the last three decades of American life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204666Tue, 10 Dec 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things That Matter: Three Decades of Passions, Pastimes and Politics Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer, George Newbern Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204666 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things That Matter: Three Decades of Passions, Pastimes and Politics Author: Charles Krauthammer Narrator: Charles Krauthammer, George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 72 Ratings of Narrator: 4.07 of Total 15 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From America’s preeminent columnist, named by the Financial Times the most influential commentator in the nation, a must-have collection of Charles Krauthammer’s essential, timeless writings.   A brilliant stylist known for an uncompromising honesty that challenged conventional wisdom at every turn, Krauthammer dazzled readers for decades with his keen insight into politics and government. His weekly column was a must-read in Washington and across the country. Don’t miss the best of Krauthammer’s intelligence, erudition and wit collected in one volume.   Readers will find here not only the country’s leading conservative thinker offering a pas­sionate defense of limited government, but also a highly independent mind whose views—on feminism, evolution and the death penalty, for example—defy ideological convention. Things That Matter also features several of Krautham­mer’s major path-breaking essays—on bioeth­ics, on Jewish destiny and on America’s role as the world’s superpower—that have pro­foundly influenced the nation’s thoughts and policies. And finally, the collection presents a trove of always penetrating, often bemused re­flections on everything from border collies to Halley’s Comet, from Woody Allen to Win­ston Churchill, from the punishing pleasures of speed chess to the elegance of the perfectly thrown outfield assist.   With a special, highly autobiographical in­troduction in which Krauthammer reflects on the events that shaped his career and political philosophy, this indispensible chronicle takes the reader on a fascinating journey through the fashions and follies, the tragedies and triumphs, of the last three decades of American life.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-unarmed-truth-my-fight-to-blow-the-whistle-and-expose-fast-and-furious-by-john-dodson--65210931https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unarmed Truth: My Fight to Blow the Whistle and Expose Fast and Furious Author: John Dodson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 3, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the terror attacks of September 11, 2001, John Dodson pulled bodies out of the wreckage at the Pentagon. In 2007, following the shooting massacre at Virginia Tech, Dodson walked through the classrooms, heartbroken, to cover up the bodies of the victims. Then came Arizona—the American border. Ten days before Christmas, 2010, ATF agent John Dodson awoke to the news he had dreaded every day as a member of the elite team called the Group VII Strike Force: a US border patrol agent named Brian Terry had been shot dead by bandits armed with guns that had been supplied to them by ATF. Was this an inevitable consequence of the Obama administration's Project Gunrunner, set in place one year earlier ostensibly to track Mexican drug cartels? Brian Terry's murder would not only change John Dodson's life forever; it would reveal a scandal so unthinkably unpatriotic that it forced President Barack Obama to claim executive privilege and caused Attorney General Eric Holder to be held in contempt of Congress. Federal Agent John Dodson, an ex-military man, took an oath to defend the world's greatest country and proudly considered himself a walking patriotic example of the American Dream. Brian Terry, ex-military like Dodson, was only forty years old, a family man who served his country by working for the government. Dodson was terrified when the next phone call came, one with the potential to destroy his career, his family, and his life. CBS investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson asked Dodson to go public with what he knew about Fast and Furious. To Agent Dodson, this meant blowing the whistle. But to the family of Agent Terry, it was a chance to save lives and right a wrong. As he took a fight from the border towns of Arizona to a showdown in the halls of Congress, Dodson clung to the hope that truth would prevail, that he would be redeemed, and that Brian Terry's death would not be in vain. Like whistle-blowers before him, John would not be welcome back on the job. But he found strength in his conscience, in the support of the American public, and in Senators Darrell Issa and Chuck Grassley. When his first-amendment rights to publicly tell his story were threatened, the ACLU took up his case. For her report revealing Dodson as the key whistle-blower in Fast and Furious, Sharyl Attkisson received an Emmy Award for Outstanding Investigative Journalism. Ultimately, Dodson was cleared by the Inspector General's office, publicly heralded as a hero, and returned to Arizona. Perhaps a lesson gleaned from John Dodson's powerful account is well stated by former Speaker of the House of Representatives Sam Rayburn: 'If you always tell the truth, you don't have to remember what you said.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203404Tue, 03 Dec 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unarmed Truth: My Fight to Blow the Whistle and Expose Fast and Furious Author: John Dodson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unarmed Truth: My Fight to Blow the Whistle and Expose Fast and Furious Author: John Dodson Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 3, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the terror attacks of September 11, 2001, John Dodson pulled bodies out of the wreckage at the Pentagon. In 2007, following the shooting massacre at Virginia Tech, Dodson walked through the classrooms, heartbroken, to cover up the bodies of the victims. Then came Arizona—the American border. Ten days before Christmas, 2010, ATF agent John Dodson awoke to the news he had dreaded every day as a member of the elite team called the Group VII Strike Force: a US border patrol agent named Brian Terry had been shot dead by bandits armed with guns that had been supplied to them by ATF. Was this an inevitable consequence of the Obama administration's Project Gunrunner, set in place one year earlier ostensibly to track Mexican drug cartels? Brian Terry's murder would not only change John Dodson's life forever; it would reveal a scandal so unthinkably unpatriotic that it forced President Barack Obama to claim executive privilege and caused Attorney General Eric Holder to be held in contempt of Congress. Federal Agent John Dodson, an ex-military man, took an oath to defend the world's greatest country and proudly considered himself a walking patriotic example of the American Dream. Brian Terry, ex-military like Dodson, was only forty years old, a family man who served his country by working for the government. Dodson was terrified when the next phone call came, one with the potential to destroy his career, his family, and his life. CBS investigative journalist Sharyl Attkisson asked Dodson to go public with what he knew about Fast and Furious. To Agent Dodson, this meant blowing the whistle. But to the family of Agent Terry, it was a chance to save lives and right a wrong. As he took a fight from the border towns of Arizona to a showdown in the halls of Congress, Dodson clung to the hope that truth would prevail, that he would be redeemed, and that Brian Terry's death would not be in vain. Like whistle-blowers before him, John would not be welcome back on the job. But he found strength in his conscience, in the support of the American public, and in Senators Darrell Issa and Chuck Grassley. When his first-amendment rights to publicly tell his story were threatened, the ACLU took up his case. For her report revealing Dodson as the key whistle-blower in Fast and Furious, Sharyl Attkisson received an Emmy Award for Outstanding Investigative Journalism. Ultimately, Dodson was cleared by the Inspector General's office, publicly heralded as a hero, and returned to Arizona. Perhaps a lesson gleaned from John Dodson's powerful account is well stated by former Speaker of the House of Representatives Sam Rayburn: 'If you always tell the truth, you don't have to remember what you said.']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unintimidated-a-governor-s-story-and-a-nation-s-challenge-by-scott-walker-marc-thiessen--65210895https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unintimidated: A Governor's Story and a Nation's Challenge Author: Scott Walker, Marc Thiessen Narrator: Scott Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A controversial governor recounts his fight to reform his state and issues a call to action for the whole country   In 2010, Scott Walker was elected governor of Wisconsin with a mandate to improve its economy and restore fiscal responsibility. With the state facing a $3.6 billion budget deficit, he proposed a series of reforms to limit the collective bargaining power of public employee unions, which was costing taxpayers billions in pension and health care costs.   The reaction was swift and severe. Angry protesters gathered outside the capitol, teacher unions accused him of sabotaging education, and the media descended on Wisconsin to make it a national controversy. Soon, liberals nationwide were denouncing Governor Walker.   He stood his ground despite relentless political and personal attacks with the help of supporters across the country who hailed him for having the courage to drive real change. In June 2012, he won a special recall election with a higher share of the vote than he had for his original election, becoming the first governor in the country to survive a recall election.   In this book, Governor Walker shows how his commitment to limited but effective government paid off. During his tenure Wisconsin has saved more than $1 billion, property taxes have gone down for the first time in twelve years, and the deficit was turned into a surplus. He also shows what his experiences can teach defenders of liberty across the country about standing up to the special interests that favor the status quo.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203232Tue, 19 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unintimidated: A Governor's Story and a Nation's Challenge Author: Scott Walker, Marc Thiessen Narrator: Scott Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unintimidated: A Governor's Story and a Nation's Challenge Author: Scott Walker, Marc Thiessen Narrator: Scott Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 19, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A controversial governor recounts his fight to reform his state and issues a call to action for the whole country   In 2010, Scott Walker was elected governor of Wisconsin with a mandate to improve its economy and restore fiscal responsibility. With the state facing a $3.6 billion budget deficit, he proposed a series of reforms to limit the collective bargaining power of public employee unions, which was costing taxpayers billions in pension and health care costs.   The reaction was swift and severe. Angry protesters gathered outside the capitol, teacher unions accused him of sabotaging education, and the media descended on Wisconsin to make it a national controversy. Soon, liberals nationwide were denouncing Governor Walker.   He stood his ground despite relentless political and personal attacks with the help of supporters across the country who hailed him for having the courage to drive real change. In June 2012, he won a special recall election with a higher share of the vote than he had for his original election, becoming the first governor in the country to survive a recall election.   In this book, Governor Walker shows how his commitment to limited but effective government paid off. During his tenure Wisconsin has saved more than $1 billion, property taxes have gone down for the first time in twelve years, and the deficit was turned into a surplus. He also shows what his experiences can teach defenders of liberty across the country about standing up to the special interests that favor the status quo.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/good-tidings-and-great-joy-protecting-the-heart-of-christmas-by-sarah-palin--65211005https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Tidings and Great Joy: Protecting the Heart of Christmas Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In her New York Times bestsellers Going Rogue and America by Heart, Sarah Palin revealed the strong Christian faith that has guided her life and family. In Good Tidings and Great Joy she calls for bringing back the freedom to express the Christian values of the season. She asserts the importance of preserving Jesus Christ in Christmas—in public displays, school concerts, pageants, and our expressions to one another other—and laments the over-commercialization and homogenization of Christmas in today's society. Interwoven throughout are personal memories and family traditions, as well as more than a dozen family photos, which illustrate the reasons why the celebration of Jesus Christ's nativity is the centerpiece of her faith. Palin believes it is imperative that we stand up for our beliefs before the element of faith in a glorious and traditional holiday like Christmas is marginalized and ignored. She also encourages readers to see what is possible when we unite in defense of our religious convictions and ignore the politically correct Scrooges seeking to take Christ out of Christmas. Good Tidings and Great Joy is a call to action to openly celebrate the joys of Christianity, and say Merry Christmas to one another.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200913Tue, 12 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Tidings and Great Joy: Protecting the Heart of Christmas Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Tidings and Great Joy: Protecting the Heart of Christmas Author: Sarah Palin Narrator: Sarah Palin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In her New York Times bestsellers Going Rogue and America by Heart, Sarah Palin revealed the strong Christian faith that has guided her life and family. In Good Tidings and Great Joy she calls for bringing back the freedom to express the Christian values of the season. She asserts the importance of preserving Jesus Christ in Christmas—in public displays, school concerts, pageants, and our expressions to one another other—and laments the over-commercialization and homogenization of Christmas in today's society. Interwoven throughout are personal memories and family traditions, as well as more than a dozen family photos, which illustrate the reasons why the celebration of Jesus Christ's nativity is the centerpiece of her faith. Palin believes it is imperative that we stand up for our beliefs before the element of faith in a glorious and traditional holiday like Christmas is marginalized and ignored. She also encourages readers to see what is possible when we unite in defense of our religious convictions and ignore the politically correct Scrooges seeking to take Christ out of Christmas. Good Tidings and Great Joy is a call to action to openly celebrate the joys of Christianity, and say Merry Christmas to one another.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-right-path-from-ike-to-reagan-how-republicans-once-mastered-politics-and-can-again-by-joe-scarborough--65210947https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Path: From Ike to Reagan, How Republicans Once Mastered Politics--and Can Again Author: Joe Scarborough Narrator: George Newbern, Joe Scarborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Joe Scarborough—former Republican congressman and the always insightful host of MSNBC’s Morning Joe—takes a nuanced and surprising look at the unexpected rise and self-inflicted fall of the Republican Party. Dominant in national politics for forty years under the influence of the conservative but pragmatic leadership of Dwight Eisenhower and Ronald Reagan, the GOP, Scarborough argues, is in a self-inflicted eclipse. The only way forward? Recover the principled realism of the giants who led the party to greatness.   In the aftermath of Lyndon Johnson’s 1964 landslide, the Republican Party appeared to be on the verge of permanent irrelevance. LBJ’s Great Society was institutionalizing sweeping liberal reforms, and the United States had a thriving, prosperous economy. Yet in an instant everything changed, and the next four decades would witness an unprecedented era of Republican ascendancy. What happened?   In The Right Path, Joe Scarborough looks back in time to discern how Republicans once dominated American public life. From Eisenhower’s refusal to let “the perfect be the enemy of the good” to Reagan’s charismatic but resolutely practical genius, Scarborough shows how principled pragmatism, combined with a commitment to core conservative values, led to victory after victory.   Now, however, political incalcitrance is threatening to turn a once-mighty party into a permanent minority.     Opening with the passage of the Voting Rights Act in 1965—the high-water moment for liberalism—and ending with the national disillusionment that set in after Hurricane Katrina ravaged New Orleans, The Right Path effortlessly blends American political history with astute analysis and pithy, no-holds-barred commentary. Both a bracing call to arms and a commonsense history, The Right Path provides an illuminating look at conservatism and its discontents—and why the GOP must regain its former tone and tradition if it hopes to survive.   Praise for The Right Path   “This concise history of modern Republican politics might just leave you optimistic about the chances that conservatives can govern again. . . . In the world of commentary, we tend to obsess over the quotidian ebbs and flows—assuming that every little bump in the road is a disaster. . . . But there’s something about reading the history that allows one to take a longer view and put things in context. And that’s precisely what this book does very well.”—The Daily Caller “The Right Path is the right book at the right time to spark a much-needed conversation about the future of the Republican Party.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin   “If you’re interested in the Republican future, you need to read The Right Path. I don’t agree with all of it, but Joe Scarborough has written a book that’s both thought-provoking and fun.”—William Kristol “Joe Scarborough’s lively, provocative, and instructive history of the modern Republican Party will stir up the GOP—which is exactly what he has in mind. As the Grand Old Party searches for a path to victory, Joe offers some important lessons to be learned.”—Tom Brokaw   “Joe Scarborough’s incisive, original, provocative, and well-argued book, deploying American political history both distant and recent, deserves to be widely read, carefully considered, and energetically debated.”—Michael Beschloss]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201400Tue, 12 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Path: From Ike to Reagan, How Republicans Once Mastered Politics--and Can Again Author: Joe Scarborough Narrator: George Newbern, Joe...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201400 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right Path: From Ike to Reagan, How Republicans Once Mastered Politics--and Can Again Author: Joe Scarborough Narrator: George Newbern, Joe Scarborough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 12, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Joe Scarborough—former Republican congressman and the always insightful host of MSNBC’s Morning Joe—takes a nuanced and surprising look at the unexpected rise and self-inflicted fall of the Republican Party. Dominant in national politics for forty years under the influence of the conservative but pragmatic leadership of Dwight Eisenhower and Ronald Reagan, the GOP, Scarborough argues, is in a self-inflicted eclipse. The only way forward? Recover the principled realism of the giants who led the party to greatness.   In the aftermath of Lyndon Johnson’s 1964 landslide, the Republican Party appeared to be on the verge of permanent irrelevance. LBJ’s Great Society was institutionalizing sweeping liberal reforms, and the United States had a thriving, prosperous economy. Yet in an instant everything changed, and the next four decades would witness an unprecedented era of Republican ascendancy. What happened?   In The Right Path, Joe Scarborough looks back in time to discern how Republicans once dominated American public life. From Eisenhower’s refusal to let “the perfect be the enemy of the good” to Reagan’s charismatic but resolutely practical genius, Scarborough shows how principled pragmatism, combined with a commitment to core conservative values, led to victory after victory.   Now, however, political incalcitrance is threatening to turn a once-mighty party into a permanent minority.     Opening with the passage of the Voting Rights Act in 1965—the high-water moment for liberalism—and ending with the national disillusionment that set in after Hurricane Katrina ravaged New Orleans, The Right Path effortlessly blends American political history with astute analysis and pithy, no-holds-barred commentary. Both a bracing call to arms and a commonsense history, The Right Path provides an illuminating look at conservatism and its discontents—and why the GOP must regain its former tone and tradition if it hopes to survive.   Praise for The Right Path   “This concise history of modern Republican politics might just leave you optimistic about the chances that conservatives can govern again. . . . In the world of commentary, we tend to obsess over the quotidian ebbs and flows—assuming that every little bump in the road is a disaster. . . . But there’s something about reading the history that allows one to take a longer view and put things in context. And that’s precisely what this book does very well.”—The Daily Caller “The Right Path is the right book at the right time to spark a much-needed conversation about the future of the Republican Party.”—Doris Kearns Goodwin   “If you’re interested in the Republican future, you need to read The Right Path. I don’t agree with all of it, but Joe Scarborough has written a book that’s both thought-provoking and fun.”—William Kristol “Joe Scarborough’s lively, provocative, and instructive history of the modern Republican Party will stir up the GOP—which is exactly what he has in mind. As the Grand Old Party searches for a path to victory, Joe offers some important lessons to be learned.”—Tom Brokaw   “Joe Scarborough’s incisive, original, provocative, and well-argued book, deploying American political history both distant and recent, deserves to be widely read, carefully considered, and energetically debated.”—Michael Beschloss]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bully-pulpit-theodore-roosevelt-william-howard-taft-and-the-golden-age-of-journalism-by-doris-kearns-goodwin--65210993https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200412 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2015 Audie Award for History/Biography and Finalist for Audiobook of the Year Pulitzer Prize–winning author and presidential historian Doris Kearns Goodwin’s dynamic history of Theodore Roosevelt, William H. Taft and the first decade of the Progressive era, that tumultuous time when the nation was coming unseamed and reform was in the air. Winner of the Carnegie Medal. Doris Kearns Goodwin’s The Bully Pulpit is a dynamic history of the first decade of the Progressive era, that tumultuous time when the nation was coming unseamed and reform was in the air. The story is told through the intense friendship of Theodore Roosevelt and William Howard Taft—a close relationship that strengthens both men before it ruptures in 1912, when they engage in a brutal fight for the presidential nomination that divides their wives, their children, and their closest friends, while crippling the progressive wing of the Republican Party, causing Democrat Woodrow Wilson to be elected, and changing the country’s history. The Bully Pulpit is also the story of the muckraking press, which arouses the spirit of reform that helps Roosevelt push the government to shed its laissez-faire attitude toward robber barons, corrupt politicians, and corporate exploiters of our natural resources. The muckrakers are portrayed through the greatest group of journalists ever assembled at one magazine—Ida Tarbell, Ray Stannard Baker, Lincoln Steffens, and William Allen White—teamed under the mercurial genius of publisher S.S. McClure. Goodwin’s narrative is founded upon a wealth of primary materials. The correspondence of more than four hundred letters between Roosevelt and Taft begins in their early thirties and ends only months before Roosevelt’s death. Edith Roosevelt and Nellie Taft kept diaries. The muckrakers wrote hundreds of letters to one another, kept journals, and wrote their memoirs. The letters of Captain Archie Butt, who served as a personal aide to both Roosevelt and Taft, provide an intimate view of both men. The Bully Pulpit, like Goodwin’s brilliant chronicles of the Civil War and World War II, exquisitely demonstrates her distinctive ability to combine scholarly rigor with accessibility. It is a major work of history—an examination of leadership in a rare moment of activism and reform that brought the country closer to its founding ideals.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200412Tue, 05 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200412 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200412 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt, William Howard Taft, and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.58 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2015 Audie Award for History/Biography and Finalist for Audiobook of the Year Pulitzer Prize–winning author and presidential historian Doris Kearns Goodwin’s dynamic history of Theodore Roosevelt, William H. Taft and the first decade of the Progressive era, that tumultuous time when the nation was coming unseamed and reform was in the air. Winner of the Carnegie Medal. Doris Kearns Goodwin’s The Bully Pulpit is a dynamic history of the first decade of the Progressive era, that tumultuous time when the nation was coming unseamed and reform was in the air. The story is told through the intense friendship of Theodore Roosevelt and William Howard Taft—a close relationship that strengthens both men before it ruptures in 1912, when they engage in a brutal fight for the presidential nomination that divides their wives, their children, and their closest friends, while crippling the progressive wing of the Republican Party, causing Democrat Woodrow Wilson to be elected, and changing the country’s history. The Bully Pulpit is also the story of the muckraking press, which arouses the spirit of reform that helps Roosevelt push the government to shed its laissez-faire attitude toward robber barons, corrupt politicians, and corporate exploiters of our natural resources. The muckrakers are portrayed through the greatest group of journalists ever assembled at one magazine—Ida Tarbell, Ray Stannard Baker, Lincoln Steffens, and William Allen White—teamed under the mercurial genius of publisher S.S. McClure. Goodwin’s narrative is founded upon a wealth of primary materials. The correspondence of more than four hundred letters between Roosevelt and Taft begins in their early thirties and ends only months before Roosevelt’s death. Edith Roosevelt and Nellie Taft kept diaries. The muckrakers wrote hundreds of letters to one another, kept journals, and wrote their memoirs. The letters of Captain Archie Butt, who served as a personal aide to both Roosevelt and Taft, provide an intimate view of both men. The Bully Pulpit, like Goodwin’s brilliant chronicles of the Civil War and World War II, exquisitely demonstrates her distinctive ability to combine scholarly rigor with accessibility. It is a major work of history—an examination of leadership in a rare moment of activism and reform that brought the country closer to its founding ideals.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/double-down-game-change-2012-by-mark-halperin-john-heilemann--65210938https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Down: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times: 'Those hungry for political news will read Double Down for the scooplets and insidery glimpses it serves up about the two campaigns, and the clues it offers about the positioning already going on among Republicans and Democrats for 2016 ... The book testifies to its authors’ energetic legwork and insider access... creating a novelistic narrative that provides a you-are-there immediacy... They succeed in taking readers interested in the backstabbing and backstage maneuvering of the 2012 campaign behind the curtains, providing a tactile... sense of what it looked like from the inside.' In their runaway bestseller Game Change, Mark Halperin and John Heilemann captured the full drama of Barack Obama’s improbable, dazzling victory over the Clintons, John McCain, and Sarah Palin. With the same masterly reporting, unparalleled access, and narrative skill, Double Down picks up the story in the Oval Office, where the president is beset by crises both inherited and unforeseen—facing defiance from his political foes, disenchantment from the voters, disdain from the nation’s powerful money machers, and dysfunction within the West Wing. As 2012 looms, leaders of the Republican Party, salivating over Obama’s political fragility, see a chance to wrest back control of the White House—and the country. So how did the Republicans screw it up? How did Obama survive the onslaught of super PACs and defy the predictions of a one-term presidency? Double Down follows the gaudy carnival of GOP contenders—ambitious and flawed, famous and infamous, charismatic and cartoonish—as Mitt Romney, the straitlaced, can-do, gaffe-prone multimillionaire from Massachusetts, scraped and scratched his way to the nomination. Double Down exposes blunders, scuffles, and machinations far beyond the klieg lights of the campaign trail: Obama storming out of a White House meeting with his high command after accusing them of betrayal. Romney’s mind-set as he made his controversial “47 percent” comments. The real reasons New Jersey governor Chris Christie was never going to be Mitt’s running mate. The intervention held by the president’s staff to rescue their boss from political self-destruction. The way the tense détente between Obama and Bill Clinton morphed into political gold. And the answer to one of the campaign’s great mysteries—how did Clint Eastwood end up performing Dada dinner theater at the Republican convention? In Double Down, Mark Halperin and John Heilemann take the reader into back rooms and closed-door meetings, laying bare the secret history of the 2012 campaign for a panoramic account of an election that was as hard fought as it was lastingly consequential.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200850Tue, 05 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Down: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 6 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200850 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Double Down: Game Change 2012 Author: Mark Halperin, John Heilemann Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times: 'Those hungry for political news will read Double Down for the scooplets and insidery glimpses it serves up about the two campaigns, and the clues it offers about the positioning already going on among Republicans and Democrats for 2016 ... The book testifies to its authors’ energetic legwork and insider access... creating a novelistic narrative that provides a you-are-there immediacy... They succeed in taking readers interested in the backstabbing and backstage maneuvering of the 2012 campaign behind the curtains, providing a tactile... sense of what it looked like from the inside.' In their runaway bestseller Game Change, Mark Halperin and John Heilemann captured the full drama of Barack Obama’s improbable, dazzling victory over the Clintons, John McCain, and Sarah Palin. With the same masterly reporting, unparalleled access, and narrative skill, Double Down picks up the story in the Oval Office, where the president is beset by crises both inherited and unforeseen—facing defiance from his political foes, disenchantment from the voters, disdain from the nation’s powerful money machers, and dysfunction within the West Wing. As 2012 looms, leaders of the Republican Party, salivating over Obama’s political fragility, see a chance to wrest back control of the White House—and the country. So how did the Republicans screw it up? How did Obama survive the onslaught of super PACs and defy the predictions of a one-term presidency? Double Down follows the gaudy carnival of GOP contenders—ambitious and flawed, famous and infamous, charismatic and cartoonish—as Mitt Romney, the straitlaced, can-do, gaffe-prone multimillionaire from Massachusetts, scraped and scratched his way to the nomination. Double Down exposes blunders, scuffles, and machinations far beyond the klieg lights of the campaign trail: Obama storming out of a White House meeting with his high command after accusing them of betrayal. Romney’s mind-set as he made his controversial “47 percent” comments. The real reasons New Jersey governor Chris Christie was never going to be Mitt’s running mate. The intervention held by the president’s staff to rescue their boss from political self-destruction. The way the tense détente between Obama and Bill Clinton morphed into political gold. And the answer to one of the campaign’s great mysteries—how did Clint Eastwood end up performing Dada dinner theater at the Republican convention? In Double Down, Mark Halperin and John Heilemann take the reader into back rooms and closed-door meetings, laying bare the secret history of the 2012 campaign for a panoramic account of an election that was as hard fought as it was lastingly consequential.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/breakout-pioneers-of-the-future-prison-guards-of-the-past-and-the-epic-battle-that-will-decide-america-s-fate-by-newt-gingrich--65210971https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakout: Pioneers of the Future, Prison Guards of the Past, and the Epic Battle That Will Decide America’s Fate Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Newt Gingrich proposes a bold vision of the future: America is on the cusp of a renaissance, a new birth of technological and scientific innovation that will dramatically transform the prosperity and quality of life of every American. Our biggest enemy? Special interest groups, powerful lobbyists, and government bureaucrats who are determined to squash, control, or prevent these innovations—and permanently change the future of America. These are the enemies of the future—powerful forces determined to prevent the enormous benefits that American ingenuity will bring. In his groundbreaking new book, Breakout, former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich sketches America's future, brimming with possibilities and prosperity. Despite big government regulation and taxation, despite special interest groups and lobbyists, American entrepreneurs, innovators, engineers, and scientists are still abundantly creative and productive. Gingrich describes the top technologies that promise to change the way we live and prosper, including 3D printing, driverless cars, breakthroughs in genetics and medicine, unprecedented and ever-growing Internet connectivity, and the new 'app store' model of business development. Will big government, whacky extremists, and powerful lobbyists stop these innovations? They will try—with punitive taxes, stifling regulation, and hopelessly outdated policies. Will Americans allow it? Newt Gingrich sounds the rallying cry to make sure we defeat the enemies of the future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200824Mon, 04 Nov 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakout: Pioneers of the Future, Prison Guards of the Past, and the Epic Battle That Will Decide America’s Fate Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: David...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakout: Pioneers of the Future, Prison Guards of the Past, and the Epic Battle That Will Decide America’s Fate Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Newt Gingrich proposes a bold vision of the future: America is on the cusp of a renaissance, a new birth of technological and scientific innovation that will dramatically transform the prosperity and quality of life of every American. Our biggest enemy? Special interest groups, powerful lobbyists, and government bureaucrats who are determined to squash, control, or prevent these innovations—and permanently change the future of America. These are the enemies of the future—powerful forces determined to prevent the enormous benefits that American ingenuity will bring. In his groundbreaking new book, Breakout, former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich sketches America's future, brimming with possibilities and prosperity. Despite big government regulation and taxation, despite special interest groups and lobbyists, American entrepreneurs, innovators, engineers, and scientists are still abundantly creative and productive. Gingrich describes the top technologies that promise to change the way we live and prosper, including 3D printing, driverless cars, breakthroughs in genetics and medicine, unprecedented and ever-growing Internet connectivity, and the new 'app store' model of business development. Will big government, whacky extremists, and powerful lobbyists stop these innovations? They will try—with punitive taxes, stifling regulation, and hopelessly outdated policies. Will Americans allow it? Newt Gingrich sounds the rallying cry to make sure we defeat the enemies of the future.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/days-of-fire-bush-and-cheney-in-the-white-house-by-peter-baker--65211002https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Fire: Bush and Cheney in the White House Author: Peter Baker Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Days of Fire, Peter Baker, Chief White House Correspondent for The New York Times, takes us on a gripping and intimate journey through the eight years of the Bush and Cheney administration in a tour-de-force narrative of a dramatic and controversial presidency. Theirs was the most captivating American political partnership since Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger: a bold and untested president and his seasoned, relentless vice president. Confronted by one crisis after another, they struggled to protect the country, remake the world, and define their own relationship along the way. In Days of Fire, Peter Baker chronicles the history of the most consequential presidency in modern times through the prism of its two most compelling characters, capturing the elusive and shifting alliance of George Walker Bush and Richard Bruce Cheney as no historian has done before. He brings to life with in-the-room immediacy all the drama of an era marked by devastating terror attacks, the Iraq War, Hurricane Katrina, and financial collapse.      The real story of Bush and Cheney is a far more fascinating tale than the familiar suspicion that Cheney was the power behind the throne. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with key players, and thousands of pages of never-released notes, memos, and other internal documents, Baker paints a riveting portrait of a partnership that evolved dramatically over time, from the early days when Bush leaned on Cheney, making him the most influential vice president in history, to their final hours, when the two had grown so far apart they were clashing in the West Wing. Together and separately, they were tested as no other president and vice president have been, first on a bright September morning, an unforgettable “day of fire” just months into the presidency, and on countless days of fire over the course of eight tumultuous years.      Days of Fire is a monumental and definitive work that will rank with the best of presidential histories. As absorbing as a thriller, it is eye-opening and essential reading.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198210Tue, 22 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Fire: Bush and Cheney in the White House Author: Peter Baker Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 16 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198210 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Days of Fire: Bush and Cheney in the White House Author: Peter Baker Narrator: Mark Deakins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Days of Fire, Peter Baker, Chief White House Correspondent for The New York Times, takes us on a gripping and intimate journey through the eight years of the Bush and Cheney administration in a tour-de-force narrative of a dramatic and controversial presidency. Theirs was the most captivating American political partnership since Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger: a bold and untested president and his seasoned, relentless vice president. Confronted by one crisis after another, they struggled to protect the country, remake the world, and define their own relationship along the way. In Days of Fire, Peter Baker chronicles the history of the most consequential presidency in modern times through the prism of its two most compelling characters, capturing the elusive and shifting alliance of George Walker Bush and Richard Bruce Cheney as no historian has done before. He brings to life with in-the-room immediacy all the drama of an era marked by devastating terror attacks, the Iraq War, Hurricane Katrina, and financial collapse.      The real story of Bush and Cheney is a far more fascinating tale than the familiar suspicion that Cheney was the power behind the throne. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with key players, and thousands of pages of never-released notes, memos, and other internal documents, Baker paints a riveting portrait of a partnership that evolved dramatically over time, from the early days when Bush leaned on Cheney, making him the most influential vice president in history, to their final hours, when the two had grown so far apart they were clashing in the West Wing. Together and separately, they were tested as no other president and vice president have been, first on a bright September morning, an unforgettable “day of fire” just months into the presidency, and on countless days of fire over the course of eight tumultuous years.      Days of Fire is a monumental and definitive work that will rank with the best of presidential histories. As absorbing as a thriller, it is eye-opening and essential reading.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-map-and-the-territory-risk-human-nature-and-the-future-of-forecasting-by-alan-greenspan--65211001https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Map and the Territory: Risk, Human Nature, and the Future of Forecasting Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Age of Turbulence and Capitalism in America Like all of us, though few so visibly, Alan Greenspan was forced by the financial crisis of 2008 to question some fundamental assumptions about risk management and economic forecasting. No one with any meaningful role in economic decision making in the world saw beforehand the storm for what it was. How had our models so utterly failed us?  To answer this question, Alan Greenspan embarked on a rigorous and far-reaching multiyear examination of how Homo economicus predicts the economic future, and how it can predict it better. Economic risk is a fact of life in every realm, from home to business to government at all levels. Whether we’re conscious of it or not, we make wagers on the future virtually every day, one way or another. Very often, however, we’re steering by out-of-date maps, when we’re not driven by factors entirely beyond our conscious control. The Map and the Territory is nothing less than an effort to update our forecasting conceptual grid. It integrates the history of economic prediction, the new work of behavioral economists, and the fruits of the author’s own remarkable career to offer a thrillingly lucid and empirically based grounding in what we can know about economic forecasting and what we can’t.The book explores how culture is and isn't destiny and probes what we can predict about the world's biggest looming challenges, from debt and the reform of the welfare state to natural disasters in an age of global warming. No map is the territory, but Greenspan’s approach, grounded in his trademark rigor, wisdom, and unprecedented context, ensures that this particular map will assist in safe journeys down many different roads, traveled by individuals, businesses, and the state.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198957Tue, 22 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Map and the Territory: Risk, Human Nature, and the Future of Forecasting Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Map and the Territory: Risk, Human Nature, and the Future of Forecasting Author: Alan Greenspan Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of The Age of Turbulence and Capitalism in America Like all of us, though few so visibly, Alan Greenspan was forced by the financial crisis of 2008 to question some fundamental assumptions about risk management and economic forecasting. No one with any meaningful role in economic decision making in the world saw beforehand the storm for what it was. How had our models so utterly failed us?  To answer this question, Alan Greenspan embarked on a rigorous and far-reaching multiyear examination of how Homo economicus predicts the economic future, and how it can predict it better. Economic risk is a fact of life in every realm, from home to business to government at all levels. Whether we’re conscious of it or not, we make wagers on the future virtually every day, one way or another. Very often, however, we’re steering by out-of-date maps, when we’re not driven by factors entirely beyond our conscious control. The Map and the Territory is nothing less than an effort to update our forecasting conceptual grid. It integrates the history of economic prediction, the new work of behavioral economists, and the fruits of the author’s own remarkable career to offer a thrillingly lucid and empirically based grounding in what we can know about economic forecasting and what we can’t.The book explores how culture is and isn't destiny and probes what we can predict about the world's biggest looming challenges, from debt and the reform of the welfare state to natural disasters in an age of global warming. No map is the territory, but Greenspan’s approach, grounded in his trademark rigor, wisdom, and unprecedented context, ensures that this particular map will assist in safe journeys down many different roads, traveled by individuals, businesses, and the state.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-thoughts-devotional-365-daily-inspirations-for-winning-the-battle-of-the-mind-by-joyce-meyer--65210994https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Thoughts Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations for Winning the Battle of the Mind Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Jodi Carlisle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tap into God's power in your daily life by thinking and speaking His way with this devotional based on Joyce Meyer's New York Times bestseller Power Thoughts. Based on Joyce Meyer's New York Times bestseller Power Thoughts, this devotional includes 365 opportunities to tap into God's power in your daily life by thinking and speaking His way. The Power ThoughtsDevotional will provide you with life-changing declarations of truth, directly from God's Word, to think and speak over your life every day of the year. Proverbs 18:21 says, 'Death and life are in the power of the tongue.' Simply put, words are containers for power--positive or negative, creative or destructive. Therefore, it is imperative that you learn to think and speak on purpose, using the life-giving wisdom in God's Word. When you do, your life will never be the same! If you struggle with being negative, critical, or judgmental of people and situations, don't be discouraged. God wants to help you renew your mind to think and speak as He would. It won't happen overnight--but each day you will make progress as you choose power thoughts to be more like Jesus. It's time for you to experience and enjoy the life God created you to live, and Joyce wants to help you get there. You can do it with this devotional by learning how to think and speak power thoughts daily.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198500Tue, 22 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Thoughts Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations for Winning the Battle of the Mind Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Jodi Carlisle Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198500 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Thoughts Devotional: 365 Daily Inspirations for Winning the Battle of the Mind Author: Joyce Meyer Narrator: Jodi Carlisle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Tap into God's power in your daily life by thinking and speaking His way with this devotional based on Joyce Meyer's New York Times bestseller Power Thoughts. Based on Joyce Meyer's New York Times bestseller Power Thoughts, this devotional includes 365 opportunities to tap into God's power in your daily life by thinking and speaking His way. The Power ThoughtsDevotional will provide you with life-changing declarations of truth, directly from God's Word, to think and speak over your life every day of the year. Proverbs 18:21 says, 'Death and life are in the power of the tongue.' Simply put, words are containers for power--positive or negative, creative or destructive. Therefore, it is imperative that you learn to think and speak on purpose, using the life-giving wisdom in God's Word. When you do, your life will never be the same! If you struggle with being negative, critical, or judgmental of people and situations, don't be discouraged. God wants to help you renew your mind to think and speak as He would. It won't happen overnight--but each day you will make progress as you choose power thoughts to be more like Jesus. It's time for you to experience and enjoy the life God created you to live, and Joyce wants to help you get there. You can do it with this devotional by learning how to think and speak power thoughts daily.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/if-kennedy-lived-the-first-and-second-terms-of-president-john-f-kennedy-an-alternate-history-by-jeff-greenfield--65210966https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Kennedy Lived: The First and Second Terms of President John F. Kennedy: An Alternate History Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the country’s most brilliant political commentators, the bestselling author of Then Everything Changed, an extraordinary, thought-provoking look at Kennedy’s presidency—after November 22, 1963. November 22, 1963: JFK does not die. What would happen to his life, his presidency, his country, his world? In Then Everything Changed, Jeff Greenfield created an “utterly compelling” (Joe Klein), “riveting” (The New York Times), “eye-opening” (Peggy Noonan), “captivating” (Doris Kearns Goodwin) exploration of three modern alternate histories, “with the kind of political insight and imagination only he possesses” (David Gregory). Based on memoirs, histories, oral histories, fresh reporting, and his own knowledge of the players, the book looked at the tiny hinges of history—and the extraordinary changes that would have resulted if they had gone another way. Now he presents his most compelling narrative of all about the historical event that has riveted us for fifty years. What if Kennedy were not killed that fateful day? What would the 1964 campaign have looked like? Would changes have been made to the ticket? How would Kennedy, in his second term, have approached Vietnam, civil rights, the Cold War? With Hoover as an enemy, would his indiscreet private life finally have become public? Would his health issues have become so severe as to literally cripple his presidency? And what small turns of fate in the days and years before Dallas might have kept him from ever reaching the White House in the first place? As with Then Everything Changed, the answers Greenfield provides and the scenarios he develops are startlingly realistic, rich in detail, shocking in their projections, but always deeply, remarkably plausible. It is a tour de force of American political history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200473Tue, 22 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Kennedy Lived: The First and Second Terms of President John F. Kennedy: An Alternate History Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Tom Stechschulte...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: If Kennedy Lived: The First and Second Terms of President John F. Kennedy: An Alternate History Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Tom Stechschulte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From one of the country’s most brilliant political commentators, the bestselling author of Then Everything Changed, an extraordinary, thought-provoking look at Kennedy’s presidency—after November 22, 1963. November 22, 1963: JFK does not die. What would happen to his life, his presidency, his country, his world? In Then Everything Changed, Jeff Greenfield created an “utterly compelling” (Joe Klein), “riveting” (The New York Times), “eye-opening” (Peggy Noonan), “captivating” (Doris Kearns Goodwin) exploration of three modern alternate histories, “with the kind of political insight and imagination only he possesses” (David Gregory). Based on memoirs, histories, oral histories, fresh reporting, and his own knowledge of the players, the book looked at the tiny hinges of history—and the extraordinary changes that would have resulted if they had gone another way. Now he presents his most compelling narrative of all about the historical event that has riveted us for fifty years. What if Kennedy were not killed that fateful day? What would the 1964 campaign have looked like? Would changes have been made to the ticket? How would Kennedy, in his second term, have approached Vietnam, civil rights, the Cold War? With Hoover as an enemy, would his indiscreet private life finally have become public? Would his health issues have become so severe as to literally cripple his presidency? And what small turns of fate in the days and years before Dallas might have kept him from ever reaching the White House in the first place? As with Then Everything Changed, the answers Greenfield provides and the scenarios he develops are startlingly realistic, rich in detail, shocking in their projections, but always deeply, remarkably plausible. It is a tour de force of American political history.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-the-stand-my-life-in-the-law-by-alan-dershowitz--65210963https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Stand: My Life in the Law Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Ella Dershowitz, Alan Dershowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Alan Dershowitz recounts his extraordinary coming of age in this legal autobiography, as well as the cases that have changed American jurisprudence over the past fifty years, most of which he has personally been involved in. “Overflowing with fascinating and funny vignettes involving his cases and clients, and probing and provocative insights into contemporary legal controversies.”—The Boston Globe Alan Dershowitz, the preeminent defense lawyer in America today, has been called the “winningest appellate criminal defense lawyer in history.” A professor at Harvard Law School since the age of twenty-five, he has led or been part of the defense team for such storied clients as Bill Clinton, Julian Assange, O. J. Simpson, Claus von Bülow, Mia Farrow, Jeffrey MacDonald, Patty Hearst, Mike Tyson, and countless others. In Taking the Stand, Dershowitz describes his evolution as a lawyer—from a C-minus student in Yeshiva High School to the youngest full professor in the history of Harvard Law School. In his #1 New York Times bestselling book Chutzpah, Alan described his Jewish life. In Taking the Stand, he looks at the people and events that have helped to shape his ideas about the law. He describes his formative years as a clerk for the United States Court of Appeals and the Supreme Court. In the course of his career, he confronts the challenges of First Amendment law, the ongoing tension between individual freedom and national security, the questionable science often employed to prosecute accused murderers, the evolution of civil rights—and why the abortion rights debate in society hasn’t moved forward since Roe v. Wade. Filled with unforgettable cases and inside legal “baseball,” Taking the Stand is a deeply personal account of one of the legendary legal minds of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198426Tue, 15 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Stand: My Life in the Law Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Ella Dershowitz, Alan Dershowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Taking the Stand: My Life in the Law Author: Alan Dershowitz Narrator: Ella Dershowitz, Alan Dershowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 24 minutes Release date: October 15, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Alan Dershowitz recounts his extraordinary coming of age in this legal autobiography, as well as the cases that have changed American jurisprudence over the past fifty years, most of which he has personally been involved in. “Overflowing with fascinating and funny vignettes involving his cases and clients, and probing and provocative insights into contemporary legal controversies.”—The Boston Globe Alan Dershowitz, the preeminent defense lawyer in America today, has been called the “winningest appellate criminal defense lawyer in history.” A professor at Harvard Law School since the age of twenty-five, he has led or been part of the defense team for such storied clients as Bill Clinton, Julian Assange, O. J. Simpson, Claus von Bülow, Mia Farrow, Jeffrey MacDonald, Patty Hearst, Mike Tyson, and countless others. In Taking the Stand, Dershowitz describes his evolution as a lawyer—from a C-minus student in Yeshiva High School to the youngest full professor in the history of Harvard Law School. In his #1 New York Times bestselling book Chutzpah, Alan described his Jewish life. In Taking the Stand, he looks at the people and events that have helped to shape his ideas about the law. He describes his formative years as a clerk for the United States Court of Appeals and the Supreme Court. In the course of his career, he confronts the challenges of First Amendment law, the ongoing tension between individual freedom and national security, the questionable science often employed to prosecute accused murderers, the evolution of civil rights—and why the abortion rights debate in society hasn’t moved forward since Roe v. Wade. Filled with unforgettable cases and inside legal “baseball,” Taking the Stand is a deeply personal account of one of the legendary legal minds of our time.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/camelot-s-court-inside-the-kennedy-white-house-by-robert-dallek--65210989https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's Court: Inside the Kennedy White House Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after John F. Kennedy’s assassination, presidential historian Robert Dallek, whom The New York Times calls “Kennedy’s leading biographer,” delivers a riveting new portrait of this president and his inner circle of advisors—their rivalries, personality clashes, and political battles. In Camelot’s Court, Dallek analyzes the brain trust whose contributions to the successes and failures of Kennedy’s administration—including the Bay of Pigs, civil rights, the Cuban Missile Crisis, and Vietnam—were indelible. Kennedy purposefully put together a dynamic team of advisors noted for their brilliance and acumen, including Attorney General Robert Kennedy, Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara, Secretary of State Dean Rusk, National Security Advisor McGeorge Bundy, and trusted aides Ted Sorensen and Arthur Schlesinger. Yet the very traits these men shared also created sharp divisions. Far from being unified, this was an uneasy band of rivals whose ambitions and clashing beliefs ignited fiery internal debates. Robert Dallek illuminates a president deeply determined to surround himself with the best and the brightest, who often found himself disappointed with their recommendations. The result, Camelot's Court: Inside the Kennedy White House, is a striking portrait of a leader whose wise resistance to pressure and adherence to principle offers a cautionary tale for our own time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198392Tue, 08 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's Court: Inside the Kennedy White House Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 51 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198392 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Camelot's Court: Inside the Kennedy White House Author: Robert Dallek Narrator: James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fifty years after John F. Kennedy’s assassination, presidential historian Robert Dallek, whom The New York Times calls “Kennedy’s leading biographer,” delivers a riveting new portrait of this president and his inner circle of advisors—their rivalries, personality clashes, and political battles. In Camelot’s Court, Dallek analyzes the brain trust whose contributions to the successes and failures of Kennedy’s administration—including the Bay of Pigs, civil rights, the Cuban Missile Crisis, and Vietnam—were indelible. Kennedy purposefully put together a dynamic team of advisors noted for their brilliance and acumen, including Attorney General Robert Kennedy, Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara, Secretary of State Dean Rusk, National Security Advisor McGeorge Bundy, and trusted aides Ted Sorensen and Arthur Schlesinger. Yet the very traits these men shared also created sharp divisions. Far from being unified, this was an uneasy band of rivals whose ambitions and clashing beliefs ignited fiery internal debates. Robert Dallek illuminates a president deeply determined to surround himself with the best and the brightest, who often found himself disappointed with their recommendations. The result, Camelot's Court: Inside the Kennedy White House, is a striking portrait of a leader whose wise resistance to pressure and adherence to principle offers a cautionary tale for our own time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dallas-1963-by-bill-minutaglio-steven-l-davis--65210896https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dallas 1963 Author: Bill Minutaglio, Steven L. Davis Narrator: Tony Messano, Steven L. Davis, Bill Minutaglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the months and weeks before the fateful November 22nd, 1963, Dallas was brewing with political passions, a city crammed with larger-than-life characters dead-set against the Kennedy presidency. These included rabid warriors like defrocked military general Edwin A. Walker; the world's richest oil baron, H. L. Hunt; the leader of the largest Baptist congregation in the world, W.A. Criswell; and the media mogul Ted Dealey, who raucously confronted JFK and whose family name adorns the plaza where the president was murdered. On the same stage was a compelling cast of marauding gangsters, swashbuckling politicos, unsung civil rights heroes, and a stylish millionaire anxious to save his doomed city. Bill Minutaglio and Steven L. Davis ingeniously explore the swirling forces that led many people to warn President Kennedy to avoid Dallas on his fateful trip to Texas. Breathtakingly paced, Dallas 1963 presents a clear, cinematic, and revelatory look at the shocking tragedy that transformed America. Countless authors have attempted to explain the assassination, but no one has ever bothered to explain Dallas-until now. With spellbinding storytelling, Minutaglio and Davis lead us through intimate glimpses of the Kennedy family and the machinations of the Kennedy White House, to the obsessed men in Dallas who concocted the climate of hatred that led many to blame the city for the president's death. Here at long last is an accurate understanding of what happened in the weeks and months leading to John F. Kennedy's assassination. Dallas 1963 is not only a fresh look at a momentous national tragedy but a sobering reminder of how radical, polarizing ideologies can poison a city-and a nation. Winner of the PEN Center USA Literary Award for Research Nonfiction Named one of the Top 3 JFK Books by Parade Magazine. Named 1 of The 5 Essential Kennedy assassination books ever written by The Daily Beast. Named one of the Top Nonfiction Books of 2013 by Kirkus Reviews.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204488Tue, 08 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dallas 1963 Author: Bill Minutaglio, Steven L. Davis Narrator: Tony Messano, Steven L. Davis, Bill Minutaglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dallas 1963 Author: Bill Minutaglio, Steven L. Davis Narrator: Tony Messano, Steven L. Davis, Bill Minutaglio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the months and weeks before the fateful November 22nd, 1963, Dallas was brewing with political passions, a city crammed with larger-than-life characters dead-set against the Kennedy presidency. These included rabid warriors like defrocked military general Edwin A. Walker; the world's richest oil baron, H. L. Hunt; the leader of the largest Baptist congregation in the world, W.A. Criswell; and the media mogul Ted Dealey, who raucously confronted JFK and whose family name adorns the plaza where the president was murdered. On the same stage was a compelling cast of marauding gangsters, swashbuckling politicos, unsung civil rights heroes, and a stylish millionaire anxious to save his doomed city. Bill Minutaglio and Steven L. Davis ingeniously explore the swirling forces that led many people to warn President Kennedy to avoid Dallas on his fateful trip to Texas. Breathtakingly paced, Dallas 1963 presents a clear, cinematic, and revelatory look at the shocking tragedy that transformed America. Countless authors have attempted to explain the assassination, but no one has ever bothered to explain Dallas-until now. With spellbinding storytelling, Minutaglio and Davis lead us through intimate glimpses of the Kennedy family and the machinations of the Kennedy White House, to the obsessed men in Dallas who concocted the climate of hatred that led many to blame the city for the president's death. Here at long last is an accurate understanding of what happened in the weeks and months leading to John F. Kennedy's assassination. Dallas 1963 is not only a fresh look at a momentous national tragedy but a sobering reminder of how radical, polarizing ideologies can poison a city-and a nation. Winner of the PEN Center USA Literary Award for Research Nonfiction Named one of the Top 3 JFK Books by Parade Magazine. Named 1 of The 5 Essential Kennedy assassination books ever written by The Daily Beast. Named one of the Top Nonfiction Books of 2013 by Kirkus Reviews.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-prince-by-niccolo-machiavelli--65210995https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198382 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From his perspective in Renaissance Italy, Machiavelli's aim in this classic work was to resolve conflict with the ruling prince, Lorenzo de Medici. Machiavelli based his insights on the way people really are rather than an ideal of how they should be. This is the world's most famous master plan for seizing and holding power. Astonishing in its candor The Prince even today remains a disturbingly realistic and prophetic work on what it takes to be a prince, a king, or a president. When Machiavelli was removed from his post in his beloved Florence, he resolved to set down a treatise on leadership that was practical, not idealistic. The Prince he envisioned would be unencumbered by ordinary ethical and moral values. Even today, this sixteenth-century classic has become essential reading or listening for every student of government, and is the ultimate audiobook on power politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198382Tue, 01 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198382 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198382 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 21 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From his perspective in Renaissance Italy, Machiavelli's aim in this classic work was to resolve conflict with the ruling prince, Lorenzo de Medici. Machiavelli based his insights on the way people really are rather than an ideal of how they should be. This is the world's most famous master plan for seizing and holding power. Astonishing in its candor The Prince even today remains a disturbingly realistic and prophetic work on what it takes to be a prince, a king, or a president. When Machiavelli was removed from his post in his beloved Florence, he resolved to set down a treatise on leadership that was practical, not idealistic. The Prince he envisioned would be unencumbered by ordinary ethical and moral values. Even today, this sixteenth-century classic has become essential reading or listening for every student of government, and is the ultimate audiobook on power politics.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/goliath-life-and-loathing-in-greater-israel-by-max-blumenthal--65210990https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: Life and Loathing in Greater Israel Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Goliath, New York Times bestselling author Max Blumenthal takes us on a journey through the badlands and high roads of Israel-Palestine, painting a startling portrait of Israeli society under the siege of increasingly authoritarian politics as the occupation of the Palestinians deepens. Beginning with the national elections carried out during Israel's war on Gaza in 2008/9, which brought into power the country's most right-wing government to date, Blumenthal tells the story of Israel in the wake of the collapse of the Oslo peace process. As Blumenthal reveals, Israel has become a country where right-wing leaders like Avigdor Lieberman and Bibi Netanyahu are sacrificing democracy on the altar of their power politics, where the loyal opposition largely and passively stands aside and watches the organized assault on civil liberties, where state-funded Orthodox rabbis publish books that provide instructions on how and when to kill gentiles, where half of Jewish youth declare their refusal to sit in a classroom with an Arab, and where mob violence targets Palestinians and African asylum seekers scapegoated by leading government officials as 'demographic threats.' Immersing himself like few other journalists inside the world of hardline political leaders and movements, Blumenthal interviews the demagogues and divas in their homes, in the Knesset, and in the watering holes where their young acolytes hang out, and he speaks with those political leaders behind the organized assault on civil liberties. As his journey deepens, he painstakingly reports on the occupied Palestinians challenging schemes of demographic separation through unarmed protest. He talks at length to the leaders and youth of Palestinian society inside Israel now targeted by security service dragnets and legislation suppressing their speech and provides in-depth reporting on the small band of Jewish Israeli dissidents who have shaken off a conformist mind-set that permeates the media, schools, and the military. Through his far-ranging travels, Blumenthal illuminates the present by uncovering the ghosts of the past—the histories of Palestinian neighborhoods and villages now gone and forgotten, how that history has set the stage for the current crisis of Israeli society, and how the Holocaust has been turned into justification for occupation. A brave and unflinching account of the real facts on the ground, Goliath is an unprecedented and compelling work of journalism.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198596Tue, 01 Oct 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: Life and Loathing in Greater Israel Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 19 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198596 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goliath: Life and Loathing in Greater Israel Author: Max Blumenthal Narrator: Richard Powers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Goliath, New York Times bestselling author Max Blumenthal takes us on a journey through the badlands and high roads of Israel-Palestine, painting a startling portrait of Israeli society under the siege of increasingly authoritarian politics as the occupation of the Palestinians deepens. Beginning with the national elections carried out during Israel's war on Gaza in 2008/9, which brought into power the country's most right-wing government to date, Blumenthal tells the story of Israel in the wake of the collapse of the Oslo peace process. As Blumenthal reveals, Israel has become a country where right-wing leaders like Avigdor Lieberman and Bibi Netanyahu are sacrificing democracy on the altar of their power politics, where the loyal opposition largely and passively stands aside and watches the organized assault on civil liberties, where state-funded Orthodox rabbis publish books that provide instructions on how and when to kill gentiles, where half of Jewish youth declare their refusal to sit in a classroom with an Arab, and where mob violence targets Palestinians and African asylum seekers scapegoated by leading government officials as 'demographic threats.' Immersing himself like few other journalists inside the world of hardline political leaders and movements, Blumenthal interviews the demagogues and divas in their homes, in the Knesset, and in the watering holes where their young acolytes hang out, and he speaks with those political leaders behind the organized assault on civil liberties. As his journey deepens, he painstakingly reports on the occupied Palestinians challenging schemes of demographic separation through unarmed protest. He talks at length to the leaders and youth of Palestinian society inside Israel now targeted by security service dragnets and legislation suppressing their speech and provides in-depth reporting on the small band of Jewish Israeli dissidents who have shaken off a conformist mind-set that permeates the media, schools, and the military. Through his far-ranging travels, Blumenthal illuminates the present by uncovering the ghosts of the past—the histories of Palestinian neighborhoods and villages now gone and forgotten, how that history has set the stage for the current crisis of Israeli society, and how the Holocaust has been turned into justification for occupation. A brave and unflinching account of the real facts on the ground, Goliath is an unprecedented and compelling work of journalism.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/countdown-our-last-best-hope-for-a-future-on-earth-by-alan-weisman--65210985https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into the chances for humanity's future from the author of the bestseller The World Without Us. In his bestselling book The World Without Us, Alan Weisman considered how the Earth could heal and even refill empty niches if relieved of humanity's constant pressures. Behind that groundbreaking thought experiment was his hope that we would be inspired to find a way to add humans back to this vision of a restored, healthy planet-only in harmony, not mortal combat, with the rest of nature. But with a million more of us every 4 1/2 days on a planet that's not getting any bigger, and with our exhaust overheating the atmosphere and altering the chemistry of the oceans, prospects for a sustainable human future seem ever more in doubt. For this long awaited follow-up book, Weisman traveled to more than 20 countries to ask what experts agreed were probably the most important questions on Earth -- and also the hardest: How many humans can the planet hold without capsizing? How robust must the Earth's ecosystem be to assure our continued existence? Can we know which other species are essential to our survival? And, how might we actually arrive at a stable, optimum population, and design an economy to allow genuine prosperity without endless growth? Weisman visits an extraordinary range of the world's cultures, religions, nationalities, tribes, and political systems to learn what in their beliefs, histories, liturgies, or current circumstances might suggest that sometimes it's in their own best interest to limit their growth. The result is a landmark work of reporting: devastating, urgent, and, ultimately, deeply hopeful. By vividly detailing the burgeoning effects of our cumulative presence, Countdown reveals what may be the fastest, most acceptable, practical, and affordable way of returning our planet and our presence on it to balance. Weisman again shows that he is one of the most provocative journalists at work today, with a book whose message is so compelling that it will change how we see our lives and our destiny.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987Tue, 24 Sep 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/197987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Countdown: Our Last, Best Hope for a Future on Earth? Author: Alan Weisman Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A powerful investigation into the chances for humanity's future from the author of the bestseller The World Without Us. In his bestselling book The World Without Us, Alan Weisman considered how the Earth could heal and even refill empty niches if relieved of humanity's constant pressures. Behind that groundbreaking thought experiment was his hope that we would be inspired to find a way to add humans back to this vision of a restored, healthy planet-only in harmony, not mortal combat, with the rest of nature. But with a million more of us every 4 1/2 days on a planet that's not getting any bigger, and with our exhaust overheating the atmosphere and altering the chemistry of the oceans, prospects for a sustainable human future seem ever more in doubt. For this long awaited follow-up book, Weisman traveled to more than 20 countries to ask what experts agreed were probably the most important questions on Earth -- and also the hardest: How many humans can the planet hold without capsizing? How robust must the Earth's ecosystem be to assure our continued existence? Can we know which other species are essential to our survival? And, how might we actually arrive at a stable, optimum population, and design an economy to allow genuine prosperity without endless growth? Weisman visits an extraordinary range of the world's cultures, religions, nationalities, tribes, and political systems to learn what in their beliefs, histories, liturgies, or current circumstances might suggest that sometimes it's in their own best interest to limit their growth. The result is a landmark work of reporting: devastating, urgent, and, ultimately, deeply hopeful. By vividly detailing the burgeoning effects of our cumulative presence, Countdown reveals what may be the fastest, most acceptable, practical, and affordable way of returning our planet and our presence on it to balance. Weisman again shows that he is one of the most provocative journalists at work today, with a book whose message is so compelling that it will change how we see our lives and our destiny.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-school-revolution-a-new-answer-for-our-broken-education-system-by-ron-paul--65210959https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196706 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The School Revolution: A New Answer for Our Broken Education System Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Steve Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Twelve-term Texas Congressman, Presidential candidate, and #1 New York Times bestselling author Ron Paul returns with a highly provocative treatise about how we need to fundamentally change the way we think about America's broken education system in order to fix it. Whether or not you have children, you know that education is vital to the prosperity and future of our society. Yet our current system simply doesn't work. Parents feel increasingly powerless, and nearly half of Americans give our schools a grade of 'C'. Now, in his new book, Ron Paul attacks the problem head-on and provides a focused solution that centers on strong support for home schooling and the application of free market principles to the American education system. Examining the history of education in this country, Dr. Paul identifies where we've gone wrong, what we can do about it, and how we can change the way we think about education in order to provide a brighter future for Americans.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196706Tue, 17 Sep 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196706 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The School Revolution: A New Answer for Our Broken Education System Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Steve Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196706 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The School Revolution: A New Answer for Our Broken Education System Author: Ron Paul Narrator: Steve Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Twelve-term Texas Congressman, Presidential candidate, and #1 New York Times bestselling author Ron Paul returns with a highly provocative treatise about how we need to fundamentally change the way we think about America's broken education system in order to fix it. Whether or not you have children, you know that education is vital to the prosperity and future of our society. Yet our current system simply doesn't work. Parents feel increasingly powerless, and nearly half of Americans give our schools a grade of 'C'. Now, in his new book, Ron Paul attacks the problem head-on and provides a focused solution that centers on strong support for home schooling and the application of free market principles to the American education system. Examining the history of education in this country, Dr. Paul identifies where we've gone wrong, what we can do about it, and how we can change the way we think about education in order to provide a brighter future for Americans.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-message-the-reselling-of-president-obama-by-richard-wolffe--65210925https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message: The Reselling of President Obama Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They had 99 problems but Mitt Romney wasn't one. At the start of an epic election, the team trying to reelect President Obama faced a mountain of challenges: a dismal economy, the faded hopes of the first campaign, and a struggle to raise enough cash to compete. No president had risen so fast, or fallen so far, in the modern era. And no president in living memory had earned a second term in such troubled times. To resell the president, they needed to redefine the world they were living in. They needed to retell their own story and rewrite the characters. They needed to find The Message. But first, they needed to fight the enemy within: each other. For six years they kept a lid on their internal disputes-the ego clashes, the disappointed ambitions, and the battle to control the Obama brand. Everything was out of public view and under wraps. They called their style No Drama Obama, and the phrase matched the mood of the candidate. But it was never completely true. In 2008 they found a way around their rivalries. Four years later, their hostilities threatened to undermine the reelection of a president at a time when most voters were deeply unhappy and ready for change. Drawing on unrivaled access to the key characters, The Message tells the inside story of the Mad Men-the marketers, message-shapers, and admakers-who held the Obama presidency in their hands.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200838Tue, 17 Sep 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message: The Reselling of President Obama Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200838 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Message: The Reselling of President Obama Author: Richard Wolffe Narrator: Richard Wolffe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 17, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: They had 99 problems but Mitt Romney wasn't one. At the start of an epic election, the team trying to reelect President Obama faced a mountain of challenges: a dismal economy, the faded hopes of the first campaign, and a struggle to raise enough cash to compete. No president had risen so fast, or fallen so far, in the modern era. And no president in living memory had earned a second term in such troubled times. To resell the president, they needed to redefine the world they were living in. They needed to retell their own story and rewrite the characters. They needed to find The Message. But first, they needed to fight the enemy within: each other. For six years they kept a lid on their internal disputes-the ego clashes, the disappointed ambitions, and the battle to control the Obama brand. Everything was out of public view and under wraps. They called their style No Drama Obama, and the phrase matched the mood of the candidate. But it was never completely true. In 2008 they found a way around their rivalries. Four years later, their hostilities threatened to undermine the reelection of a president at a time when most voters were deeply unhappy and ready for change. Drawing on unrivaled access to the key characters, The Message tells the inside story of the Mad Men-the marketers, message-shapers, and admakers-who held the Obama presidency in their hands.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ten-billion-by-stephen-emmott--65210972https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deforestation. Desertification. Species extinction. Global warming. Growing threats to food and water. The driving issues of our times are the result of one huge problem: Us.   As the population continues to grow, our problems will increase. And this means that every way we look at it, a planet of ten billion people is likely to be a nightmare.   Stephen Emmott, a scientist whose lab is at the forefront of research into complex natural systems, sounds the alarm. TEN BILLION is a snapshot of our planet, and our species, approaching a crisis, and a stark analysis of where this leaves us. TEN BILLION is not another climate book. TEN BILLION is a book about us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930Tue, 10 Sep 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196930 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ten Billion Author: Stephen Emmott Narrator: Jonathan Cowley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: September 10, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deforestation. Desertification. Species extinction. Global warming. Growing threats to food and water. The driving issues of our times are the result of one huge problem: Us.   As the population continues to grow, our problems will increase. And this means that every way we look at it, a planet of ten billion people is likely to be a nightmare.   Stephen Emmott, a scientist whose lab is at the forefront of research into complex natural systems, sounds the alarm. TEN BILLION is a snapshot of our planet, and our species, approaching a crisis, and a stark analysis of where this leaves us. TEN BILLION is not another climate book. TEN BILLION is a book about us.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-underdog-in-american-politics-by-karl-trautman--65210891https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Underdog in American Politics Author: Karl Trautman Narrator: Karl Trautman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Underdog in American Politics is an original analysis of how the underdog concept applies to the Democratic Party and American politics and culture. In particular, it analyzes how the power of the underdog has shaped, and reflected, the politics of Democrats running for president. From Thomas Jefferson to Barack Obama, the author uses biography, ideology, campaign strategy, and public policies to depict the many different points of contact between Democrats and underdogs. The core values of equality, fairness and non-discrimination are analyzed. The role of sympathy and empathy toward underdogs is also examined.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211342Wed, 07 Aug 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Underdog in American Politics Author: Karl Trautman Narrator: Karl Trautman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211342 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Underdog in American Politics Author: Karl Trautman Narrator: Karl Trautman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 7, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Underdog in American Politics is an original analysis of how the underdog concept applies to the Democratic Party and American politics and culture. In particular, it analyzes how the power of the underdog has shaped, and reflected, the politics of Democrats running for president. From Thomas Jefferson to Barack Obama, the author uses biography, ideology, campaign strategy, and public policies to depict the many different points of contact between Democrats and underdogs. The core values of equality, fairness and non-discrimination are analyzed. The role of sympathy and empathy toward underdogs is also examined.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-town-two-parties-and-a-funeral-plus-plenty-of-valet-parking-in-america-s-gilded-cap-ital-by-mark-leibovich--65210991https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, the New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, controversial--and often hysterical--look at Washington's incestuous "media industrial complex."]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504Tue, 16 Jul 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200504 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Town: Two Parties and a Funeral-Plus, Plenty of Valet Parking!-in America’s Gilded Cap ital Author: Mark Leibovich Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of the nation's most acclaimed journalists, the New York Times' Mark Leibovich, presents a blistering, penetrating, controversial--and often hysterical--look at Washington's incestuous "media industrial complex."]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-atheist-in-the-foxhole-a-liberal-s-eight-year-odyssey-into-the-heart-of-the-right-wing-media-by-joe-muto--65210978https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Atheist in the FOXhole: A Liberal's Eight-Year Odyssey into the Heart of the Right-Wing Media Author: Joe Muto Narrator: Joe Muto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The “Fox Mole”—whose dispatches for Gawker made headlines in Businessweek, The Hollywood Reporter, and even on The New York Times website—delivers a funny, opinionated memoir of his eight years at the unfair, unbalanced Fox News Channel working as an associate producer for Bill O'Reilly. Imagine needing to hide your true beliefs just to keep a job you hated. Now imagine your job was producing the biggest show on the biggest cable news channel in America, and you’ll get a sense of what life was like for Joe Muto. As a self-professed bleeding-heart, godless liberal, Joe’s viewpoints clearly didn’t mesh with his employer—especially his direct supervisor, Bill O’Reilly. So he did what any ambitious, career-driven person would do. He destroyed his career, spectacularly. He became Gawker’s so-called Fox Mole. Joe’s posts on Gawker garnered more than 2.5 million hits in one week. He released footage and information that Fox News never wanted exposed, including some extremely unflattering footage of Mitt Romney. The dragnet closed around him quickly—he was fired within thirty-six hours—so his best material never made it online. Unfortunate for his career as the Fox Mole, but a treasure trove for book readers. An Atheist in the FOXhole has everything that liberals and Fox haters could desire: details about how Fox’s right-wing ideology is promoted throughout the channel; why specific angles and personalities are the only ones broadcasted; the bizarre stories Fox anchors actually believed (and passed on to the public); and tales of behind-the-scenes mayhem and mistakes, all part of reporting Fox’s version of the news.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200698Tue, 04 Jun 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Atheist in the FOXhole: A Liberal's Eight-Year Odyssey into the Heart of the Right-Wing Media Author: Joe Muto Narrator: Joe Muto Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Atheist in the FOXhole: A Liberal's Eight-Year Odyssey into the Heart of the Right-Wing Media Author: Joe Muto Narrator: Joe Muto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The “Fox Mole”—whose dispatches for Gawker made headlines in Businessweek, The Hollywood Reporter, and even on The New York Times website—delivers a funny, opinionated memoir of his eight years at the unfair, unbalanced Fox News Channel working as an associate producer for Bill O'Reilly. Imagine needing to hide your true beliefs just to keep a job you hated. Now imagine your job was producing the biggest show on the biggest cable news channel in America, and you’ll get a sense of what life was like for Joe Muto. As a self-professed bleeding-heart, godless liberal, Joe’s viewpoints clearly didn’t mesh with his employer—especially his direct supervisor, Bill O’Reilly. So he did what any ambitious, career-driven person would do. He destroyed his career, spectacularly. He became Gawker’s so-called Fox Mole. Joe’s posts on Gawker garnered more than 2.5 million hits in one week. He released footage and information that Fox News never wanted exposed, including some extremely unflattering footage of Mitt Romney. The dragnet closed around him quickly—he was fired within thirty-six hours—so his best material never made it online. Unfortunate for his career as the Fox Mole, but a treasure trove for book readers. An Atheist in the FOXhole has everything that liberals and Fox haters could desire: details about how Fox’s right-wing ideology is promoted throughout the channel; why specific angles and personalities are the only ones broadcasted; the bizarre stories Fox anchors actually believed (and passed on to the public); and tales of behind-the-scenes mayhem and mistakes, all part of reporting Fox’s version of the news.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/coming-insurrection-by-the-invisible-committee--65210974https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason McCoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Coming Insurrection is an eloquent call to arms arising from the recent waves of social contestation in France and Europe. Written by the anonymous Invisible Committee in the vein of Guy Debord - and with comparable elegance - it has been proclaimed a manual for terrorism by the French government (who recently arrested its alleged authors). One of its members more adequately described the group as "the name given to a collective voice bent on denouncing contemporary cynicism and reality".]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200236Tue, 04 Jun 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason McCoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: June...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200236 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming Insurrection Author: The Invisible Committee Narrator: Jason McCoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 4, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Coming Insurrection is an eloquent call to arms arising from the recent waves of social contestation in France and Europe. Written by the anonymous Invisible Committee in the vein of Guy Debord - and with comparable elegance - it has been proclaimed a manual for terrorism by the French government (who recently arrested its alleged authors). One of its members more adequately described the group as "the name given to a collective voice bent on denouncing contemporary cynicism and reality".]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-bad-day-on-the-romney-campaign-an-insider-s-account-by-gabriel-schoenfeld--65210984https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bad Day On The Romney Campaign: An Insider's Account Author: Gabriel Schoenfeld Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why did Romney lose? How can Republicans win? In A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign: An Insider's Account, Gabriel Schoenfeld, a senior adviser to the Republican presidential nominee Mitt Romney for nearly two years, for the first time speaks out about the internal failures of the 2012 campaign. Why did Romney lose? The book illuminates the chain of errors that ultimately contributed to Romney's defeat. Schoenfeld's original conception--he zeroes in on a single gaffe on a single day, examining its genesis and its profound ripple effects on the presidential contest--makes A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign a uniquely fascinating contribution to our understanding of American politics and the challenges facing a Republican party that has lost the popular vote in five out of the last six presidential elections. Adding to its interest, Schoenfeld does not shrink from pointing fingers and naming names. Unsparing in his criticism of some of his former colleagues, and presenting a candid appraisal of Romney's strengths and weaknesses, his objective is to launch a far-reaching debate about the way we go about choosing America’s leader. Offering a remarkably candid discussion of how Romney and his team formulated domestic and foreign policy, the book is a powerful voice in the ongoing discussion of the future of the Republican Party written by a Romney campaign insider who is also one of America's premier analysts of public affairs. A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign is for Republicans, Democrats, and all Americans. Rich with detail and full of high drama, it will be of interest to anyone who wants to go behind the scenes to gain an inside look at how our political system actually operates, with all of its charms and all of its flaws. Praise for Gabriel Schoenfeld’s previous book, Necessary Secrets: National Security, the Media, and the Rule of Law: 'There is an obvious tension between a democratic public's need for information—its right to know—and the government's need, at times, for operational secrecy....Gabriel Schoenfeld brilliantly illuminates this fundamental dilemma in Necessary Secrets.' --John McGinnis, The Wall Street Journal “The weight of his book's scholarship, the timeliness of its publication and the audacity of its argument make it essential reading for anyone seriously interested in national security and freedom of the press in these testing times.”  --Leonard Downie, Jr., The Washington Post “In his aptly titled book, Necessary Secrets, Gabriel Schoenfeld, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute, has presented a subtle and instructive brief challenging the right of the press to make unilateral decisions to “publish and let others perish’….” --Alan Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review “Illuminating, extremely intelligent, learned, engaging, and important. This is a truly great book—the best account ever of the relationship between the press and the government concerning the protection and disclosure of national-security secrets, one that is centrally relevant to manifold national-security debates today.' --Jack Goldsmith, Professor, Harvard Law School, and former U.S. Assistant Attorney General “Necessary Secrets is a valuable history-with-attitude of the long war between the American government and the press over the protection and disclosure of secrets.” --Bill Keller, The New York Times Magazine]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200708Tue, 28 May 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bad Day On The Romney Campaign: An Insider's Account Author: Gabriel Schoenfeld Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Bad Day On The Romney Campaign: An Insider's Account Author: Gabriel Schoenfeld Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 28, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why did Romney lose? How can Republicans win? In A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign: An Insider's Account, Gabriel Schoenfeld, a senior adviser to the Republican presidential nominee Mitt Romney for nearly two years, for the first time speaks out about the internal failures of the 2012 campaign. Why did Romney lose? The book illuminates the chain of errors that ultimately contributed to Romney's defeat. Schoenfeld's original conception--he zeroes in on a single gaffe on a single day, examining its genesis and its profound ripple effects on the presidential contest--makes A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign a uniquely fascinating contribution to our understanding of American politics and the challenges facing a Republican party that has lost the popular vote in five out of the last six presidential elections. Adding to its interest, Schoenfeld does not shrink from pointing fingers and naming names. Unsparing in his criticism of some of his former colleagues, and presenting a candid appraisal of Romney's strengths and weaknesses, his objective is to launch a far-reaching debate about the way we go about choosing America’s leader. Offering a remarkably candid discussion of how Romney and his team formulated domestic and foreign policy, the book is a powerful voice in the ongoing discussion of the future of the Republican Party written by a Romney campaign insider who is also one of America's premier analysts of public affairs. A Bad Day on the Romney Campaign is for Republicans, Democrats, and all Americans. Rich with detail and full of high drama, it will be of interest to anyone who wants to go behind the scenes to gain an inside look at how our political system actually operates, with all of its charms and all of its flaws. Praise for Gabriel Schoenfeld’s previous book, Necessary Secrets: National Security, the Media, and the Rule of Law: 'There is an obvious tension between a democratic public's need for information—its right to know—and the government's need, at times, for operational secrecy....Gabriel Schoenfeld brilliantly illuminates this fundamental dilemma in Necessary Secrets.' --John McGinnis, The Wall Street Journal “The weight of his book's scholarship, the timeliness of its publication and the audacity of its argument make it essential reading for anyone seriously interested in national security and freedom of the press in these testing times.”  --Leonard Downie, Jr., The Washington Post “In his aptly titled book, Necessary Secrets, Gabriel Schoenfeld, a senior fellow at the Hudson Institute, has presented a subtle and instructive brief challenging the right of the press to make unilateral decisions to “publish and let others perish’….” --Alan Dershowitz, The New York Times Book Review “Illuminating, extremely intelligent, learned, engaging, and important. This is a truly great book—the best account ever of the relationship between the press and the government concerning the protection and disclosure of national-security secrets, one that is centrally relevant to manifold national-security debates today.' --Jack Goldsmith, Professor, Harvard Law School, and former U.S. Assistant Attorney General “Necessary Secrets is a valuable history-with-attitude of the long war between the American government and the press over the protection and disclosure of secrets.” --Bill Keller, The New York Times Magazine]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-battle-of-the-frogs-and-the-mice-a-homeric-fable-by-george-r-r-martin--65210980https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You will never see war the same way after reading this extraordinary retelling of an ancient Greek fable about a tragically unnecessary battle between mice and frogs. With haunting illustrations, this miniature masterpiece ranks with Animal Farm as one of the greatest parables of human foibles.  Originally published in 1962, The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice tells in words and pictures a classic tale of the foolhardiness of war. When Crum-snatcher, a Mouse, cautiously mounts the back of Puff-jaw, King of the Frogs, to explore the Frogs’ pond, the Mouse meets with a disaster which soon brings the two nations into mortal conflict. The course of this tempest in a teapot is developed with wit to assume heroic proportions, and the battle of this small world becomes the story of wars through the ages. George Martin has made an imaginative, free adaptation of a fable originally ascribed to Homer, but now believed to have been written about three hundred years after him by an unknown author. The book’s events are brilliantly depicted by the drawings of Fred Gwynne, a versatile artist known for his role as Herman Munster in the sit-com hit The Munsters. Gwynne’s haunting and unsparingly illustrations portray this chronicle from its pastoral beginning to its bitter end. Together, Martin and Gwynne have made a book of grim delight for adults and young readers alike.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513Thu, 02 May 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200513 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice: A Homeric Fable Author: George R. R. Martin Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 2, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: You will never see war the same way after reading this extraordinary retelling of an ancient Greek fable about a tragically unnecessary battle between mice and frogs. With haunting illustrations, this miniature masterpiece ranks with Animal Farm as one of the greatest parables of human foibles.  Originally published in 1962, The Battle of the Frogs and the Mice tells in words and pictures a classic tale of the foolhardiness of war. When Crum-snatcher, a Mouse, cautiously mounts the back of Puff-jaw, King of the Frogs, to explore the Frogs’ pond, the Mouse meets with a disaster which soon brings the two nations into mortal conflict. The course of this tempest in a teapot is developed with wit to assume heroic proportions, and the battle of this small world becomes the story of wars through the ages. George Martin has made an imaginative, free adaptation of a fable originally ascribed to Homer, but now believed to have been written about three hundred years after him by an unknown author. The book’s events are brilliantly depicted by the drawings of Fred Gwynne, a versatile artist known for his role as Herman Munster in the sit-com hit The Munsters. Gwynne’s haunting and unsparingly illustrations portray this chronicle from its pastoral beginning to its bitter end. Together, Martin and Gwynne have made a book of grim delight for adults and young readers alike.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/media-control-the-spectacular-achievements-of-propaganda-by-noam-chomsky--65210919https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Control: The Spectacular Achievements of Propaganda Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Noam Chomsky’s backpocket classic on wartime propaganda and opinion control begins by asserting two models of democracy—one in which the public actively participates, and one in which the public is manipulated and controlled. According to Chomsky, 'propaganda is to democracy as the bludgeon is to a totalitarian state,' and the mass media is the primary vehicle for delivering propaganda in the United States. From an examination of how Woodrow Wilson’s Creel Commission 'succeeded, within six months, in turning a pacifist population into a hysterical, war-mongering population,' to Bush Sr.'s war on Iraq, Chomsky examines how the mass media and public relations industries have been used as propaganda to generate public support for going to war. Chomsky further touches on how the modern public relations industry has been influenced by Walter Lippmann’s theory of 'spectator democracy,' in which the public is seen as a 'bewildered herd' that needs to be directed, not empowered; and how the public relations industry in the United States focuses on 'controlling the public mind,' and not on informing it. Media Control is an invaluable primer on the secret workings of disinformation in democratic societies.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203677Tue, 09 Apr 2013 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Control: The Spectacular Achievements of Propaganda Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Control: The Spectacular Achievements of Propaganda Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Noam Chomsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: April 9, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Noam Chomsky’s backpocket classic on wartime propaganda and opinion control begins by asserting two models of democracy—one in which the public actively participates, and one in which the public is manipulated and controlled. According to Chomsky, 'propaganda is to democracy as the bludgeon is to a totalitarian state,' and the mass media is the primary vehicle for delivering propaganda in the United States. From an examination of how Woodrow Wilson’s Creel Commission 'succeeded, within six months, in turning a pacifist population into a hysterical, war-mongering population,' to Bush Sr.'s war on Iraq, Chomsky examines how the mass media and public relations industries have been used as propaganda to generate public support for going to war. Chomsky further touches on how the modern public relations industry has been influenced by Walter Lippmann’s theory of 'spectator democracy,' in which the public is seen as a 'bewildered herd' that needs to be directed, not empowered; and how the public relations industry in the United States focuses on 'controlling the public mind,' and not on informing it. Media Control is an invaluable primer on the secret workings of disinformation in democratic societies.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fat-chance-beating-the-odds-against-sugar-processed-food-obesity-and-disease-by-robert-h-lustig--65210961https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert Lustig’s 90-minute YouTube video “Sugar: The Bitter Truth”, has been viewed more than two million times. Now, in this much anticipated book, he documents the science and the politics that has led to the pandemic of chronic disease over the last 30 years. In the late 1970s when the government mandated we get the fat out of our food, the food industry responded by pouring more sugar in. The result has been a perfect storm, disastrously altering our biochemistry and driving our eating habits out of our control. To help us lose weight and recover our health, Lustig presents personal strategies to readjust the key hormones that regulate hunger, reward, and stress; and societal strategies to improve the health of the next generation. Compelling, controversial, and completely based in science, Fat Chance debunks the widely held notion to prove “a calorie is NOT a calorie”, and takes that science to its logical conclusion to improve health worldwide.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869Thu, 27 Dec 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fat Chance: Beating the Odds Against Sugar, Processed Food, Obesity, and Disease Author: Robert H. Lustig Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 27, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Robert Lustig’s 90-minute YouTube video “Sugar: The Bitter Truth”, has been viewed more than two million times. Now, in this much anticipated book, he documents the science and the politics that has led to the pandemic of chronic disease over the last 30 years. In the late 1970s when the government mandated we get the fat out of our food, the food industry responded by pouring more sugar in. The result has been a perfect storm, disastrously altering our biochemistry and driving our eating habits out of our control. To help us lose weight and recover our health, Lustig presents personal strategies to readjust the key hormones that regulate hunger, reward, and stress; and societal strategies to improve the health of the next generation. Compelling, controversial, and completely based in science, Fat Chance debunks the widely held notion to prove “a calorie is NOT a calorie”, and takes that science to its logical conclusion to improve health worldwide.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-patriarch-the-remarkable-life-and-turbulent-times-of-joseph-p-kennedy-by-david-nasaw--65210923https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patriarch: The Remarkable Life and Turbulent Times of Joseph P. Kennedy Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this pioneering new work, celebrated historian David Nasaw examines the life of Joseph P. Kennedy, the founder of the twentieth century's most famous political dynasty. Drawing on never-before-published materials from archives on three continents and interviews with Kennedy family members and friends, Nasaw tells the story of a man who participated in the major events of his times: the booms and busts, the Depression and the New Deal, two world wars and the Cold War, and the birth of the New Frontier. In studying Kennedy's life, we relive the history of the American century. 'Riveting . . . The Patriarch is a book hard to put down . . . As his son indelibly put it some months before his father was struck down: 'Ask not what your country can do for you - ask what you can do for your county.' One wonders what was going through the mind of the patriarch, sitting a few feet away listening to that soaring sentiment as a fourth-generation Kennedy became president of the United States. After coming to know him over the course of this brilliant, compelling book, the reader might suspect that he was thinking he had done more than enough for his country. But the gods would demand even more.' - New York Times Book Review]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202934Tue, 13 Nov 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patriarch: The Remarkable Life and Turbulent Times of Joseph P. Kennedy Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Patriarch: The Remarkable Life and Turbulent Times of Joseph P. Kennedy Author: David Nasaw Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 13, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this pioneering new work, celebrated historian David Nasaw examines the life of Joseph P. Kennedy, the founder of the twentieth century's most famous political dynasty. Drawing on never-before-published materials from archives on three continents and interviews with Kennedy family members and friends, Nasaw tells the story of a man who participated in the major events of his times: the booms and busts, the Depression and the New Deal, two world wars and the Cold War, and the birth of the New Frontier. In studying Kennedy's life, we relive the history of the American century. 'Riveting . . . The Patriarch is a book hard to put down . . . As his son indelibly put it some months before his father was struck down: 'Ask not what your country can do for you - ask what you can do for your county.' One wonders what was going through the mind of the patriarch, sitting a few feet away listening to that soaring sentiment as a fourth-generation Kennedy became president of the United States. After coming to know him over the course of this brilliant, compelling book, the reader might suspect that he was thinking he had done more than enough for his country. But the gods would demand even more.' - New York Times Book Review]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-endgame-the-inside-story-of-the-struggle-for-iraq-from-george-w-bush-to-barack-obama-by-bernard-e-trainor-michael-r-gordon--65210998https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Endgame: The Inside Story of the Struggle for Iraq, from George W. Bush to Barack Obama Author: Bernard E. Trainor, Michael R. Gordon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 25, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eagerly anticipated in the wake of their national best seller Cobra II (“The superb, must-read military history of the invasion of Iraq”—Thomas L. Friedman), The Endgame is Michael R. Gordon and General Bernard E. Trainor’s most ambitious and news-breaking book to date. A peerless work of investigative journalism and historical recreation ranging from 2003 to 2012, it gives us the first comprehensive, inside account of arguably the most widely reported yet least understood war in American history—from the occupation of Iraq to the withdrawal of American troops.   Prodigiously researched, The Endgame is not only based on an abundance of highly classified, still-secret government documents but is also brilliantly informed by access to key figures in the White House, the military, the State and Defense departments, the intelligence community, and, most strikingly, by extensive interviews with both Sunni and Shiite leaders, key Kurdish politicians, tribal sheikhs, former insurgents, Sadrists, and senior Iraqi military officers, whose insights about critical turning points and previously unknown decisions made during the war have heretofore been conspicuously missing from the media’s coverage of it.   The Endgame is riveting as a blow-by-blow chronicle of the fighting. It is also relentlessly revealing, as it deftly pieces together the puzzle of the prosecution of American, Iraqi, and Iranian objectives, and the diplomatic intrigue and political struggle within Iraq since the American invasion.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196860Tue, 25 Sep 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Endgame: The Inside Story of the Struggle for Iraq, from George W. Bush to Barack Obama Author: Bernard E. Trainor, Michael R. Gordon Narrator: Rob...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Endgame: The Inside Story of the Struggle for Iraq, from George W. Bush to Barack Obama Author: Bernard E. Trainor, Michael R. Gordon Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 32 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 25, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eagerly anticipated in the wake of their national best seller Cobra II (“The superb, must-read military history of the invasion of Iraq”—Thomas L. Friedman), The Endgame is Michael R. Gordon and General Bernard E. Trainor’s most ambitious and news-breaking book to date. A peerless work of investigative journalism and historical recreation ranging from 2003 to 2012, it gives us the first comprehensive, inside account of arguably the most widely reported yet least understood war in American history—from the occupation of Iraq to the withdrawal of American troops.   Prodigiously researched, The Endgame is not only based on an abundance of highly classified, still-secret government documents but is also brilliantly informed by access to key figures in the White House, the military, the State and Defense departments, the intelligence community, and, most strikingly, by extensive interviews with both Sunni and Shiite leaders, key Kurdish politicians, tribal sheikhs, former insurgents, Sadrists, and senior Iraqi military officers, whose insights about critical turning points and previously unknown decisions made during the war have heretofore been conspicuously missing from the media’s coverage of it.   The Endgame is riveting as a blow-by-blow chronicle of the fighting. It is also relentlessly revealing, as it deftly pieces together the puzzle of the prosecution of American, Iraqi, and Iranian objectives, and the diplomatic intrigue and political struggle within Iraq since the American invasion.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mugged-racial-demagoguery-from-the-seventies-to-obama-by-ann-coulter--65210906https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201299 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mugged: Racial Demagoguery from the Seventies to Obama Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 25, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This isn’t a story about black people—it’s a story about the Left’s agenda to patronize blacks and lie to everyone else.”  For decades, the Left has been putting on a play with themselves as heroes in an ongoing civil rights move­ment—which they were mostly absent from at the time. Long after pervasive racial discrimination ended, they kept pretending America was being run by the Klan and that liberals were black America’s only protectors. It took the O. J. Simpson verdict—the race-based acquittal of a spectacularly guilty black celebrity as blacks across America erupted in cheers—to shut down the white guilt bank. But now, fewer than two decades later, our “pos­tracial” president has returned us to the pre-OJ era of nonstop racial posturing. A half-black, half-white Democrat, not descended from American slaves, has brought racial unrest back with a whoop. The Obama candidacy allowed liberals to engage in self-righteousness about race and get a hard-core Leftie in the White House at the same time. In 2008, we were told the only way for the nation to move past race was to elect him as president. And 53 percent of voters fell for it. Now, Ann Coulter fearlessly explains the real his­tory of race relations in this country, including how white liberals twist that history to spring the guilty, accuse the innocent, and engender racial hatreds, all in order to win politically. You’ll learn, for instance, how    • A U.S. congressman and a New York mayor con­spired to protect cop killers who ambushed four police officers in the Rev. Louis Farrakhan’s mosque.    • The entire Democratic elite, up to the Carter White House, coddled a black cult in San Francisco as hun­dreds of the cult members marched to their deaths in Guyana.    • New York City became a maelstrom of racial hatred, with black neighborhoods abandoned to crimi­nals who were ferociously defended by a press that assessed guilt on the basis of race.    • Preposterous hoax hate crimes were always believed, never questioned. And when they turned out to be frauds the stories would simply disappear from the news.    • Liberals quickly switched the focus of civil rights laws from the heirs of slavery and Jim Crow to white feminists, illegal immigrants, and gays.    • Subway vigilante Bernhard Goetz was surprisingly popular in black neighborhoods, despite hysterical denunciations of him by the New York Times.    • Liberals slander Republicans by endlessly repeating a bizarro-world history in which Democrats defended black America and Republicans appealed to segregationists. The truth has always been exactly the opposite. Going where few authors would dare, Coulter explores the racial demagoguery that has mugged America since the early seventies. She shines the light of truth on cases ranging from Tawana Brawley, Lemrick Nelson, and Howard Beach, NY, to the LA riots and the Duke lacrosse scandal. And she shows how the 2012 Obama campaign is going to inspire the greatest racial guilt mongering of all time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201299Tue, 25 Sep 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201299 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mugged: Racial Demagoguery from the Seventies to Obama Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201299 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mugged: Racial Demagoguery from the Seventies to Obama Author: Ann Coulter Narrator: Ann Coulter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 25, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This isn’t a story about black people—it’s a story about the Left’s agenda to patronize blacks and lie to everyone else.”  For decades, the Left has been putting on a play with themselves as heroes in an ongoing civil rights move­ment—which they were mostly absent from at the time. Long after pervasive racial discrimination ended, they kept pretending America was being run by the Klan and that liberals were black America’s only protectors. It took the O. J. Simpson verdict—the race-based acquittal of a spectacularly guilty black celebrity as blacks across America erupted in cheers—to shut down the white guilt bank. But now, fewer than two decades later, our “pos­tracial” president has returned us to the pre-OJ era of nonstop racial posturing. A half-black, half-white Democrat, not descended from American slaves, has brought racial unrest back with a whoop. The Obama candidacy allowed liberals to engage in self-righteousness about race and get a hard-core Leftie in the White House at the same time. In 2008, we were told the only way for the nation to move past race was to elect him as president. And 53 percent of voters fell for it. Now, Ann Coulter fearlessly explains the real his­tory of race relations in this country, including how white liberals twist that history to spring the guilty, accuse the innocent, and engender racial hatreds, all in order to win politically. You’ll learn, for instance, how    • A U.S. congressman and a New York mayor con­spired to protect cop killers who ambushed four police officers in the Rev. Louis Farrakhan’s mosque.    • The entire Democratic elite, up to the Carter White House, coddled a black cult in San Francisco as hun­dreds of the cult members marched to their deaths in Guyana.    • New York City became a maelstrom of racial hatred, with black neighborhoods abandoned to crimi­nals who were ferociously defended by a press that assessed guilt on the basis of race.    • Preposterous hoax hate crimes were always believed, never questioned. And when they turned out to be frauds the stories would simply disappear from the news.    • Liberals quickly switched the focus of civil rights laws from the heirs of slavery and Jim Crow to white feminists, illegal immigrants, and gays.    • Subway vigilante Bernhard Goetz was surprisingly popular in black neighborhoods, despite hysterical denunciations of him by the New York Times.    • Liberals slander Republicans by endlessly repeating a bizarro-world history in which Democrats defended black America and Republicans appealed to segregationists. The truth has always been exactly the opposite. Going where few authors would dare, Coulter explores the racial demagoguery that has mugged America since the early seventies. She shines the light of truth on cases ranging from Tawana Brawley, Lemrick Nelson, and Howard Beach, NY, to the LA riots and the Duke lacrosse scandal. And she shows how the 2012 Obama campaign is going to inspire the greatest racial guilt mongering of all time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/future-perfect-the-case-for-progress-in-a-networked-age-by-steven-johnson--65210936https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Perfect: The Case For Progress In A Networked Age Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Samuel Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 18, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combining the deft social analysis of Where Good Ideas Come From with the optimistic arguments of Everything Bad Is Good For You, New York Times bestselling author Steven Johnson’s Future Perfect makes the case that a new model of political change is on the rise, transforming everything from local governments to classrooms, from protest movements to health care. Johnson paints a compelling portrait of this new political worldview -- influenced by the success and interconnectedness of the Internet, but not dependent on high-tech solutions -- that breaks with the conventional categories of liberal or conservative thinking. With his acclaimed gift for multi-disciplinary storytelling and big ideas, Johnson explores this new vision of progress through a series of fascinating narratives: from the “miracle on the Hudson” to the planning of the French railway system; from the battle against malnutrition in Vietnam to a mysterious outbreak of strange smells in downtown Manhattan; from underground music video artists to the invention of the Internet itself. At a time when the conventional wisdom holds that the political system is hopelessly gridlocked with old ideas, Future Perfect makes the timely and inspiring case that progress is still possible, and that new solutions are on the rise. This is a hopeful, affirmative outlook for the future, from one of the most brilliant and inspiring visionaries of contemporary culture.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201793Tue, 18 Sep 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Perfect: The Case For Progress In A Networked Age Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Samuel Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Perfect: The Case For Progress In A Networked Age Author: Steven Johnson Narrator: Samuel Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 18, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combining the deft social analysis of Where Good Ideas Come From with the optimistic arguments of Everything Bad Is Good For You, New York Times bestselling author Steven Johnson’s Future Perfect makes the case that a new model of political change is on the rise, transforming everything from local governments to classrooms, from protest movements to health care. Johnson paints a compelling portrait of this new political worldview -- influenced by the success and interconnectedness of the Internet, but not dependent on high-tech solutions -- that breaks with the conventional categories of liberal or conservative thinking. With his acclaimed gift for multi-disciplinary storytelling and big ideas, Johnson explores this new vision of progress through a series of fascinating narratives: from the “miracle on the Hudson” to the planning of the French railway system; from the battle against malnutrition in Vietnam to a mysterious outbreak of strange smells in downtown Manhattan; from underground music video artists to the invention of the Internet itself. At a time when the conventional wisdom holds that the political system is hopelessly gridlocked with old ideas, Future Perfect makes the timely and inspiring case that progress is still possible, and that new solutions are on the rise. This is a hopeful, affirmative outlook for the future, from one of the most brilliant and inspiring visionaries of contemporary culture.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-victory-lab-the-secret-science-of-winning-campaigns-by-sasha-issenberg--65211003https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Victory Lab: The Secret Science of Winning Campaigns Author: Sasha Issenberg Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The book Politico calls “Moneyball for politics” shows how cutting-edge social science and analytics are reshaping the modern political campaign. Renegade thinkers are crashing the gates of a venerable American institution, shoving aside its so-called wise men and replacing them with a radical new data-driven order. We’ve seen it in sports, and now in The Victory Lab, journalist Sasha Issenberg tells the hidden story of the analytical revolution upending the way political campaigns are run in the 21st century.      The Victory Lab follows the academics and maverick operatives rocking the war room and re-engineering a high-stakes industry previously run on little more than gut instinct and outdated assumptions. Armed with research from behavioural psychology and randomized experiments that treat voters as unwitting guinea pigs, the smartest campaigns now believe they know who you will vote for even before you do.  Issenberg tracks these fascinating techniques—which include cutting edge persuasion experiments, innovative ways to mobilize voters, heavily researched electioneering methods—and shows how our most important figures, such as Barack Obama and Mitt Romney, are putting them to use with surprising skill and alacrity.      Provocative, clear-eyed and energetically reported, The Victory Lab offers iconoclastic insights into political marketing, human decision-making, and the increasing power of analytics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196745Tue, 11 Sep 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Victory Lab: The Secret Science of Winning Campaigns Author: Sasha Issenberg Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Victory Lab: The Secret Science of Winning Campaigns Author: Sasha Issenberg Narrator: Michael Goldstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 11, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The book Politico calls “Moneyball for politics” shows how cutting-edge social science and analytics are reshaping the modern political campaign. Renegade thinkers are crashing the gates of a venerable American institution, shoving aside its so-called wise men and replacing them with a radical new data-driven order. We’ve seen it in sports, and now in The Victory Lab, journalist Sasha Issenberg tells the hidden story of the analytical revolution upending the way political campaigns are run in the 21st century.      The Victory Lab follows the academics and maverick operatives rocking the war room and re-engineering a high-stakes industry previously run on little more than gut instinct and outdated assumptions. Armed with research from behavioural psychology and randomized experiments that treat voters as unwitting guinea pigs, the smartest campaigns now believe they know who you will vote for even before you do.  Issenberg tracks these fascinating techniques—which include cutting edge persuasion experiments, innovative ways to mobilize voters, heavily researched electioneering methods—and shows how our most important figures, such as Barack Obama and Mitt Romney, are putting them to use with surprising skill and alacrity.      Provocative, clear-eyed and energetically reported, The Victory Lab offers iconoclastic insights into political marketing, human decision-making, and the increasing power of analytics.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/interventions-a-life-in-war-and-peace-by-kofi-annan-nader-mousavizadeh--65210992https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interventions: A Life in War and Peace Author: Kofi Annan, Nader Mousavizadeh Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A candid memoir of global statecraft during one of the most consequential eras of recent history INTERVENTIONS is the inside story of a world at the brink. After forty years of service in the United Nations, former Secretary-General Kofi Annan shares his unique perspective of the terrorist attacks of September 11; the American invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan; the wars among Israel, Hezbollah, and Lebanon; the humanitarian tragedies of Somalia, Rwanda, and Bosnia; and the geopolitical transformations following the Cold War. With eloquence and unprecedented candor, Annan finally reveals his unique role and unparalleled perspective on decades of global politics.  The first sub-Saharan African national to hold the position of secretary-general, Annan has led an incredible life, an amazing story in its own right. Annan’s idealism and personal politics were forged in the Ghana independence movements of his adolescence, when all of Africa seemed to be waking from centuries of imperial slumber. Schooled in Minnesota, Massachusetts, and Europe, Annan ultimately joined the United Nations in Geneva as the lowest level civil servant in the still young organization. Yet Annan rose rapidly through the ranks, and by the end of the Cold War he was prominently placed in the rapidly changing department of peacekeeping.   As Annan shows the successes of the United Nations around the world, he also reveals the organization’s missed opportunities and ongoing challenges—thwarted actions in the Rwanda genocide, continuing violence between Israelis and Palestinians, the endurance of endemic poverty, and much else. Yet Annan’s great strength in this book is his ability to embed these tragedies within the context of global politics; demonstrating how, time and again, the nations of the world have retreated from the UN’s radical mandate. Ultimately, Annan shows readers a world in which solutions are always available, in which all we lack is the will and courage to see them through.   A personal biography of global statecraft, Annan’s INTERVENTIONS is as much a memoir as it is a guide to world order—past, present, and future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200935Tue, 04 Sep 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interventions: A Life in War and Peace Author: Kofi Annan, Nader Mousavizadeh Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Interventions: A Life in War and Peace Author: Kofi Annan, Nader Mousavizadeh Narrator: Dominic Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 4, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A candid memoir of global statecraft during one of the most consequential eras of recent history INTERVENTIONS is the inside story of a world at the brink. After forty years of service in the United Nations, former Secretary-General Kofi Annan shares his unique perspective of the terrorist attacks of September 11; the American invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan; the wars among Israel, Hezbollah, and Lebanon; the humanitarian tragedies of Somalia, Rwanda, and Bosnia; and the geopolitical transformations following the Cold War. With eloquence and unprecedented candor, Annan finally reveals his unique role and unparalleled perspective on decades of global politics.  The first sub-Saharan African national to hold the position of secretary-general, Annan has led an incredible life, an amazing story in its own right. Annan’s idealism and personal politics were forged in the Ghana independence movements of his adolescence, when all of Africa seemed to be waking from centuries of imperial slumber. Schooled in Minnesota, Massachusetts, and Europe, Annan ultimately joined the United Nations in Geneva as the lowest level civil servant in the still young organization. Yet Annan rose rapidly through the ranks, and by the end of the Cold War he was prominently placed in the rapidly changing department of peacekeeping.   As Annan shows the successes of the United Nations around the world, he also reveals the organization’s missed opportunities and ongoing challenges—thwarted actions in the Rwanda genocide, continuing violence between Israelis and Palestinians, the endurance of endemic poverty, and much else. Yet Annan’s great strength in this book is his ability to embed these tragedies within the context of global politics; demonstrating how, time and again, the nations of the world have retreated from the UN’s radical mandate. Ultimately, Annan shows readers a world in which solutions are always available, in which all we lack is the will and courage to see them through.   A personal biography of global statecraft, Annan’s INTERVENTIONS is as much a memoir as it is a guide to world order—past, present, and future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-s-wrong-with-the-world-by-g-k-chesterton--65210888https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Wrong with the World Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this important book, G.K. Chesterton offers a remarkably perceptive analysis of social and moral issues, even more relevant today than in his own time. With a light, humorous tone but a deadly serious philosophy, he comments on errors in education, on feminism vs. true womanhood, on the importance of the child, and other issues, using incisive arguments against the trendsetters’ assaults on the common man and the family. Chesterton possessed the genius to foresee the dangers of implementing modernist proposals. He knew that lax moral standards would lead to the dehumanization of man. In this book, he staunchly defends the family against those ideas and institutions that would subvert it and thereby deliver man into the hands of the servile state. In addressing what is wrong, he also shows clearly what is right, and how to change things in that direction.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210260Thu, 02 Aug 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Wrong with the World Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/210260 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What’s Wrong with the World Author: G. K. Chesterton Narrator: Bernard Mayes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this important book, G.K. Chesterton offers a remarkably perceptive analysis of social and moral issues, even more relevant today than in his own time. With a light, humorous tone but a deadly serious philosophy, he comments on errors in education, on feminism vs. true womanhood, on the importance of the child, and other issues, using incisive arguments against the trendsetters’ assaults on the common man and the family. Chesterton possessed the genius to foresee the dangers of implementing modernist proposals. He knew that lax moral standards would lead to the dehumanization of man. In this book, he staunchly defends the family against those ideas and institutions that would subvert it and thereby deliver man into the hands of the servile state. In addressing what is wrong, he also shows clearly what is right, and how to change things in that direction.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-american-leadership-tradition-moral-vision-from-washington-to-clinton-by-marvin-olasky--65210832https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Leadership Tradition: Moral Vision from Washington to Clinton Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How much does character affect leadership? Most Americans believe a president’s private activities bear little relation to his public-policy decisions. Yet we also believe that moral vision plays a role in strong leadership. Marvin Olasky systematically examines the bond between morals and politics in the lives and careers of thirteen noted American leaders. From George Washington, Henry Clay, and Booker T. Washington to Woodrow Wilson, John F. Kennedy, and Bill Clinton, Olasky looks closely at the connections between religion, sexual practices, and political decisions. Through these examples, Olasky demonstrates how a man’s character shows its stamp repeatedly during a career. He argues that while faithfulness in marriage may be no guarantee of faithfulness to the country, faithlessness is a leading indicator of trouble.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212208Thu, 02 Aug 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Leadership Tradition: Moral Vision from Washington to Clinton Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Leadership Tradition: Moral Vision from Washington to Clinton Author: Marvin Olasky Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 2, 2012 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How much does character affect leadership? Most Americans believe a president’s private activities bear little relation to his public-policy decisions. Yet we also believe that moral vision plays a role in strong leadership. Marvin Olasky systematically examines the bond between morals and politics in the lives and careers of thirteen noted American leaders. From George Washington, Henry Clay, and Booker T. Washington to Woodrow Wilson, John F. Kennedy, and Bill Clinton, Olasky looks closely at the connections between religion, sexual practices, and political decisions. Through these examples, Olasky demonstrates how a man’s character shows its stamp repeatedly during a career. He argues that while faithfulness in marriage may be no guarantee of faithfulness to the country, faithlessness is a leading indicator of trouble.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/end-of-the-road-by-ayn-rand--65210945https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of the Road Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Ayn Rand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 15, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ayn Rand presents her views of the world, politics, and human thought.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200249Sun, 15 Jul 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of the Road Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Ayn Rand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 15, 2012 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: End of the Road Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Ayn Rand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: July 15, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ayn Rand presents her views of the world, politics, and human thought.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-the-middle-class-stupid-by-james-carville-stan-greenberg--65210996https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201237 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's the Middle Class, Stupid! Author: James Carville, Stan Greenberg Narrator: Stan Greenberg, James Carville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! confirms what we have all suspected: Washington and Wall Street have really screwed things up for the average American. Work has been devalued. Education costs are out of sight. Effort and ambition have never been so scantily rewarded. Political guru James Carville and pollster extraordinaire Stan Greenberg argue that our political parties must admit their failures and the electorate must reclaim its voice, because taking on the wealthy and the privileged is not class warfare—it is a matter of survival. Told in the alternating voices of these two top political strategists, It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! provides eye-opening and provocative arguments on where our government—including the White House—has gone wrong, and what voters can do about it.  Controversial and outspoken, authoritative and shrewd, It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! is destined to make waves during the 2012 presidential campaign, and will set the agenda for legislative battles and political dust-ups during the next administration.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201237Tue, 10 Jul 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201237 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's the Middle Class, Stupid! Author: James Carville, Stan Greenberg Narrator: Stan Greenberg, James Carville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201237 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's the Middle Class, Stupid! Author: James Carville, Stan Greenberg Narrator: Stan Greenberg, James Carville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 10, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! confirms what we have all suspected: Washington and Wall Street have really screwed things up for the average American. Work has been devalued. Education costs are out of sight. Effort and ambition have never been so scantily rewarded. Political guru James Carville and pollster extraordinaire Stan Greenberg argue that our political parties must admit their failures and the electorate must reclaim its voice, because taking on the wealthy and the privileged is not class warfare—it is a matter of survival. Told in the alternating voices of these two top political strategists, It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! provides eye-opening and provocative arguments on where our government—including the White House—has gone wrong, and what voters can do about it.  Controversial and outspoken, authoritative and shrewd, It’s the Middle Class, Stupid! is destined to make waves during the 2012 presidential campaign, and will set the agenda for legislative battles and political dust-ups during the next administration.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-intelligence-by-henry-a-crumpton--65210893https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Intelligence Author: Henry A. Crumpton Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A legendary CIA spy and counterterrorism expert tells the spellbinding story of his high-risk, action-packed career while illustrating the growing importance of America's intelligence officers and their secret missionsFor a crucial period, Henry Crumpton led the CIA's global covert operations against America's terrorist enemies, including al Qaeda. In the days after 9/11, the CIA tasked Crumpton to organize and lead the Afghanistan campaign. With Crumpton's strategic initiative and bold leadership, from the battlefield to the Oval Office, U.S. and Afghan allies routed al Qaeda and the Taliban in less than ninety days after the Twin Towers fell. At the height of combat against the Taliban in late 2001, there were fewer than five hundred Americans on the ground in Afghanistan, a dynamic blend of CIA and Special Forces. The campaign changed the way America wages war. This book will change the way America views the CIA. The Art of Intelligence draws from the full arc of Crumpton's espionage and covert action exploits to explain what America's spies do and why their service is more valuable than ever. From his early years in Africa, where he recruited and ran sources, from loathsome criminals to heroic warriors; to his liaison assignment at the FBI, the CIA's Counterterrorism Center, the development of the UAV Predator program, and the Afghanistan war; to his later work running all CIA clandestine operations inside the United States, he employs enthralling storytelling to teach important lessons about national security, but also about duty, honor, and love of country. No book like The Art of Intelligence has ever been written-not with Crumpton's unique perspective, in a time when America faced such grave and uncertain risk. It is an epic, sure to be a classic in the annals of espionage and war.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201302Mon, 14 May 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Intelligence Author: Henry A. Crumpton Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Intelligence Author: Henry A. Crumpton Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A legendary CIA spy and counterterrorism expert tells the spellbinding story of his high-risk, action-packed career while illustrating the growing importance of America's intelligence officers and their secret missionsFor a crucial period, Henry Crumpton led the CIA's global covert operations against America's terrorist enemies, including al Qaeda. In the days after 9/11, the CIA tasked Crumpton to organize and lead the Afghanistan campaign. With Crumpton's strategic initiative and bold leadership, from the battlefield to the Oval Office, U.S. and Afghan allies routed al Qaeda and the Taliban in less than ninety days after the Twin Towers fell. At the height of combat against the Taliban in late 2001, there were fewer than five hundred Americans on the ground in Afghanistan, a dynamic blend of CIA and Special Forces. The campaign changed the way America wages war. This book will change the way America views the CIA. The Art of Intelligence draws from the full arc of Crumpton's espionage and covert action exploits to explain what America's spies do and why their service is more valuable than ever. From his early years in Africa, where he recruited and ran sources, from loathsome criminals to heroic warriors; to his liaison assignment at the FBI, the CIA's Counterterrorism Center, the development of the UAV Predator program, and the Afghanistan war; to his later work running all CIA clandestine operations inside the United States, he employs enthralling storytelling to teach important lessons about national security, but also about duty, honor, and love of country. No book like The Art of Intelligence has ever been written-not with Crumpton's unique perspective, in a time when America faced such grave and uncertain risk. It is an epic, sure to be a classic in the annals of espionage and war.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/strategic-vision-america-and-the-crisis-of-global-power-by-zbigniew-brzezinski--65210997https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategic Vision: America and the Crisis of Global Power Author: Zbigniew Brzezinski Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1991, the United States was the only global superpower. It seemed that the 21st century, like the 20th, would belong to America. Then came the stock market bubble, the costly foreign unilateralism of the younger Bush presidency, and the financial catastrophe of 2008. Meanwhile, China was rising and the Middle East was awakening politically. Today it is clear that America is vulnerable—to domestic and international decline and unregulated greed.    Speaking from decades of experience, Brzezinski considers the implications of the changing distribution of global power, ponders why America’s global appeal is waning, speculates on the likely geopolitical consequences if America declines by 2025 (will China assume America’s central role in world affairs?), and describes a vision of a resurgent America: responsive to challenges, strategically deliberate, and historically enlightened in its global engagement with the new East.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198359Tue, 24 Jan 2012 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategic Vision: America and the Crisis of Global Power Author: Zbigniew Brzezinski Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategic Vision: America and the Crisis of Global Power Author: Zbigniew Brzezinski Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: January 24, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1991, the United States was the only global superpower. It seemed that the 21st century, like the 20th, would belong to America. Then came the stock market bubble, the costly foreign unilateralism of the younger Bush presidency, and the financial catastrophe of 2008. Meanwhile, China was rising and the Middle East was awakening politically. Today it is clear that America is vulnerable—to domestic and international decline and unregulated greed.    Speaking from decades of experience, Brzezinski considers the implications of the changing distribution of global power, ponders why America’s global appeal is waning, speculates on the likely geopolitical consequences if America declines by 2025 (will China assume America’s central role in world affairs?), and describes a vision of a resurgent America: responsive to challenges, strategically deliberate, and historically enlightened in its global engagement with the new East.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/core-of-conviction-my-story-by-susan-ericksen-michele-bachmann--65210956https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Core of Conviction: My Story Author: Susan Ericksen, Michele Bachmann Narrator: Michele Bachmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michele Bachmann is one of the most compelling leaders in America. But despite all the magazine covers and cable television stories, most people don't know who she really is, where she comes from, or what she believes. So she decided to tell her own story and let the reader decide. As you'll learn in this fascinating memoir, Bachmann wasn't the type of kid who started dreaming about the White House in elementary school. She grew up in Iowa and Minnesota as a typical midwestern girl, grounded by her family and her faith. She was raised to believe in the American dream: that anyone could succeed if they worked hard and took advantage of this country's boundless opportunities. She followed her dreams to college and law school, pursued a career as a federal tax attorney, started a successful business with her loving husband, raised five great kids and (over time) twenty-three foster children. By her early forties she was very happy as a full-time mom and homemaker and was a leading education reform advocate in Minnesota. Then she became what she calls 'an accidental politician.' The political insiders who ran Minnesota held a one-party line-Al Franken-style liberalism. Bachmann became especially concerned about a state-mandated education curriculum that stressed political correctness over academic excellence. She started making calls, writing letters, and recruiting others to act. When her state senator (an entrenched insider) refused to listen, someone had to challenge him for his seat. No one else volunteered, so Bachmann jumped in-and won. That was the start of an amazing journey from obscurity to the state senate, to the U.S. Congress, to an underdog campaign for president. Along the way her style has been consistent. She says what she means and she does it. She is the rare political figure who fights for her beliefs. She speaks from the heart, with common sense about limited government, the sanctity of life and marriage, the power of free enterprise, and the need to confront America's enemies. She also talks about putting principles above partisanship, even if that means ruffling the feathers of the Republican elite. As Bachmann puts it, the Republican coalition is traditionally a 'three-legged stool'-economic conservatives, social conservatives, and national security conservatives. Like Ronald Reagan, she represents all three groups. And in addition, as the founder of the Tea Party caucus in Congress, Bachmann considers the Tea Party the dynamic fourth leg of the coalition, in support of a return to constitutional conservatism. This book will show you why Michele Bachmann believes ordinary people can take on the establishment and win. 'Armed with values and faith, supported by family and fellow citizens, together we can do much. We can secure what people are yearning for-the chance to take our country back. Just watch.']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200939Wed, 23 Nov 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Core of Conviction: My Story Author: Susan Ericksen, Michele Bachmann Narrator: Michele Bachmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200939 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Core of Conviction: My Story Author: Susan Ericksen, Michele Bachmann Narrator: Michele Bachmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: November 23, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michele Bachmann is one of the most compelling leaders in America. But despite all the magazine covers and cable television stories, most people don't know who she really is, where she comes from, or what she believes. So she decided to tell her own story and let the reader decide. As you'll learn in this fascinating memoir, Bachmann wasn't the type of kid who started dreaming about the White House in elementary school. She grew up in Iowa and Minnesota as a typical midwestern girl, grounded by her family and her faith. She was raised to believe in the American dream: that anyone could succeed if they worked hard and took advantage of this country's boundless opportunities. She followed her dreams to college and law school, pursued a career as a federal tax attorney, started a successful business with her loving husband, raised five great kids and (over time) twenty-three foster children. By her early forties she was very happy as a full-time mom and homemaker and was a leading education reform advocate in Minnesota. Then she became what she calls 'an accidental politician.' The political insiders who ran Minnesota held a one-party line-Al Franken-style liberalism. Bachmann became especially concerned about a state-mandated education curriculum that stressed political correctness over academic excellence. She started making calls, writing letters, and recruiting others to act. When her state senator (an entrenched insider) refused to listen, someone had to challenge him for his seat. No one else volunteered, so Bachmann jumped in-and won. That was the start of an amazing journey from obscurity to the state senate, to the U.S. Congress, to an underdog campaign for president. Along the way her style has been consistent. She says what she means and she does it. She is the rare political figure who fights for her beliefs. She speaks from the heart, with common sense about limited government, the sanctity of life and marriage, the power of free enterprise, and the need to confront America's enemies. She also talks about putting principles above partisanship, even if that means ruffling the feathers of the Republican elite. As Bachmann puts it, the Republican coalition is traditionally a 'three-legged stool'-economic conservatives, social conservatives, and national security conservatives. Like Ronald Reagan, she represents all three groups. And in addition, as the founder of the Tea Party caucus in Congress, Bachmann considers the Tea Party the dynamic fourth leg of the coalition, in support of a return to constitutional conservatism. This book will show you why Michele Bachmann believes ordinary people can take on the establishment and win. 'Armed with values and faith, supported by family and fellow citizens, together we can do much. We can secure what people are yearning for-the chance to take our country back. Just watch.']]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-new-rules-a-funny-look-at-how-everybody-but-me-has-their-head-up-their-ass-by-bill-maher--65210922https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New New Rules: A Funny Look at How Everybody but Me Has Their Head Up Their Ass Author: Bill Maher Narrator: Bill Maher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author and host of HBO's Real Time, Bill Maher's new book of political riffs serves up a savagely funny set of rules for preserving sanity in an insane world.A follow-up to the New York Times bestselling The New Rules, The New New Rules delivers a series of hilarious, intelligent rants on everything from same-sex marriage to healthcare, from Republican agendas to celebrity meltdowns, with all the razor-sharp insight that has made Bill Maher one of the most influential comedic voices shaping the political debate today. With another presidential campaign on the horizon and a stellar set of real-life characters to have fun with - 'New Rule: If Charlie Sheen's home life means he can't have a TV show, then I say Newt Gingrich can't be president'-this enlightening and important book may be the best thing you pretend to read all year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202876Mon, 14 Nov 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New New Rules: A Funny Look at How Everybody but Me Has Their Head Up Their Ass Author: Bill Maher Narrator: Bill Maher Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New New Rules: A Funny Look at How Everybody but Me Has Their Head Up Their Ass Author: Bill Maher Narrator: Bill Maher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 14, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From bestselling author and host of HBO's Real Time, Bill Maher's new book of political riffs serves up a savagely funny set of rules for preserving sanity in an insane world.A follow-up to the New York Times bestselling The New Rules, The New New Rules delivers a series of hilarious, intelligent rants on everything from same-sex marriage to healthcare, from Republican agendas to celebrity meltdowns, with all the razor-sharp insight that has made Bill Maher one of the most influential comedic voices shaping the political debate today. With another presidential campaign on the horizon and a stellar set of real-life characters to have fun with - 'New Rule: If Charlie Sheen's home life means he can't have a TV show, then I say Newt Gingrich can't be president'-this enlightening and important book may be the best thing you pretend to read all year.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ghost-wars-the-secret-history-of-the-cia-afghanistan-and-bin-laden-from-the-soviet-invas-ion-to-september-10-2001-pulitzer-prize-winne--65210976https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201284 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost Wars: The Secret History of the CIA, Afghanistan, and bin Laden, from the Soviet Invas ion to September 10, 2001 (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive first-hand account of America's secret history in Afghanistan With the publication of Ghost Wars, Steve Coll became not only a Pulitzer Prize winner, but also the expert on the rise of the Taliban, the emergence of Bin Laden, and the secret efforts by CIA officers and their agents to capture or kill Bin Laden in Afghanistan after 1998.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201284Thu, 27 Oct 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201284 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost Wars: The Secret History of the CIA, Afghanistan, and bin Laden, from the Soviet Invas ion to September 10, 2001 (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201284 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ghost Wars: The Secret History of the CIA, Afghanistan, and bin Laden, from the Soviet Invas ion to September 10, 2001 (Pulitzer Prize Winner) Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 27, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 36 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The explosive first-hand account of America's secret history in Afghanistan With the publication of Ghost Wars, Steve Coll became not only a Pulitzer Prize winner, but also the expert on the rise of the Taliban, the emergence of Bin Laden, and the secret efforts by CIA officers and their agents to capture or kill Bin Laden in Afghanistan after 1998.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-the-vulnerable-inside-the-new-threat-matrix-of-digital-espionage-crime-and-warfare-by-joel-brenner--65210954https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Vulnerable: Inside the New Threat Matrix of Digital Espionage, Crime, and Warfare Author: Joel Brenner Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 29, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now available in a new edition entitled GLASS HOUSES: Privacy, Secrecy, and Cyber Insecurity in a Transparent World. A former top-level National Security Agency insider goes behind the headlines to explore America's next great battleground: digital security. An urgent wake-up call that identifies our foes; unveils their methods; and charts the dire consequences for government, business, and individuals.Shortly after 9/11, Joel Brenner entered the inner sanctum of American espionage, first as the inspector general of the National Security Agency, then as the head of counterintelligence for the director of national intelligence. He saw at close range the battleground on which our adversaries are now attacking us-cyberspace. We are at the mercy of a new generation of spies who operate remotely from China, the Middle East, Russia, even France, among many other places. These operatives have already shown their ability to penetrate our power plants, steal our latest submarine technology, rob our banks, and invade the Pentagon's secret communications systems. Incidents like the WikiLeaks posting of secret U.S. State Department cables hint at the urgency of this problem, but they hardly reveal its extent or its danger. Our government and corporations are a 'glass house,' all but transparent to our adversaries. Counterfeit computer chips have found their way into our fighter aircraft; the Chinese stole a new radar system that the navy spent billions to develop; our own soldiers used intentionally corrupted thumb drives to download classified intel from laptops in Iraq. And much more. Dispatches from the corporate world are just as dire. In 2008, hackers lifted customer files from the Royal Bank of Scotland and used them to withdraw $9 million in half an hour from ATMs in the United States, Britain, and Canada. If that was a traditional heist, it would be counted as one of the largest in history. Worldwide, corporations lose on average $5 million worth of intellectual property apiece annually, and big companies lose many times that. The structure and culture of the Internet favor spies over governments and corporations, and hackers over privacy, and we've done little to alter that balance. Brenner draws on his extraordinary background to show how to right this imbalance and bring to cyberspace the freedom, accountability, and security we expect elsewhere in our lives. In America the Vulnerable, Brenner offers a chilling and revelatory appraisal of the new faces of war and espionage-virtual battles with dangerous implications for government, business, and all of us.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201148Thu, 29 Sep 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Vulnerable: Inside the New Threat Matrix of Digital Espionage, Crime, and Warfare Author: Joel Brenner Narrator: Lloyd James Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America the Vulnerable: Inside the New Threat Matrix of Digital Espionage, Crime, and Warfare Author: Joel Brenner Narrator: Lloyd James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 29, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now available in a new edition entitled GLASS HOUSES: Privacy, Secrecy, and Cyber Insecurity in a Transparent World. A former top-level National Security Agency insider goes behind the headlines to explore America's next great battleground: digital security. An urgent wake-up call that identifies our foes; unveils their methods; and charts the dire consequences for government, business, and individuals.Shortly after 9/11, Joel Brenner entered the inner sanctum of American espionage, first as the inspector general of the National Security Agency, then as the head of counterintelligence for the director of national intelligence. He saw at close range the battleground on which our adversaries are now attacking us-cyberspace. We are at the mercy of a new generation of spies who operate remotely from China, the Middle East, Russia, even France, among many other places. These operatives have already shown their ability to penetrate our power plants, steal our latest submarine technology, rob our banks, and invade the Pentagon's secret communications systems. Incidents like the WikiLeaks posting of secret U.S. State Department cables hint at the urgency of this problem, but they hardly reveal its extent or its danger. Our government and corporations are a 'glass house,' all but transparent to our adversaries. Counterfeit computer chips have found their way into our fighter aircraft; the Chinese stole a new radar system that the navy spent billions to develop; our own soldiers used intentionally corrupted thumb drives to download classified intel from laptops in Iraq. And much more. Dispatches from the corporate world are just as dire. In 2008, hackers lifted customer files from the Royal Bank of Scotland and used them to withdraw $9 million in half an hour from ATMs in the United States, Britain, and Canada. If that was a traditional heist, it would be counted as one of the largest in history. Worldwide, corporations lose on average $5 million worth of intellectual property apiece annually, and big companies lose many times that. The structure and culture of the Internet favor spies over governments and corporations, and hackers over privacy, and we've done little to alter that balance. Brenner draws on his extraordinary background to show how to right this imbalance and bring to cyberspace the freedom, accountability, and security we expect elsewhere in our lives. In America the Vulnerable, Brenner offers a chilling and revelatory appraisal of the new faces of war and espionage-virtual battles with dangerous implications for government, business, and all of us.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-the-republic-saving-america-by-trusting-americans-by-mitch-daniels--65210973https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping the Republic: Saving America by Trusting Americans Author: Mitch Daniels Narrator: Mitch Daniels Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unabridged, 9 hoursRead by TBD "America's best governor" (Ross Douthat, The New York Times) offers a plan for limited but effective government, before it's too late.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201305Tue, 20 Sep 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping the Republic: Saving America by Trusting Americans Author: Mitch Daniels Narrator: Mitch Daniels Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201305 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Keeping the Republic: Saving America by Trusting Americans Author: Mitch Daniels Narrator: Mitch Daniels Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unabridged, 9 hoursRead by TBD "America's best governor" (Ross Douthat, The New York Times) offers a plan for limited but effective government, before it's too late.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-quest-energy-security-and-the-remaking-of-the-modern-world-by-daniel-yergin--65210943https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A sprawling story richly textured with original material, quirky details and amusing anecdotes . . .” —Wall Street Journal “It is a cause for celebration that Yergin has returned with his perspective on a very different landscape . . . [I]t is impossible to think of a better introduction to the essentials of energy in the 21st century. The Quest is . . . the definitive guide to how we got here.” —The Financial Times This long-awaited successor to Daniel Yergin’s Pulitzer Prize-winning The Prize provides an essential, overarching narrative of global energy, the principal engine of geopolitical and economic change A master storyteller as well as a leading energy expert, Daniel Yergin continues the riveting story begun in his Pulitzer Prize–winning book, The Prize. In The Quest, Yergin shows us how energy is an engine of global political and economic change and conflict, in a story that spans the energies on which our civilization has been built and the new energies that are competing to replace them. The Quest tells the inside stories, tackles the tough questions, and reveals surprising  insights about coal, electricity, and natural gas. He explains how climate change became a great issue and leads readers through the rebirth of renewable energies, energy independence, and the return of the electric car. Epic in scope and never more timely, The Quest vividly reveals the decisions, technologies, and individuals that are shaping our future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488Tue, 20 Sep 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quest: Energy, Security, and the Remaking of the Modern World Author: Daniel Yergin Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 29 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A sprawling story richly textured with original material, quirky details and amusing anecdotes . . .” —Wall Street Journal “It is a cause for celebration that Yergin has returned with his perspective on a very different landscape . . . [I]t is impossible to think of a better introduction to the essentials of energy in the 21st century. The Quest is . . . the definitive guide to how we got here.” —The Financial Times This long-awaited successor to Daniel Yergin’s Pulitzer Prize-winning The Prize provides an essential, overarching narrative of global energy, the principal engine of geopolitical and economic change A master storyteller as well as a leading energy expert, Daniel Yergin continues the riveting story begun in his Pulitzer Prize–winning book, The Prize. In The Quest, Yergin shows us how energy is an engine of global political and economic change and conflict, in a story that spans the energies on which our civilization has been built and the new energies that are competing to replace them. The Quest tells the inside stories, tackles the tough questions, and reveals surprising  insights about coal, electricity, and natural gas. He explains how climate change became a great issue and leads readers through the rebirth of renewable energies, energy independence, and the return of the electric car. Epic in scope and never more timely, The Quest vividly reveals the decisions, technologies, and individuals that are shaping our future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-freedom-agenda-why-a-balanced-budget-amendment-is-necessary-to-restore-constitutional-government-by-mike-lee--65210910https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218033 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Freedom Agenda: Why a Balanced Budget Amendment Is Necessary to Restore Constitutional Government Author: Mike Lee Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We hear it every day: government spending is out of control. Yet, despite all the rhetoric coming out of Washington about the need to cut spending, we continue to go deeper and deeper into debt. If we're serious about restoring America to fiscal health, we must do something about government spending, not just talk about it. So argues U.S. Senator Mike Lee in his new book, The Freedom Agenda. Revealing how the federal government went from a limited constitutional government to the colossal spending machine it is today, The Freedom Agenda clearly explains: —the one Supreme Court case that led to the federal government's massive overreach —the need for a balanced-budget amendment to repair the government's broken fiscal policies —the reason returning power to the states should appeal to both conservatives and liberals —the simple steps we can—and must—take to slash federal spending and the federal government's intrusion into our daily lives Timely and powerful, The Freedom Agenda shows how to put the federal government back in its proper place and why a balanced budget is the key to reigning in spending and the federal government's abuse of power.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218033Tue, 26 Jul 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218033 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Freedom Agenda: Why a Balanced Budget Amendment Is Necessary to Restore Constitutional Government Author: Mike Lee Narrator: George K. Wilson...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218033 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Freedom Agenda: Why a Balanced Budget Amendment Is Necessary to Restore Constitutional Government Author: Mike Lee Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 26, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: We hear it every day: government spending is out of control. Yet, despite all the rhetoric coming out of Washington about the need to cut spending, we continue to go deeper and deeper into debt. If we're serious about restoring America to fiscal health, we must do something about government spending, not just talk about it. So argues U.S. Senator Mike Lee in his new book, The Freedom Agenda. Revealing how the federal government went from a limited constitutional government to the colossal spending machine it is today, The Freedom Agenda clearly explains: —the one Supreme Court case that led to the federal government's massive overreach —the need for a balanced-budget amendment to repair the government's broken fiscal policies —the reason returning power to the states should appeal to both conservatives and liberals —the simple steps we can—and must—take to slash federal spending and the federal government's intrusion into our daily lives Timely and powerful, The Freedom Agenda shows how to put the federal government back in its proper place and why a balanced budget is the key to reigning in spending and the federal government's abuse of power.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-ciudadania-americana-hecho-facil-by-raquel-roque--65210940https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudadania Americana ¡Hecho fácil! Author: Raquel Roque Narrator: Raquel Roque Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Todo el inglés que usted necesita saber para el nuevo examen de naturalización   Para que sea aún más fácil, ¡el inglés está escrito en español!  ¡El examen de ciudadanía cambió! Ya no son solamente las 100 preguntas típicas de historia, el nuevo examen de naturalización contiene preguntas sobre temas como:     • Sistema de gobierno    • Cívica integrada    • La historia de los Estados Unidos    • Preguntas de la aplicación N-400    • Nuevas preguntas personales    • Oraciones del examen de lectura y escritura Esta guía contiene las preguntas y respuestas en inglés y español, e incluye un CD para aprender y pronunciar rápidamente todo el examen. Para ayudarlo con su pronunciación del inglés, se incluyen las preguntas y respuestas con la fonética escrita tal como suena en español. ¿Puede usted hablar inglés? Sí, puedo. Can you speak English? (can iú spík ínglish?) Yes, I can. (iés ái can)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203007Wed, 15 Jun 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudadania Americana ¡Hecho fácil! Author: Raquel Roque Narrator: Raquel Roque Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203007 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ciudadania Americana ¡Hecho fácil! Author: Raquel Roque Narrator: Raquel Roque Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 20 minutes Release date: June 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Todo el inglés que usted necesita saber para el nuevo examen de naturalización   Para que sea aún más fácil, ¡el inglés está escrito en español!  ¡El examen de ciudadanía cambió! Ya no son solamente las 100 preguntas típicas de historia, el nuevo examen de naturalización contiene preguntas sobre temas como:     • Sistema de gobierno    • Cívica integrada    • La historia de los Estados Unidos    • Preguntas de la aplicación N-400    • Nuevas preguntas personales    • Oraciones del examen de lectura y escritura Esta guía contiene las preguntas y respuestas en inglés y español, e incluye un CD para aprender y pronunciar rápidamente todo el examen. Para ayudarlo con su pronunciación del inglés, se incluyen las preguntas y respuestas con la fonética escrita tal como suena en español. ¿Puede usted hablar inglés? Sí, puedo. Can you speak English? (can iú spík ínglish?) Yes, I can. (iés ái can)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-china-by-henry-kissinger--65210946https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On China Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 17, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating, shrewd . . . The book deftly traces the rhythms and patterns of Chinese history.” —Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times “No one can lay claim to so much influence on the shaping of foreign policy over the past 50 years as Henry Kissinger.” —The Financial Times In this sweeping and insightful history, Henry Kissinger turns for the first time at book length to a country he has known intimately for decades and whose modern relations with the West he helped shape. On China illuminates the inner workings of Chinese diplomacy during such pivotal events as the initial encounters between China and tight line modern European powers, the formation and breakdown of the Sino-Soviet alliance, the Korean War, and Richard Nixon’s historic trip to Beijing. With a new final chapter on the emerging superpower’s twenty-first-century role in global politics and economics, On China provides historical perspective on Chinese foreign affairs from one of the premier statesmen of our time.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201987Tue, 17 May 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On China Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 17, 2011 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201987 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On China Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Nicholas Hormann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 17, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.41 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating, shrewd . . . The book deftly traces the rhythms and patterns of Chinese history.” —Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times “No one can lay claim to so much influence on the shaping of foreign policy over the past 50 years as Henry Kissinger.” —The Financial Times In this sweeping and insightful history, Henry Kissinger turns for the first time at book length to a country he has known intimately for decades and whose modern relations with the West he helped shape. On China illuminates the inner workings of Chinese diplomacy during such pivotal events as the initial encounters between China and tight line modern European powers, the formation and breakdown of the Sino-Soviet alliance, the Korean War, and Richard Nixon’s historic trip to Beijing. With a new final chapter on the emerging superpower’s twenty-first-century role in global politics and economics, On China provides historical perspective on Chinese foreign affairs from one of the premier statesmen of our time.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-idea-of-america-reflections-on-the-birth-of-the-united-states-by-gordon-s-wood--65210881https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of America: Reflections on the Birth of the United States Author: Gordon S. Wood Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 12, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The preeminent historian of the American Revolution explains why it remains the most significant event in our history. More than almost any other nation in the world, the United States began as an idea. For this reason, Pulitzer Prize-winning historian Gordon S. Wood believes that the American Revolution is the most important event in our history, bar none. Since American identity is so fluid and not based on any universally shared heritage, we have had to continually return to our nation's founding to understand who we are. In The Idea of America, Wood reflects on the birth of American nationhood and explains why the revolution remains so essential. In a series of elegant and illuminating essays, Wood explores the ideological origins of the revolution-from ancient Rome to the European Enlightenment-and the founders' attempts to forge an American democracy. As Wood reveals, while the founders hoped to create a virtuous republic of yeoman farmers and uninterested leaders, they instead gave birth to a sprawling, licentious, and materialistic popular democracy. Wood also traces the origins of American exceptionalism to this period, revealing how the revolutionary generation, despite living in a distant, sparsely populated country, believed itself to be the most enlightened people on earth. The revolution gave Americans their messianic sense of purpose-and perhaps our continued propensity to promote democracy around the world-because the founders believed their colonial rebellion had universal significance for oppressed peoples everywhere. Yet what may seem like audacity in retrospect reflected the fact that in the eighteenth century republicanism was a truly radical ideology-as radical as Marxism would be in the nineteenth-and one that indeed inspired revolutionaries the world over. Today there exists what Wood calls a terrifying gap between us and the founders, such that it requires almost an act of imagination to fully recapture their era. Because we now take our democracy for granted, it is nearly impossible for us to appreciate how deeply the founders feared their grand experiment in liberty could evolve into monarchy or dissolve into licentiousness. Gracefully written and filled with insight, The Idea of America helps us to recapture the fears and hopes of the revolutionary generation and its attempts to translate those ideals into a working democracy. Lin-Manuel Miranda’s smash Broadway musical Hamilton has sparked new interest in the Revolutionary War and the Founding Fathers. In addition to Alexander Hamilton, the production also features George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, Aaron Burr, Lafayette, and many more. Look for Gordon's new book, Friends Divided.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203477Thu, 12 May 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of America: Reflections on the Birth of the United States Author: Gordon S. Wood Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Idea of America: Reflections on the Birth of the United States Author: Gordon S. Wood Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 12, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The preeminent historian of the American Revolution explains why it remains the most significant event in our history. More than almost any other nation in the world, the United States began as an idea. For this reason, Pulitzer Prize-winning historian Gordon S. Wood believes that the American Revolution is the most important event in our history, bar none. Since American identity is so fluid and not based on any universally shared heritage, we have had to continually return to our nation's founding to understand who we are. In The Idea of America, Wood reflects on the birth of American nationhood and explains why the revolution remains so essential. In a series of elegant and illuminating essays, Wood explores the ideological origins of the revolution-from ancient Rome to the European Enlightenment-and the founders' attempts to forge an American democracy. As Wood reveals, while the founders hoped to create a virtuous republic of yeoman farmers and uninterested leaders, they instead gave birth to a sprawling, licentious, and materialistic popular democracy. Wood also traces the origins of American exceptionalism to this period, revealing how the revolutionary generation, despite living in a distant, sparsely populated country, believed itself to be the most enlightened people on earth. The revolution gave Americans their messianic sense of purpose-and perhaps our continued propensity to promote democracy around the world-because the founders believed their colonial rebellion had universal significance for oppressed peoples everywhere. Yet what may seem like audacity in retrospect reflected the fact that in the eighteenth century republicanism was a truly radical ideology-as radical as Marxism would be in the nineteenth-and one that indeed inspired revolutionaries the world over. Today there exists what Wood calls a terrifying gap between us and the founders, such that it requires almost an act of imagination to fully recapture their era. Because we now take our democracy for granted, it is nearly impossible for us to appreciate how deeply the founders feared their grand experiment in liberty could evolve into monarchy or dissolve into licentiousness. Gracefully written and filled with insight, The Idea of America helps us to recapture the fears and hopes of the revolutionary generation and its attempts to translate those ideals into a working democracy. Lin-Manuel Miranda’s smash Broadway musical Hamilton has sparked new interest in the Revolutionary War and the Founding Fathers. In addition to Alexander Hamilton, the production also features George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, Aaron Burr, Lafayette, and many more. Look for Gordon's new book, Friends Divided.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/63-documents-the-government-doesn-t-want-you-to-read-by-jesse-ventura-dick-russell--65210944https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211389 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn't Want You to Read Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There's the Freedom of Information Act, and then there's Ventura's way. The official spin on numerous government programs is flat-out bull, according to Jesse Ventura. In this incredible collection of actual government documents, Ventura, the ultimate nonpartisan truth-seeker, proves it beyond any doubt. He and Dick Russell walk listeners through sixty-three of the most incriminating programs to reveal what really happens behind the closed doors. In addition to providing original government data, Ventura discusses what it really means and how regular Americans can stop criminal behavior at the top levels of government and in the media. Among the cases discussed: —The CIA's top-secret program to control human behavior —Operation Northwoods: the military plan to hijack airplanes and blame it on Cuban terrorists —The discovery of a secret Afghan archive, information that never left the boardroom —Potentially deadly healthcare cover-ups, including a dengue fever outbreak —What the Department of Defense knows about our food supply but is keeping mum Although these documents are now in the public domain, the powers that be would just as soon they stay under wraps. Ventura's research and commentary sheds new light on what they're not telling you—and why it matters.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211389Thu, 31 Mar 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211389 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn't Want You to Read Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211389 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn't Want You to Read Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell Narrator: George K. Wilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 31, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There's the Freedom of Information Act, and then there's Ventura's way. The official spin on numerous government programs is flat-out bull, according to Jesse Ventura. In this incredible collection of actual government documents, Ventura, the ultimate nonpartisan truth-seeker, proves it beyond any doubt. He and Dick Russell walk listeners through sixty-three of the most incriminating programs to reveal what really happens behind the closed doors. In addition to providing original government data, Ventura discusses what it really means and how regular Americans can stop criminal behavior at the top levels of government and in the media. Among the cases discussed: —The CIA's top-secret program to control human behavior —Operation Northwoods: the military plan to hijack airplanes and blame it on Cuban terrorists —The discovery of a secret Afghan archive, information that never left the boardroom —Potentially deadly healthcare cover-ups, including a dengue fever outbreak —What the Department of Defense knows about our food supply but is keeping mum Although these documents are now in the public domain, the powers that be would just as soon they stay under wraps. Ventura's research and commentary sheds new light on what they're not telling you—and why it matters.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/then-everything-changed-stunning-alternate-histories-of-american-politics-jfk-rfk-carter-ford-reagan-by-jeff-greenfield--65210912https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Then Everything Changed: Stunning Alternate Histories of American Politics: JFK, RFK, Carter, Ford,Reagan Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Jeff Greenfield, Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant and brilliantly entertaining tour de force of American politics from one of journalism's most acclaimed commentators.History turns on a dime. A missed meeting, a different choice of words, and the outcome changes dramatically. Nowhere is this truer than in the field where Jeff Greenfield has spent most of his working life, American politics, and in three dramatic narratives based on memoirs, histories, oral histories, fresh reporting with journalists and key participants, and Greenfield's own knowledge of the principal players, he shows just how extraordinary those changes would have been.These things are true: In December 1960, a suicide bomber paused fatefully when he saw the young president-elect's wife and daughter come to the door to wave goodbye...In June 1968, RFK declared victory in California, and then instead of talking to people in another ballroom, as intended, was hustled off through the kitchen...In October 1976, President Gerald Ford made a critical gaffe in a debate against Jimmy Carter, turning the tide in an election that had been rapidly narrowing.But what if it had gone the other way? The scenarios that Greenfield depicts are startlingly realistic, rich in detail, shocking in their projections, but always deeply, remarkably plausible. You will never think about recent American history in the same way again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201473Tue, 08 Mar 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Then Everything Changed: Stunning Alternate Histories of American Politics: JFK, RFK, Carter, Ford,Reagan Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Jeff...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201473 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Then Everything Changed: Stunning Alternate Histories of American Politics: JFK, RFK, Carter, Ford,Reagan Author: Jeff Greenfield Narrator: Jeff Greenfield, Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 8, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A brilliant and brilliantly entertaining tour de force of American politics from one of journalism's most acclaimed commentators.History turns on a dime. A missed meeting, a different choice of words, and the outcome changes dramatically. Nowhere is this truer than in the field where Jeff Greenfield has spent most of his working life, American politics, and in three dramatic narratives based on memoirs, histories, oral histories, fresh reporting with journalists and key participants, and Greenfield's own knowledge of the principal players, he shows just how extraordinary those changes would have been.These things are true: In December 1960, a suicide bomber paused fatefully when he saw the young president-elect's wife and daughter come to the door to wave goodbye...In June 1968, RFK declared victory in California, and then instead of talking to people in another ballroom, as intended, was hustled off through the kitchen...In October 1976, President Gerald Ford made a critical gaffe in a debate against Jimmy Carter, turning the tide in an election that had been rapidly narrowing.But what if it had gone the other way? The scenarios that Greenfield depicts are startlingly realistic, rich in detail, shocking in their projections, but always deeply, remarkably plausible. You will never think about recent American history in the same way again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-last-best-chance-the-pursuit-of-peace-in-a-time-of-peril-by-king-abdullah-ii-of-jordan--65210960https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Last Best Chance: The Pursuit of Peace in a Time of Peril Author: King Abdullah II Of Jordan Narrator: Nadim Sawalha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A newsbreaking memoir that tackles head-on the toughest challenge in the world today. When a dying King Hussein shocked the world by picking his son rather than his brother, the longtime crown prince, to be the next king of Jordan, no one was more surprised than the young head of Special Operations, who discovered his life was in for a major upheaval. This is the inspirational story of a young prince who went to boarding school in America and military academy in Britain and grew up believing he would be a soldier. Back home, he hunted down terrorists and modernized Jordan's Special Forces. Then, suddenly, he found himself king. Together with his wife, Queen Rania, he transformed what it meant to be a monarch, going undercover to escape the bubble of the court while she became the Muslim world's most passionate advocate of women's rights. In this exceptionally candid memoir, King Abdullah tackles the single toughest issue he faces head-on- how to solve the Israeli-Palestinian standoff- and reveals himself to be an invaluable intermediary between America and the Arab world. He writes about the impact of the Iraq war on his neighborhood and how best to tackle Iran's nuclear ambitions. Why would a sitting head of state choose to write about the most explosive issues he faces? King Abdullah does so now because he believes we face a moment of truth: a last chance for peace in the Middle East. The prize is enormous, the cost of failure far greater than we dare imagine.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200807Tue, 22 Feb 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Last Best Chance: The Pursuit of Peace in a Time of Peril Author: King Abdullah II Of Jordan Narrator: Nadim Sawalha Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200807 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Last Best Chance: The Pursuit of Peace in a Time of Peril Author: King Abdullah II Of Jordan Narrator: Nadim Sawalha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A newsbreaking memoir that tackles head-on the toughest challenge in the world today. When a dying King Hussein shocked the world by picking his son rather than his brother, the longtime crown prince, to be the next king of Jordan, no one was more surprised than the young head of Special Operations, who discovered his life was in for a major upheaval. This is the inspirational story of a young prince who went to boarding school in America and military academy in Britain and grew up believing he would be a soldier. Back home, he hunted down terrorists and modernized Jordan's Special Forces. Then, suddenly, he found himself king. Together with his wife, Queen Rania, he transformed what it meant to be a monarch, going undercover to escape the bubble of the court while she became the Muslim world's most passionate advocate of women's rights. In this exceptionally candid memoir, King Abdullah tackles the single toughest issue he faces head-on- how to solve the Israeli-Palestinian standoff- and reveals himself to be an invaluable intermediary between America and the Arab world. He writes about the impact of the Iraq war on his neighborhood and how best to tackle Iran's nuclear ambitions. Why would a sitting head of state choose to write about the most explosive issues he faces? King Abdullah does so now because he believes we face a moment of truth: a last chance for peace in the Middle East. The prize is enormous, the cost of failure far greater than we dare imagine.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-simple-government-twelve-things-we-really-need-from-washington-and-a-trillion-that-we-don-t-by-mike-huckabee--65210953https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Simple Government: Twelve Things We Really Need From Washington (and a Trillion That We Don't!) Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'We need a simple government. Don't get me wrong; I know that many of the nation's problems are highly complex. But I also know that the governing principles that can solve them, if we work together, are simple.' Armed with little money but a lot of common sense, former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee surprised the nation by coming in second during the 2008 Republican presidential primaries. He connected with millions of voters by calling for a smaller, simpler government that would get out of the way when appropriate. (Unfortunately, there weren't quite enough of those voters to prevent the election of Barack Obama.) Since then, President Obama's message has morphed from 'hope and change' to 'tax and spend' and 'borrow and spend' and 'over-regulate and spend.' The stimulus failed to stop the recession, the deficit exploded to unimaginable heights, and the Democrats jammed through Congress a financial 'reform' bill that didn't really reform anything and a healthcare monstrosity that gave the government more power over our personal lives than ever. Meanwhile, Huckabee has continued to be the voice of common sense conservatism, through his television talk show, his radio commentaries, and his lectures around the country. Now he's written a book that sums up the twelve things we really need from Washington to get the country back on the right track. These twelve essential truths will have you nodding in agreement, whether you're a Republican, an Independent, or even an open-minded Democrat. They can help us put aside our differences, tone down the partisan rancor, and return to the simple principles of the Founding Fathers: liberty, justice, personal freedom, and civic virtue. And they can help us tackle even the most seemingly complicated of today's problems. For instance: * You can't spend what you don't have; you can't borrow what you can't pay back. Families, businesses, towns, cities, and states all have to balance their budgets or face dire consequences. Why shouldn't the federal government be held to the same standard? And if that means making some hard choices now, it's a far better alternative than saddling our kids and grandkids. * The further you drift from shore, the more likely you are to be lost at sea. The Founders expected the federal government to be subordinate to state and local governments. How can politicians in DC know the best way to help farmers in Iowa, autoworkers in Michigan, or teachers in California? They can't. So every problem should be solved at the most local level capable of solving it. * Bullies in the playground only understand one thing. There's a time and place for diplomacy, but we can't protect the country just by negotiating with our enemies. We need a strong national defense and a counterterrorism policy that focuses on effectiveness, not political correctness. * The most important form of government is the family. In the long run, the only way to ensure prosperity, safety, and equal opportunity is to make sure we raise our children to be ethical and productive citizens. No bureaucracy can replace parents in that essential role, so we have to do everything possible to help parents do their job. A Simple Government will inspire any American looking forward to a better future.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201581Tue, 22 Feb 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Simple Government: Twelve Things We Really Need From Washington (and a Trillion That We Don't!) Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201581 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Simple Government: Twelve Things We Really Need From Washington (and a Trillion That We Don't!) Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 22, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'We need a simple government. Don't get me wrong; I know that many of the nation's problems are highly complex. But I also know that the governing principles that can solve them, if we work together, are simple.' Armed with little money but a lot of common sense, former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee surprised the nation by coming in second during the 2008 Republican presidential primaries. He connected with millions of voters by calling for a smaller, simpler government that would get out of the way when appropriate. (Unfortunately, there weren't quite enough of those voters to prevent the election of Barack Obama.) Since then, President Obama's message has morphed from 'hope and change' to 'tax and spend' and 'borrow and spend' and 'over-regulate and spend.' The stimulus failed to stop the recession, the deficit exploded to unimaginable heights, and the Democrats jammed through Congress a financial 'reform' bill that didn't really reform anything and a healthcare monstrosity that gave the government more power over our personal lives than ever. Meanwhile, Huckabee has continued to be the voice of common sense conservatism, through his television talk show, his radio commentaries, and his lectures around the country. Now he's written a book that sums up the twelve things we really need from Washington to get the country back on the right track. These twelve essential truths will have you nodding in agreement, whether you're a Republican, an Independent, or even an open-minded Democrat. They can help us put aside our differences, tone down the partisan rancor, and return to the simple principles of the Founding Fathers: liberty, justice, personal freedom, and civic virtue. And they can help us tackle even the most seemingly complicated of today's problems. For instance: * You can't spend what you don't have; you can't borrow what you can't pay back. Families, businesses, towns, cities, and states all have to balance their budgets or face dire consequences. Why shouldn't the federal government be held to the same standard? And if that means making some hard choices now, it's a far better alternative than saddling our kids and grandkids. * The further you drift from shore, the more likely you are to be lost at sea. The Founders expected the federal government to be subordinate to state and local governments. How can politicians in DC know the best way to help farmers in Iowa, autoworkers in Michigan, or teachers in California? They can't. So every problem should be solved at the most local level capable of solving it. * Bullies in the playground only understand one thing. There's a time and place for diplomacy, but we can't protect the country just by negotiating with our enemies. We need a strong national defense and a counterterrorism policy that focuses on effectiveness, not political correctness. * The most important form of government is the family. In the long run, the only way to ensure prosperity, safety, and equal opportunity is to make sure we raise our children to be ethical and productive citizens. No bureaucracy can replace parents in that essential role, so we have to do everything possible to help parents do their job. A Simple Government will inspire any American looking forward to a better future.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rollback-repealing-big-government-before-the-coming-fiscal-collapse-by-thomas-e-woods-jr--65210950https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rollback: Repealing Big Government Before the Coming Fiscal Collapse Author: Thomas E. Woods Jr. Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 17, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his blockbuster new book Rollback, New York Times bestselling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., offers the first critical analysis of the 2010 midterm elections and answers the number-one question on conservatives' minds: How do we roll back the liberal policies and big government programs that Obama/Pelosi/Reid rushed through Congress before the midterms? From getting rid of wasteful and inefficient federal agencies to abolishing the income tax to repealing health care reform and all of Obama's "green" policies, Woods outlines a bold plan for dramatically overhauling the government and restoring our Founding Fathers' vision for America.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208161Thu, 17 Feb 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rollback: Repealing Big Government Before the Coming Fiscal Collapse Author: Thomas E. Woods Jr. Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208161 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rollback: Repealing Big Government Before the Coming Fiscal Collapse Author: Thomas E. Woods Jr. Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 17, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his blockbuster new book Rollback, New York Times bestselling author Thomas E. Woods, Jr., offers the first critical analysis of the 2010 midterm elections and answers the number-one question on conservatives' minds: How do we roll back the liberal policies and big government programs that Obama/Pelosi/Reid rushed through Congress before the midterms? From getting rid of wasteful and inefficient federal agencies to abolishing the income tax to repealing health care reform and all of Obama's "green" policies, Woods outlines a bold plan for dramatically overhauling the government and restoring our Founding Fathers' vision for America.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anticipations-by-h-g-wells--65210987https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anticipations Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: John Trevithick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wells considered this book one of his most important, a natural follow-up to such works as his Man of the Year Million and The Time Machine. His goal was to get people to think and act in new ways. The book starts with a look at how humans get along socially and how they carry out their business ventures.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198267Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anticipations Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: John Trevithick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198267 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anticipations Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: John Trevithick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wells considered this book one of his most important, a natural follow-up to such works as his Man of the Year Million and The Time Machine. His goal was to get people to think and act in new ways. The book starts with a look at how humans get along socially and how they carry out their business ventures.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beyond-good-and-evil-by-friedrich-wilhelm-nietzsche--65210983https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Good and Evil Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1886 at Nietzsche’s own expense, the book was not initially considered important. In it, Nietzsche denounced what he considered to be the moral vacuity of 19th century thinkers. He attacked philosophers for what he considered to be their lack of critical sense and their blind acceptance of Christian premises in their considerations of morality and values. Beyond Good and Evil is a comprehensive overview of Nietzsche’s mature philosophy.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201028Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Good and Evil Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beyond Good and Evil Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: First published in 1886 at Nietzsche’s own expense, the book was not initially considered important. In it, Nietzsche denounced what he considered to be the moral vacuity of 19th century thinkers. He attacked philosophers for what he considered to be their lack of critical sense and their blind acceptance of Christian premises in their considerations of morality and values. Beyond Good and Evil is a comprehensive overview of Nietzsche’s mature philosophy.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-antichrist-by-friedrich-wilhelm-nietzsche--65210981https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 113 Ratings of Narrator: 3.06 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Save for his raucous, rhapsodical autobiography, Ecce Homo, The Antichrist is the last thing that Nietzsche ever wrote, and so it may be accepted as a statement of some of his most salient ideas in their final form. Of all Nietzsche’s books, The Antichrist comes nearest to conventionality in form. It presents a connected argument with very few interludes, and has a beginning, a middle and an end. The reason to listen to this version is that H.L. Mencken, the famous journalist, turned Nietzsche's German into such direct, plain-spoken American English that it puts the haranguing philosopher right up in your face.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204566Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204566 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Antichrist Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 113 Ratings of Narrator: 3.06 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Save for his raucous, rhapsodical autobiography, Ecce Homo, The Antichrist is the last thing that Nietzsche ever wrote, and so it may be accepted as a statement of some of his most salient ideas in their final form. Of all Nietzsche’s books, The Antichrist comes nearest to conventionality in form. It presents a connected argument with very few interludes, and has a beginning, a middle and an end. The reason to listen to this version is that H.L. Mencken, the famous journalist, turned Nietzsche's German into such direct, plain-spoken American English that it puts the haranguing philosopher right up in your face.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-modern-utopia-by-h-g-wells--65210979https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modern Utopia Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: H. G. Wells's proposal for social reform was the formation of a world state, a concept that would increasingly preoccupy him throughout the remainder of his life. One of his most ambitious early attempts at portraying a world state was A Modern Utopia (1905). A Modern Utopia was intended as a hybrid between fiction and 'philosophical discussion'. Basically, Wells' idea of a perfect world would be if everyone were able to live a happy life.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198268Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modern Utopia Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Modern Utopia Author: H.G. Wells Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: H. G. Wells's proposal for social reform was the formation of a world state, a concept that would increasingly preoccupy him throughout the remainder of his life. One of his most ambitious early attempts at portraying a world state was A Modern Utopia (1905). A Modern Utopia was intended as a hybrid between fiction and 'philosophical discussion'. Basically, Wells' idea of a perfect world would be if everyone were able to live a happy life.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-9-11-commission-report-by-the-9-11-commission--65210975https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 9/11 Commission Report Author: The 9/11 Commission Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 9/11 Commission Report, formally named Final Report of the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, is the official report of the events leading up to the September 11, 2001 attacks. It was prepared by the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (informally sometimes known as the “9/11 Commission” or the “Kean/Zelikow Commission”) at the request of the President and Congress, and it is available to the public for sale or free download. The commission convened on November 26, 2002 (441 days after the attack) and their final report was issued on July 22, 2004.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201023Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 9/11 Commission Report Author: The 9/11 Commission Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 23 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201023 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 9/11 Commission Report Author: The 9/11 Commission Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 9/11 Commission Report, formally named Final Report of the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, is the official report of the events leading up to the September 11, 2001 attacks. It was prepared by the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States (informally sometimes known as the “9/11 Commission” or the “Kean/Zelikow Commission”) at the request of the President and Congress, and it is available to the public for sale or free download. The commission convened on November 26, 2002 (441 days after the attack) and their final report was issued on July 22, 2004.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-federalist-papers-by-john-jay-james-madison-alexander-hamilton--65210969https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201025 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Federalist Papers (correctly known as The Federalist) are a series of 85 articles advocating the ratification of the United States Constitution. Seventy-seven of the essays were published serially in The Independent Journal and The New York Packet between October 1787 and August 1788 . A compilation of these and eight others, called The Federalist, was published in 1788 by J. and A. M’Lean.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201025Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201025 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 16 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201025 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Federalist Papers Author: John Jay, James Madison, Alexander Hamilton Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Federalist Papers (correctly known as The Federalist) are a series of 85 articles advocating the ratification of the United States Constitution. Seventy-seven of the essays were published serially in The Independent Journal and The New York Packet between October 1787 and August 1788 . A compilation of these and eight others, called The Federalist, was published in 1788 by J. and A. M’Lean.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-anti-federalist-papers-by-patrick-henry--65210967https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the period of debate over the ratification of the Constitution, numerous independent local speeches and articles were published all across the country. Initially, many of the articles in opposition were written under pseudonyms, such as “Brutus”, “Centinel”, and “Federal Farmer”. Eventually, famous revolutionary figures such as Patrick Henry came out publicly against the Constitution. They argued that the strong national government proposed by the Federalists was a threat to the rights of individuals and that the President would become a king. They objected to the federal court system created by the proposed constitution. This produced a phenomenal body of political writing; the best and most influential of these articles and speeches were gathered by historians into a collection known as the Anti-Federalist Papers in allusion to the Federalist Papers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201040Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201040 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Federalist Papers Author: Patrick Henry Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: During the period of debate over the ratification of the Constitution, numerous independent local speeches and articles were published all across the country. Initially, many of the articles in opposition were written under pseudonyms, such as “Brutus”, “Centinel”, and “Federal Farmer”. Eventually, famous revolutionary figures such as Patrick Henry came out publicly against the Constitution. They argued that the strong national government proposed by the Federalists was a threat to the rights of individuals and that the President would become a king. They objected to the federal court system created by the proposed constitution. This produced a phenomenal body of political writing; the best and most influential of these articles and speeches were gathered by historians into a collection known as the Anti-Federalist Papers in allusion to the Federalist Papers.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/plato-s-republic-by-plato--65210935https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201036 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Republic is a Socratic dialogue by Plato, written in approximately 380 BC. It is one of the most influential works of philosophy and political theory, and arguably Plato’s best known work. In it, Socrates and various other Athenians and foreigners discuss the meaning of justice and whether the just man is happier than the unjust man by constructing an imaginary city ruled by philosopher-kings. The dialogue also discusses the nature of the philosopher, Plato’s Theory of Forms, the conflict between philosophy and poetry, and the immortality of the soul.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201036Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201036 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201036 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plato's Republic Author: Plato Narrator: Various Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 34 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Republic is a Socratic dialogue by Plato, written in approximately 380 BC. It is one of the most influential works of philosophy and political theory, and arguably Plato’s best known work. In it, Socrates and various other Athenians and foreigners discuss the meaning of justice and whether the just man is happier than the unjust man by constructing an imaginary city ruled by philosopher-kings. The dialogue also discusses the nature of the philosopher, Plato’s Theory of Forms, the conflict between philosophy and poetry, and the immortality of the soul.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-free-press-by-hilaire-belloc--65210932https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Press Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Sean McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: I propose to discuss in what follows the evil of the great modern Capitalist Press, its function in vitiating and misinforming opinion and in putting power into ignoble hands; its correction by the formation of small independent organs, and the probably increasing effect of these last. (Introduction by Hilaire Belloc)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208963Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Press Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Sean McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Free Press Author: Hilaire Belloc Narrator: Sean McClain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: I propose to discuss in what follows the evil of the great modern Capitalist Press, its function in vitiating and misinforming opinion and in putting power into ignoble hands; its correction by the formation of small independent organs, and the probably increasing effect of these last. (Introduction by Hilaire Belloc)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-facts-of-reconstruction-by-john-r-lynch--65210926https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Facts of Reconstruction Author: John R. Lynch Narrator: Guero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the American Civil War, John R. Lynch, who had been a slave in Mississippi, began his political career in 1869 by first becoming Justice of the Peace, and then Mississippi State Representative. He was only 26 when he was elected to the US Congress in 1873. There, he continued to be an activist, introducing many bills and arguing on their behalf. Perhaps his greatest effort was in the long debate supporting the Civil Rights Act of 1875 to ban discrimination in public accommodations. In 1884 Lynch was the first African American nominated after a moving speech by Theodore Roosevelt to the position of Temporary Chairman of the Republican National Convention in Chicago, Illinois. During the Spanish-American War of 1898, he was appointed Treasury Auditor and then Paymaster under the Republicans. In 1901, he began serving with the Regular Army with tours of duty in the United States, Cuba, and the Philippines. Lynch retired from the Army in 1911, then married Cora Williams. They moved to Chicago, where he practiced law. He also became involved in real estate. After his death in Chicago 1939 at the age of 92, he was buried with military honors in Arlington National Cemetery. He was entitled to this as a Congressman and veteran. After the turn of the centutry, Lynch wrote a book, The Facts of Reconstruction, and several articles criticizing the then-dominant Dunning School historiography. Dunning and followers had emphasized the views of former slave owners and routinely downplayed any positive contributions of African Americans during Reconstruction, as well as suggesting they could not manage any political power. Lynch argued that blacks had made substantial contributions during the period. Since he participated directly in Reconstruction-era governments, Lynch's book is considered a primary source in study of the period. (Introduction by Guero and Wikipedia.)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203539Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Facts of Reconstruction Author: John R. Lynch Narrator: Guero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203539 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Facts of Reconstruction Author: John R. Lynch Narrator: Guero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After the American Civil War, John R. Lynch, who had been a slave in Mississippi, began his political career in 1869 by first becoming Justice of the Peace, and then Mississippi State Representative. He was only 26 when he was elected to the US Congress in 1873. There, he continued to be an activist, introducing many bills and arguing on their behalf. Perhaps his greatest effort was in the long debate supporting the Civil Rights Act of 1875 to ban discrimination in public accommodations. In 1884 Lynch was the first African American nominated after a moving speech by Theodore Roosevelt to the position of Temporary Chairman of the Republican National Convention in Chicago, Illinois. During the Spanish-American War of 1898, he was appointed Treasury Auditor and then Paymaster under the Republicans. In 1901, he began serving with the Regular Army with tours of duty in the United States, Cuba, and the Philippines. Lynch retired from the Army in 1911, then married Cora Williams. They moved to Chicago, where he practiced law. He also became involved in real estate. After his death in Chicago 1939 at the age of 92, he was buried with military honors in Arlington National Cemetery. He was entitled to this as a Congressman and veteran. After the turn of the centutry, Lynch wrote a book, The Facts of Reconstruction, and several articles criticizing the then-dominant Dunning School historiography. Dunning and followers had emphasized the views of former slave owners and routinely downplayed any positive contributions of African Americans during Reconstruction, as well as suggesting they could not manage any political power. Lynch argued that blacks had made substantial contributions during the period. Since he participated directly in Reconstruction-era governments, Lynch's book is considered a primary source in study of the period. (Introduction by Guero and Wikipedia.)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-age-of-reason-by-thomas-paine--65210920https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Reason Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Lukkystarr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Age of Reason: Being an Investigation of True and Fabulous Theology, a deistic treatise written by eighteenth-century British radical and American revolutionary Thomas Paine, critiques institutionalized religion and challenges the inerrancy of the Bible. Published in three parts in 1794, 1795, and 1807, it was a bestseller in America, where it caused a short-lived deistic revival. British audiences, however, fearing increased political radicalism as a result of the French revolution, received it with more hostility. The Age of Reason presents common deistic arguments; for example, it highlights the corruption of the Christian Church and criticizes its efforts to acquire political power. Paine advocates reason in the place of revelation, leading him to reject miracles and to view the Bible as an ordinary piece of literature rather than as a divinely-inspired text. Yet, The Age of Reason is not atheistic: it promotes natural religion and argues for a creator-God. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204336Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Reason Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Lukkystarr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204336 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Reason Author: Thomas Paine Narrator: Lukkystarr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.13 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Age of Reason: Being an Investigation of True and Fabulous Theology, a deistic treatise written by eighteenth-century British radical and American revolutionary Thomas Paine, critiques institutionalized religion and challenges the inerrancy of the Bible. Published in three parts in 1794, 1795, and 1807, it was a bestseller in America, where it caused a short-lived deistic revival. British audiences, however, fearing increased political radicalism as a result of the French revolution, received it with more hostility. The Age of Reason presents common deistic arguments; for example, it highlights the corruption of the Christian Church and criticizes its efforts to acquire political power. Paine advocates reason in the place of revelation, leading him to reject miracles and to view the Bible as an ordinary piece of literature rather than as a divinely-inspired text. Yet, The Age of Reason is not atheistic: it promotes natural religion and argues for a creator-God. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-atlantis-by-francis-bacon--65210918https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203532 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Atlantis Author: Francis Bacon Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1623, Francis Bacon expressed his aspirations and ideas in New Atlantis. Released in 1627, this was his creation of an ideal land where people were kind, knowledgeable, and civic-minded. Part of this new land was his perfect college, a vision for our modern research universities. Islands he had visited may have served as models for his ideas. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203532Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203532 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Atlantis Author: Francis Bacon Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203532 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Atlantis Author: Francis Bacon Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 38 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In 1623, Francis Bacon expressed his aspirations and ideas in New Atlantis. Released in 1627, this was his creation of an ideal land where people were kind, knowledgeable, and civic-minded. Part of this new land was his perfect college, a vision for our modern research universities. Islands he had visited may have served as models for his ideas. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vices-are-not-crimes-by-lysander-spooner--65210914https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vices Are Not Crimes Author: Lysander Spooner Narrator: Harry Jannise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lysander Spooner was an American individualist anarchist, entrepreneur, political philosopher, abolitionist, supporter of the labour movement, and legal theorist of the nineteenth century. Here he gives his views on the role of Governments in the private lives of their citizens (Summary by Annise)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203523Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vices Are Not Crimes Author: Lysander Spooner Narrator: Harry Jannise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203523 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vices Are Not Crimes Author: Lysander Spooner Narrator: Harry Jannise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Lysander Spooner was an American individualist anarchist, entrepreneur, political philosopher, abolitionist, supporter of the labour movement, and legal theorist of the nineteenth century. Here he gives his views on the role of Governments in the private lives of their citizens (Summary by Annise)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-theory-of-the-leisure-class-by-thorstein-veblen--65210913https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class Author: Thorstein Veblen Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally published by the Norwegian-American economist Thorstein Veblen while he was a professor at the University of Chicago in 1898, the Theory of the Leisure Class is considered one of the great works of economics as well as the first detailed critique of consumerism. In the book, Veblen argues that economic life is driven not by notions of utility, but by social vestiges from pre-historic times. [Summary modified from Wikipedia.]]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203525Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class Author: Thorstein Veblen Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203525 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of the Leisure Class Author: Thorstein Veblen Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Originally published by the Norwegian-American economist Thorstein Veblen while he was a professor at the University of Chicago in 1898, the Theory of the Leisure Class is considered one of the great works of economics as well as the first detailed critique of consumerism. In the book, Veblen argues that economic life is driven not by notions of utility, but by social vestiges from pre-historic times. [Summary modified from Wikipedia.]]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/on-liberty-by-john-stuart-mill--65210911https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published in 1859, On Liberty details Mill's view that individuals should be left wholly free to engage in any activity, thought or belief that does not harm others. Simple though it sounds, it is a position that challenges our ideas on the very nature of government and society, and sheds light on some of the key issues we face today. A key text of political philosophy, On Liberty has been continuously in print since its first publication. (Summary by David Barnes).]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208957Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208957 to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Liberty Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.22 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Published in 1859, On Liberty details Mill's view that individuals should be left wholly free to engage in any activity, thought or belief that does not harm others. Simple though it sounds, it is a position that challenges our ideas on the very nature of government and society, and sheds light on some of the key issues we face today. A key text of political philosophy, On Liberty has been continuously in print since its first publication. (Summary by David Barnes).]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/woman-and-the-new-race-by-margaret-sanger--65210902https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman and the New Race Author: Margaret Sanger Narrator: Becky Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Margaret Sanger was an American sex educator and nurse who became one of the leading birth control activists of her time, having at one point, even served jail time for importing birth control pills, then illegal, into the United States. Woman and the New Race is her treatise on how the control of population size would not only free women from the bondage of forced motherhood, but would elevate all of society. The original fight for birth control was closely tied to the labor movement as well as the Eugenics movement, and her book provides fascinating insight to a mostly-forgotten turbulent battle recently fought in American history. (Summary by Becky)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203536Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman and the New Race Author: Margaret Sanger Narrator: Becky Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203536 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woman and the New Race Author: Margaret Sanger Narrator: Becky Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Margaret Sanger was an American sex educator and nurse who became one of the leading birth control activists of her time, having at one point, even served jail time for importing birth control pills, then illegal, into the United States. Woman and the New Race is her treatise on how the control of population size would not only free women from the bondage of forced motherhood, but would elevate all of society. The original fight for birth control was closely tied to the labor movement as well as the Eugenics movement, and her book provides fascinating insight to a mostly-forgotten turbulent battle recently fought in American history. (Summary by Becky)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/twenty-years-at-hull-house-by-jane-addams--65210900https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203526 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull-House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jane Addams was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull-House in Chicago, public philosopher (the first American woman in that role), author, and leader in woman suffrage and world peace. She was the most prominent woman of the Progressive Era and helped turn the nation to issues of concern to mothers, such as the needs of children, public health and world peace. She emphasized that women have a special responsibility to clean up their communities and make them better places to live, arguing they needed the vote to be effective. Addams became a role model for middle-class women who volunteered to uplift their communities. This recording of her memoir Twenty Years at Hull-House commemorates the 100th anniversary of its publication, the 150th anniversary of Addams' birth, and was released on December 10th, the anniversary of Addams receiving her Nobel Prize. (Summary by Wikipedia and Elizabeth Klett)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203526Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203526 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull-House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: January...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203526 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Years at Hull-House Author: Jane Addams Narrator: Various Readers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jane Addams was the first American woman to be awarded the Nobel Peace Prize. In a long, complex career, she was a pioneer settlement worker and founder of Hull-House in Chicago, public philosopher (the first American woman in that role), author, and leader in woman suffrage and world peace. She was the most prominent woman of the Progressive Era and helped turn the nation to issues of concern to mothers, such as the needs of children, public health and world peace. She emphasized that women have a special responsibility to clean up their communities and make them better places to live, arguing they needed the vote to be effective. Addams became a role model for middle-class women who volunteered to uplift their communities. This recording of her memoir Twenty Years at Hull-House commemorates the 100th anniversary of its publication, the 150th anniversary of Addams' birth, and was released on December 10th, the anniversary of Addams receiving her Nobel Prize. (Summary by Wikipedia and Elizabeth Klett)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-twilight-of-the-idols-by-friedrich-wilhelm-nietzsche--65210892https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204562 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Idols Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Of The Twilight of the Idols, Nietzsche says in Ecce Homo: “If anyone should desire to obtain a rapid sketch of how everything before my time was standing on its head, he should begin reading me in this book. That which is called ‘Idols’ on the title-page is simply the old truth that has been believed in hitherto. In plain English, The Twilight of the Idols means that the old truth is on its last legs.” Certain it is that, for a rapid survey of the whole of Nietzsche’s doctrine, no book, save perhaps the section entitled “Of Old and New Tables” in Thus Spake Zarathustra, could be of more real value than The Twilight of the Idols. Here Nietzsche is quite at his best. He is ripe for the marvellous feat of the transvaluation of all values. Nowhere is his language – that marvellous weapon which in his hand became at once so supple and so murderous – more forcible and more condensed. Nowhere are his thoughts more profound. But all this does not by any means imply that this book is the easiest of Nietzsche’s works. On the contrary, I very much fear that unless the reader is well prepared, not only in Nietzscheism, but also in the habit of grappling with uncommon and elusive problems, a good deal of the contents of this work will tend rather to confuse than to enlighten him in regard to what Nietzsche actually wishes to make clear in these pages. (Excerpt from A. Ludovici’s Preface)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204562Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204562 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Idols Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204562 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Twilight of the Idols Author: Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 3.57 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Of The Twilight of the Idols, Nietzsche says in Ecce Homo: “If anyone should desire to obtain a rapid sketch of how everything before my time was standing on its head, he should begin reading me in this book. That which is called ‘Idols’ on the title-page is simply the old truth that has been believed in hitherto. In plain English, The Twilight of the Idols means that the old truth is on its last legs.” Certain it is that, for a rapid survey of the whole of Nietzsche’s doctrine, no book, save perhaps the section entitled “Of Old and New Tables” in Thus Spake Zarathustra, could be of more real value than The Twilight of the Idols. Here Nietzsche is quite at his best. He is ripe for the marvellous feat of the transvaluation of all values. Nowhere is his language – that marvellous weapon which in his hand became at once so supple and so murderous – more forcible and more condensed. Nowhere are his thoughts more profound. But all this does not by any means imply that this book is the easiest of Nietzsche’s works. On the contrary, I very much fear that unless the reader is well prepared, not only in Nietzscheism, but also in the habit of grappling with uncommon and elusive problems, a good deal of the contents of this work will tend rather to confuse than to enlighten him in regard to what Nietzsche actually wishes to make clear in these pages. (Excerpt from A. Ludovici’s Preface)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/considerations-on-representative-government-by-john-stuart-mill--65210887https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Considerations on Representative Government Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mill's volume was published in 1861 as an argument favoring this form of governance. Mill covers what forms of government work best, including when representative government is applicable and when not. He details appropriate functions of representative bodies and warns of problems to avoid. He distinguishes between true and false democracy. Other areas covered include how voting is carried out, the role of a second chamber in Parliament, and how an executive branch might function. (Summary by Bill Boerst)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208956Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Considerations on Representative Government Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208956 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Considerations on Representative Government Author: John Stuart Mill Narrator: Bill Boerst Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Mill's volume was published in 1861 as an argument favoring this form of governance. Mill covers what forms of government work best, including when representative government is applicable and when not. He details appropriate functions of representative bodies and warns of problems to avoid. He distinguishes between true and false democracy. Other areas covered include how voting is carried out, the role of a second chamber in Parliament, and how an executive branch might function. (Summary by Bill Boerst)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bethink-yourselves-by-leo-tolstoy--65210886https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bethink Yourselves! Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Russia goes to war against Japan, Tolstoy urges those at all levels of society, from the Tsar down to the common soldier, to consider their actions in the light of Christ's teaching. "However strange this may appear, the most effective and certain deliverance of men from all the calamities which they inflict upon themselves and from the most dreadful of all—war—is attainable, not by any external general measures, but merely by that simple appeal to the consciousness of each separate man which, nineteen hundred years ago, was proposed by Jesus—that every man bethink himself, and ask himself, who is he, why he lives, and what he should and should not do." (Introduction by David Barnes, and extract from Chapter VI)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208297Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bethink Yourselves! Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bethink Yourselves! Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: David Barnes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Russia goes to war against Japan, Tolstoy urges those at all levels of society, from the Tsar down to the common soldier, to consider their actions in the light of Christ's teaching. "However strange this may appear, the most effective and certain deliverance of men from all the calamities which they inflict upon themselves and from the most dreadful of all—war—is attainable, not by any external general measures, but merely by that simple appeal to the consciousness of each separate man which, nineteen hundred years ago, was proposed by Jesus—that every man bethink himself, and ask himself, who is he, why he lives, and what he should and should not do." (Introduction by David Barnes, and extract from Chapter VI)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-pentecost-of-calamity-by-owen-wister--65210882https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pentecost of Calamity Author: Owen Wister Narrator: David Wales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nonfiction. Appalled by the savagery of World War I, Owen Wister in 1915 published an attempt to move the United States out of neutrality into joining the Allies against Germany. His aim was the quicker defeat of that nation. (Wister: “the new Trinity of German worship – the Super-man, the Super-race, and the Super-state.”) He was but one of many literary personages who joined in this effort. A moving quote: “Perhaps nothing save calamity will teach us what Europe is thankful to have learned again – that some things are worse than war, and that you can pay too high a price for peace; but that you cannot pay too high for the finding and keeping of your own soul.” (Summary by David Wales)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206874Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pentecost of Calamity Author: Owen Wister Narrator: David Wales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/206874 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Pentecost of Calamity Author: Owen Wister Narrator: David Wales Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nonfiction. Appalled by the savagery of World War I, Owen Wister in 1915 published an attempt to move the United States out of neutrality into joining the Allies against Germany. His aim was the quicker defeat of that nation. (Wister: “the new Trinity of German worship – the Super-man, the Super-race, and the Super-state.”) He was but one of many literary personages who joined in this effort. A moving quote: “Perhaps nothing save calamity will teach us what Europe is thankful to have learned again – that some things are worse than war, and that you can pay too high a price for peace; but that you cannot pay too high for the finding and keeping of your own soul.” (Summary by David Wales)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sophisms-of-the-protectionists-by-frederic-bastiat--65210870https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203531 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sophisms of the Protectionists Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Katie Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "To rob the public, it is necessary to deceive them," Bastiat said and believed. He reasoned, employing repetition to various applications, against fallacious arguments promoting the "Protection" of industries to the detriment of consumers and society. (Introduction by Katie Riley)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203531Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203531 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sophisms of the Protectionists Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Katie Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203531 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sophisms of the Protectionists Author: Frederic Bastiat Narrator: Katie Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: "To rob the public, it is necessary to deceive them," Bastiat said and believed. He reasoned, employing repetition to various applications, against fallacious arguments promoting the "Protection" of industries to the detriment of consumers and society. (Introduction by Katie Riley)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-conquest-of-bread-by-peter-kropotkin--65210862https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this work, Kropotkin points out what he considers to be the fallacies of the economic systems of feudalism and capitalism, and how he believes they create poverty and scarcity while promoting privilege. He goes on to propose a more decentralized economic system based on mutual aid and voluntary cooperation, asserting that the tendencies for this kind of organisation already exist, both in evolution and in human society. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208969Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/208969 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conquest of Bread Author: Peter Kropotkin Narrator: Enko Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this work, Kropotkin points out what he considers to be the fallacies of the economic systems of feudalism and capitalism, and how he believes they create poverty and scarcity while promoting privilege. He goes on to propose a more decentralized economic system based on mutual aid and voluntary cooperation, asserting that the tendencies for this kind of organisation already exist, both in evolution and in human society. (Summary by Wikipedia)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-slavery-of-our-times-by-leo-tolstoy--65210847https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Slavery of Our Times Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: Aylmer Maude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This little book shows, in a short, clear, and systematic manner, how the principle of Non-Resistance, about which Tolstoy has written so much, is related to economic and political life. (Summary by Aylmer Maude, Translator)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203524Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Slavery of Our Times Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: Aylmer Maude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Slavery of Our Times Author: Leo Tolstoy Narrator: Aylmer Maude Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.85 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This little book shows, in a short, clear, and systematic manner, how the principle of Non-Resistance, about which Tolstoy has written so much, is related to economic and political life. (Summary by Aylmer Maude, Translator)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-soul-of-man-by-oscar-wilde--65210840https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “(T)he past is what man should not have been. The present is what man ought not to be. The future is what artists are.” Published originally as “The Soul of Man Under Socialism,” this is not so much a work of sober political analysis; rather it can be summed up as a rhapsodic manifesto on behalf of the Individual. Socialism having deployed technology to liberate the whole of humanity from soul-destroying labour, the State obligingly withers away to allow the free development of a joyful, anarchic hedonism... “Is this Utopian? A map of the world that does not include Utopia is not worth even glancing at, for it leaves out the one country at which Humanity is always landing.” Far from abandoning the epigram in favour of the slogan, Wilde wittily assails several of his favourite targets: the misguided purveyors of philanthropy; life-denying ascetics of various kinds; the army of the half-educated who constitute themselves the enemies of Art - and those venal popular journalists who cater to them... “Behind the barricade there may be much that is noble and heroic. But what is there behind the leading-article but prejudice, stupidity, cant, and twaddle?” (Introduction by Martin Geeson)]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203522Sat, 01 Jan 2011 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203522 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Soul of Man Author: Oscar Wilde Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: January 1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “(T)he past is what man should not have been. The present is what man ought not to be. The future is what artists are.” Published originally as “The Soul of Man Under Socialism,” this is not so much a work of sober political analysis; rather it can be summed up as a rhapsodic manifesto on behalf of the Individual. Socialism having deployed technology to liberate the whole of humanity from soul-destroying labour, the State obligingly withers away to allow the free development of a joyful, anarchic hedonism... “Is this Utopian? A map of the world that does not include Utopia is not worth even glancing at, for it leaves out the one country at which Humanity is always landing.” Far from abandoning the epigram in favour of the slogan, Wilde wittily assails several of his favourite targets: the misguided purveyors of philanthropy; life-denying ascetics of various kinds; the army of the half-educated who constitute themselves the enemies of Art - and those venal popular journalists who cater to them... “Behind the barricade there may be much that is noble and heroic. But what is there behind the leading-article but prejudice, stupidity, cant, and twaddle?” (Introduction by Martin Geeson)]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ratification-the-people-debate-the-constitution-1787-1788-by-pauline-maier--65211004https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ratification: The People Debate the Constitution, 1787-1788 Author: Pauline Maier Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia adjourned late in the summer of 1787, the delegates returned to their states to report on the new Constitution, which had to be ratified by specially elected conventions in at least nine states. Pauline Maier recounts the dramatic events of the ensuing debate in homes, taverns, and convention halls, drawing generously on the speeches and letters of founding fathers, both familiar and forgotten, on all sides. This is the first narrative history in decades of the ratification debate, with all its significance, and it draws on new scholarship about the ratification process. In Maier's skillful hands, this fascinating yet often overlooked episode in the nation's history comes to life as never before.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200679Tue, 02 Nov 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ratification: The People Debate the Constitution, 1787-1788 Author: Pauline Maier Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200679 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ratification: The People Debate the Constitution, 1787-1788 Author: Pauline Maier Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 9 minutes Release date: November 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia adjourned late in the summer of 1787, the delegates returned to their states to report on the new Constitution, which had to be ratified by specially elected conventions in at least nine states. Pauline Maier recounts the dramatic events of the ensuing debate in homes, taverns, and convention halls, drawing generously on the speeches and letters of founding fathers, both familiar and forgotten, on all sides. This is the first narrative history in decades of the ratification debate, with all its significance, and it draws on new scholarship about the ratification process. In Maier's skillful hands, this fascinating yet often overlooked episode in the nation's history comes to life as never before.]]>1805cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-rope-and-a-prayer-the-story-of-a-kidnapping-by-david-rohde-kristen-mulvihill--65210951https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rope and a Prayer: The Story of a Kidnapping Author: David Rohde, Kristen Mulvihill Narrator: Kristen Mulvihill, David Rohde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 28, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The compelling and insightful account of a New York Times reporter's abduction by the Taliban and his wife's struggle to free him.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203001Thu, 28 Oct 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rope and a Prayer: The Story of a Kidnapping Author: David Rohde, Kristen Mulvihill Narrator: Kristen Mulvihill, David Rohde Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203001 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Rope and a Prayer: The Story of a Kidnapping Author: David Rohde, Kristen Mulvihill Narrator: Kristen Mulvihill, David Rohde Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 28, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The compelling and insightful account of a New York Times reporter's abduction by the Taliban and his wife's struggle to free him.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/outside-looking-in-adventures-of-an-observer-by-garry-wills--65210921https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside Looking In: Adventures of an Observer Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Garry Wills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 14, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A captivating memoir from the incomparable Garry Wills, 'one of the country's most distinguished intellectuals' (The New York Times Book Review). Illuminating and provocative, Outside Looking In is a compelling chronicle of an original thinker at work in remarkable times. With his dazzling style and journalist's eye for detail, Garry Wills brings history to life. Whether writing about the civil rights movement, 1960s protests, or close-up studies of the people who have shaped our world, only he could bring together in one book Barry Goldwater, Daniel Berrigan, Beverly Sills, Richard Nixon, and John Waters. Wills shares, as only the best raconteurs can, stories of the fascinating people he has closely observed during more than 50 years of reporting.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203455Thu, 14 Oct 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside Looking In: Adventures of an Observer Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Garry Wills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203455 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outside Looking In: Adventures of an Observer Author: Garry Wills Narrator: Garry Wills Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 14, 2010 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A captivating memoir from the incomparable Garry Wills, 'one of the country's most distinguished intellectuals' (The New York Times Book Review). Illuminating and provocative, Outside Looking In is a compelling chronicle of an original thinker at work in remarkable times. With his dazzling style and journalist's eye for detail, Garry Wills brings history to life. Whether writing about the civil rights movement, 1960s protests, or close-up studies of the people who have shaped our world, only he could bring together in one book Barry Goldwater, Daniel Berrigan, Beverly Sills, Richard Nixon, and John Waters. Wills shares, as only the best raconteurs can, stories of the fascinating people he has closely observed during more than 50 years of reporting.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/even-silence-has-an-end-my-six-years-of-captivity-in-the-colombian-jungle-by-ingrid-betancourt--65210901https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201059 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Even Silence Has an End: My Six Years of Captivity in the Colombian Jungle Author: Ingrid Betancourt Narrator: Margaret Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ingrid Bettancourt tells the story of her captivity in the Colombian jungle, sharing powerful teachings of resilience, resistance, and faith.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201059Tue, 07 Sep 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201059 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Even Silence Has an End: My Six Years of Captivity in the Colombian Jungle Author: Ingrid Betancourt Narrator: Margaret Nichols Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201059 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Even Silence Has an End: My Six Years of Captivity in the Colombian Jungle Author: Ingrid Betancourt Narrator: Margaret Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 7, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ingrid Bettancourt tells the story of her captivity in the Colombian jungle, sharing powerful teachings of resilience, resistance, and faith.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/son-of-hamas-a-gripping-account-of-terror-betrayal-political-intrigue-and-unthinkable-choices-by-mosab-hassan-yousef--65210833https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Son of Hamas: A Gripping Account of Terror, Betrayal, Political Intrigue, and Unthinkable Choices Author: Mosab Hassan Yousef Narrator: Mosab Hassan Yousef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 22 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since he was a small boy, Mosab Hassan Yousef has had an inside view of the deadly terrorist group Hamas. The oldest son of Sheikh Hassan Yousef, a founding member of Hamas and its most popular leader, young Mosab assisted his father for years in his political activities while being groomed to assume his legacy, politics, status . . . and power. But everything changed when Mosab turned away from terror and violence, and embraced instead the teachings of another famous Middle East leader. In Son of Hamas, Mosab Yousef—now called “Joseph”—reveals new information about the world’s most dangerous terrorist organization and unveils the truth about his own role, his agonizing separation from family and homeland, the dangerous decision to make his newfound faith public, and his belief that the Christian mandate to “love your enemies” is the only way to peace in the Middle East.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218660Tue, 02 Mar 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Son of Hamas: A Gripping Account of Terror, Betrayal, Political Intrigue, and Unthinkable Choices Author: Mosab Hassan Yousef Narrator: Mosab Hassan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/218660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Son of Hamas: A Gripping Account of Terror, Betrayal, Political Intrigue, and Unthinkable Choices Author: Mosab Hassan Yousef Narrator: Mosab Hassan Yousef Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 2, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 54 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 22 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since he was a small boy, Mosab Hassan Yousef has had an inside view of the deadly terrorist group Hamas. The oldest son of Sheikh Hassan Yousef, a founding member of Hamas and its most popular leader, young Mosab assisted his father for years in his political activities while being groomed to assume his legacy, politics, status . . . and power. But everything changed when Mosab turned away from terror and violence, and embraced instead the teachings of another famous Middle East leader. In Son of Hamas, Mosab Yousef—now called “Joseph”—reveals new information about the world’s most dangerous terrorist organization and unveils the truth about his own role, his agonizing separation from family and homeland, the dangerous decision to make his newfound faith public, and his belief that the Christian mandate to “love your enemies” is the only way to peace in the Middle East.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-give-in-the-best-of-winston-churhill-s-speeches-by-winston-s-churchill--65210977https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give In: The Best of Winston Churhill's Speeches Author: Winston S. Churchill Narrator: Winston S. Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who can forget the words "We shall fight on the beaches. We shall fight on the landing grounds. We shall fight in the fields, and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills. We shall never surrender!" They were uttered in 1940 by one of the 20th century's greatest orators, Winston Churchill, eager to spur on his countrymen in their fight against Nazi Germany. Now the great man's grandson has gathered Churchill's most memorable words, spanning more than half a century, in times of war and in times of peace. Part of Churchill's gift, his grandson writes, was his ability to address his radio listeners "not as unseen masses but as individuals-he envisioned his audience as a couple and their family gathered around their coal fire in the cottage-home." Any admirer of Churchill's will want to add this audiobook to their library.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200233Wed, 03 Feb 2010 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give In: The Best of Winston Churhill's Speeches Author: Winston S. Churchill Narrator: Winston S. Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Give In: The Best of Winston Churhill's Speeches Author: Winston S. Churchill Narrator: Winston S. Churchill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Who can forget the words "We shall fight on the beaches. We shall fight on the landing grounds. We shall fight in the fields, and in the streets, we shall fight in the hills. We shall never surrender!" They were uttered in 1940 by one of the 20th century's greatest orators, Winston Churchill, eager to spur on his countrymen in their fight against Nazi Germany. Now the great man's grandson has gathered Churchill's most memorable words, spanning more than half a century, in times of war and in times of peace. Part of Churchill's gift, his grandson writes, was his ability to address his radio listeners "not as unseen masses but as individuals-he envisioned his audience as a couple and their family gathered around their coal fire in the cottage-home." Any admirer of Churchill's will want to add this audiobook to their library.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stones-into-schools-promoting-peace-with-books-not-bombs-in-afghanistan-and-pakistan-by-greg-mortenson--65210999https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stones into Schools: Promoting Peace with Books, Not Bombs, in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Greg Mortenson Narrator: Atossa Leoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 bestseller Three Cups of Tea, the continuing story of this determined humanitarian’s efforts to promote peace through education In this dramatic first-person narrative, Greg Mortenson picks up where Three Cups of Tea left off in 2003, recounting his relentless, ongoing efforts to establish schools for girls in Afghanistan; his extensive work in Azad Kashmir and Pakistan after a massive earthquake hit the region in 2005; and the unique ways he has built relationships with Islamic clerics, militia commanders, and tribal leaders. He shares for the first time his broader vision to promote peace through education and literacy, as well as touching on military matters, Islam, and women—all woven together with the many rich personal stories of the people who have been involved in this remarkable two-decade humanitarian effort. Since the 2006 publication of Three Cups of Tea, Mortenson has traveled across the U.S. and the world to share his vision with hundreds of thousands of people. He has met with heads of state, top military officials, and leading politicians who all seek his advice and insight. The continued phenomenal success of Three Cups of Tea proves that there is an eager and committed audience for Mortenson’s work and message.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200377Tue, 01 Dec 2009 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stones into Schools: Promoting Peace with Books, Not Bombs, in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Greg Mortenson Narrator: Atossa Leoni Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stones into Schools: Promoting Peace with Books, Not Bombs, in Afghanistan and Pakistan Author: Greg Mortenson Narrator: Atossa Leoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2009 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the author of the #1 bestseller Three Cups of Tea, the continuing story of this determined humanitarian’s efforts to promote peace through education In this dramatic first-person narrative, Greg Mortenson picks up where Three Cups of Tea left off in 2003, recounting his relentless, ongoing efforts to establish schools for girls in Afghanistan; his extensive work in Azad Kashmir and Pakistan after a massive earthquake hit the region in 2005; and the unique ways he has built relationships with Islamic clerics, militia commanders, and tribal leaders. He shares for the first time his broader vision to promote peace through education and literacy, as well as touching on military matters, Islam, and women—all woven together with the many rich personal stories of the people who have been involved in this remarkable two-decade humanitarian effort. Since the 2006 publication of Three Cups of Tea, Mortenson has traveled across the U.S. and the world to share his vision with hundreds of thousands of people. He has met with heads of state, top military officials, and leading politicians who all seek his advice and insight. The continued phenomenal success of Three Cups of Tea proves that there is an eager and committed audience for Mortenson’s work and message.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-audacity-to-win-the-inside-story-and-lessons-of-barack-obama-s-historic-victory-by-david-plouffe--65210908https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Audacity to Win: The Inside Story and Lessons of Barack Obama's Historic Victory Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 3, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Enter The Audacity to Win Book Club Discussion Contest Watch David Plouffe discuss The Audacity to Win on 'Meet the Press' David Plouffe not only led the effort that put Barack Obama in the White House, but he also changed the face of politics forever and reenergized the idea of democracy itself. The Audacity to Win is his story of that groundbreaking achievement, taking readers inside the remarkable campaign that led to the election of the first African American president. For two years Plouffe worked side by side with Obama, charting the course of the campaign. His is the ultimate insider’s tale, revealing both the strategies that delivered Obama to office and how the candidate and campaign handled moments of great challenge and opportunity. Moving from the deliberations about whether to run at all, through the epic primary battle with Hillary Clinton and the general election against John McCain, Plouffe showcases the high-wire gamesmanship that fascinated pundits and the drama and intrigue that captivated a nation. The Audacity to Win chronicles the arrival of a new moment in American life at the convergence of digital technology and grassroots organization, and the exciting possibilities revealed by a campaign that in many ways functioned as a $1 billion start-up with laser-like focus and discipline. In this extraordinary book, David Plouffe unfolds one of the most important political stories of our time, one whose lessons are not limited to politics, but reach to the greatest heights of what we dream about for our country and ourselves. Watch a Video]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202971Tue, 03 Nov 2009 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Audacity to Win: The Inside Story and Lessons of Barack Obama's Historic Victory Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202971 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Audacity to Win: The Inside Story and Lessons of Barack Obama's Historic Victory Author: David Plouffe Narrator: Erik Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 3, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Enter The Audacity to Win Book Club Discussion Contest Watch David Plouffe discuss The Audacity to Win on 'Meet the Press' David Plouffe not only led the effort that put Barack Obama in the White House, but he also changed the face of politics forever and reenergized the idea of democracy itself. The Audacity to Win is his story of that groundbreaking achievement, taking readers inside the remarkable campaign that led to the election of the first African American president. For two years Plouffe worked side by side with Obama, charting the course of the campaign. His is the ultimate insider’s tale, revealing both the strategies that delivered Obama to office and how the candidate and campaign handled moments of great challenge and opportunity. Moving from the deliberations about whether to run at all, through the epic primary battle with Hillary Clinton and the general election against John McCain, Plouffe showcases the high-wire gamesmanship that fascinated pundits and the drama and intrigue that captivated a nation. The Audacity to Win chronicles the arrival of a new moment in American life at the convergence of digital technology and grassroots organization, and the exciting possibilities revealed by a campaign that in many ways functioned as a $1 billion start-up with laser-like focus and discipline. In this extraordinary book, David Plouffe unfolds one of the most important political stories of our time, one whose lessons are not limited to politics, but reach to the greatest heights of what we dream about for our country and ourselves. Watch a Video]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/48-liberal-lies-about-american-history-that-you-probably-learned-in-school-by-larry-schweikart--65210941https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 48 Liberal Lies About American History: (That You Probably Learned in School) Author: Larry Schweikart Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 25, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A conservative historian defends America’s past by debunking four dozen common liberal myths In this follow-up to the best-selling A Patriot’s History of the United States, Professor Larry Schweikart once again challenges liberal historians and their shameful attempts to distort our country’s legacy. This time he takes on authors of popular textbooks who, in an effort to be politically correct, tarnish America’s image in the eyes of our high school and college students. The problem isn’t that liberal authors present their opinions or interpretations of history from an obvious left-wing bias. The problem is authors who actually distort facts and manipulate data in an effort to appear objective and unbiased while furthering their leftist objectives. Students learn, for example, that the Founding Fathers were elitists who drafted the Constitution in order to protect their own economic interests. . . .That Lincoln issued the Emancipation Proclamation only because he needed black soldiers. . . .That racist groups such as the KKK represented our society in the early twentieth century. . . .That the failures of capitalism caused the Great Depression. All false, as readers will discover.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203044Tue, 25 Aug 2009 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 48 Liberal Lies About American History: (That You Probably Learned in School) Author: Larry Schweikart Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 48 Liberal Lies About American History: (That You Probably Learned in School) Author: Larry Schweikart Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 25, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A conservative historian defends America’s past by debunking four dozen common liberal myths In this follow-up to the best-selling A Patriot’s History of the United States, Professor Larry Schweikart once again challenges liberal historians and their shameful attempts to distort our country’s legacy. This time he takes on authors of popular textbooks who, in an effort to be politically correct, tarnish America’s image in the eyes of our high school and college students. The problem isn’t that liberal authors present their opinions or interpretations of history from an obvious left-wing bias. The problem is authors who actually distort facts and manipulate data in an effort to appear objective and unbiased while furthering their leftist objectives. Students learn, for example, that the Founding Fathers were elitists who drafted the Constitution in order to protect their own economic interests. . . .That Lincoln issued the Emancipation Proclamation only because he needed black soldiers. . . .That racist groups such as the KKK represented our society in the early twentieth century. . . .That the failures of capitalism caused the Great Depression. All false, as readers will discover.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-geopolitics-emotion-how-cultures-of-fear-humiliation-and-hope-are-reshaping-the-world-by-dominique-moisi--65210852https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geopolitics Emotion: How Cultures of Fear, Humiliation, and Hope are Reshaping the World Author: Dominique Moisi Narrator: Scott Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his celebrated 1993 book The Clash of Civilizations, political scientist Samuel Huntington argued that the fundamental source of conflict in the post - Cold War world would not be primarily ideological or economic, but cultural. In The Geopolitics of Emotion Dominique Moïsi, a leading authority on international affairs, demonstrates that our post-9/11 world has become divided by more than cultural fault lines between nations and civilizations. Moïsi brilliantly chronicles how the geopolitics of today is characterized by a 'clash of emotions,' and how cultures of fear, humiliation, and hope are reshaping the world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211973Fri, 15 May 2009 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geopolitics Emotion: How Cultures of Fear, Humiliation, and Hope are Reshaping the World Author: Dominique Moisi Narrator: Scott Peterson Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211973 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Geopolitics Emotion: How Cultures of Fear, Humiliation, and Hope are Reshaping the World Author: Dominique Moisi Narrator: Scott Peterson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 15, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his celebrated 1993 book The Clash of Civilizations, political scientist Samuel Huntington argued that the fundamental source of conflict in the post - Cold War world would not be primarily ideological or economic, but cultural. In The Geopolitics of Emotion Dominique Moïsi, a leading authority on international affairs, demonstrates that our post-9/11 world has become divided by more than cultural fault lines between nations and civilizations. Moïsi brilliantly chronicles how the geopolitics of today is characterized by a 'clash of emotions,' and how cultures of fear, humiliation, and hope are reshaping the world.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-the-right-thing-inside-the-movement-that-s-bringing-common-sense-back-to-america-by-mike-huckabee--65210924https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do the Right Thing: Inside the Movement That's Bringing Common Sense Back to America Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Governor Mike Huckabee entered the Republican presidential race, he was the ultimate dark horse, with almost no money, no consultants, and no name recognition beyond Arkansas. The so-called experts were highly amused by this former small state governor from blue-collar roots who also played bass in a rock band. He wouldn’t have a prayer against the well-connected and financially wired pros like Rudy Giuliani, Mitt Romney, and Fred Thompson. But Huckabee had one big advantage: a common sense message that connected with millions of people, and not just his fellow evangelical Christians. He spoke about family values, fair taxes, and helping hard-working, middle-class Americans in a tough economy. And to the dismay of some Republicans, he talked about fighting Wall Street greed and K Street corruption. Huckabee shocked the country by winning the all-important Iowa caucuses and seven other states, while spending far less than the other major candidates. He created an army of passionate volunteers and small donors, transforming his campaign into a true movement that will endure long after Election Day. Do The Right Thing is Huckabee’s amazing story, in his own words—from making commercials with Chuck Norris to meeting a Michigan woman who insisted on donating her wedding ring. But this is more than just a campaign memoir. It’s a vision for a smarter, fairer type of politics—“vertical politics”—that focuses on common sense solutions for education, health care, the economy, and many other issues. It’s not about right versus left; it’s about taking America up rather than down. Huckabee also shows how the Republican Party can heal its divisions—between social and fiscal conservatives, the wealthy and the middle class, the religious and the secular—and become a true majority party again.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201583Tue, 18 Nov 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do the Right Thing: Inside the Movement That's Bringing Common Sense Back to America Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format: Abridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do the Right Thing: Inside the Movement That's Bringing Common Sense Back to America Author: Mike Huckabee Narrator: Mike Huckabee Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: November 18, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Governor Mike Huckabee entered the Republican presidential race, he was the ultimate dark horse, with almost no money, no consultants, and no name recognition beyond Arkansas. The so-called experts were highly amused by this former small state governor from blue-collar roots who also played bass in a rock band. He wouldn’t have a prayer against the well-connected and financially wired pros like Rudy Giuliani, Mitt Romney, and Fred Thompson. But Huckabee had one big advantage: a common sense message that connected with millions of people, and not just his fellow evangelical Christians. He spoke about family values, fair taxes, and helping hard-working, middle-class Americans in a tough economy. And to the dismay of some Republicans, he talked about fighting Wall Street greed and K Street corruption. Huckabee shocked the country by winning the all-important Iowa caucuses and seven other states, while spending far less than the other major candidates. He created an army of passionate volunteers and small donors, transforming his campaign into a true movement that will endure long after Election Day. Do The Right Thing is Huckabee’s amazing story, in his own words—from making commercials with Chuck Norris to meeting a Michigan woman who insisted on donating her wedding ring. But this is more than just a campaign memoir. It’s a vision for a smarter, fairer type of politics—“vertical politics”—that focuses on common sense solutions for education, health care, the economy, and many other issues. It’s not about right versus left; it’s about taking America up rather than down. Huckabee also shows how the Republican Party can heal its divisions—between social and fiscal conservatives, the wealthy and the middle class, the religious and the secular—and become a true majority party again.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/angler-the-cheney-vice-presidency-by-barton-gellman--65210928https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angler: The Cheney Vice Presidency Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 16, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unabridged CDs * 8 CDs, 10 hours Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Barton Gellman’s newsbreaking investigative journalism documents how Vice President Dick Cheney redefined the role of the American vice presidency, assuming unprecedented responsibilities and making it a post of historic power.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201460Tue, 16 Sep 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angler: The Cheney Vice Presidency Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201460 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Angler: The Cheney Vice Presidency Author: Barton Gellman Narrator: Brian Keith Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 16, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unabridged CDs * 8 CDs, 10 hours Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Barton Gellman’s newsbreaking investigative journalism documents how Vice President Dick Cheney redefined the role of the American vice presidency, assuming unprecedented responsibilities and making it a post of historic power.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bob-schieffer-s-america-by-bob-schieffer--65210934https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bob Schieffer's America Author: Bob Schieffer Narrator: Bob Schieffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unbridged CDs * 6 CDs, 7 hours Wise, rueful, candid, graceful commentaries from one of journalism’s most stylish and respected writers.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203039Tue, 09 Sep 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bob Schieffer's America Author: Bob Schieffer Narrator: Bob Schieffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bob Schieffer's America Author: Bob Schieffer Narrator: Bob Schieffer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 9, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unbridged CDs * 6 CDs, 7 hours Wise, rueful, candid, graceful commentaries from one of journalism’s most stylish and respected writers.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mike-s-election-guide-by-michael-moore--65210874https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mike's Election Guide Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After a diastrous war, the failure to catch bin Laden, millions of families who have lost their homes, the Katrina debacle, soaring gas prices feeding record oil company profits, and the largest national debt caused by the biggest spending and borrowing administration in American history, the country has had it with conservatives, right-wingers and Republicans. A thrilling election season is now upon us. Obama vs. McCain. One candidate has promised a presidency different from any other, one that will take us forward to embrace the hope of the 21st century. The other candidate says he has no idea how to use a computer. Welcome to Mike's Election Guide -- Michael Moore's effort to make sense of the this fall's race for the White House and Congress. In it, Moore answers the nation's most pressing questions: 'Why is John McCain so angry?,' 'Do the Democrats Still Drink from a Sippy Cup and Sleep with the Light On?,' Can I get into the Electoral College with only a 2.0 gpa?'' and 'How many Democrats does it take to lose the most winnable election in American history?' It's a great year to be an American and a voter. Don't miss out on all the fun! And don't miss out on Mike's Election Guide -- it's the indispensable book that belongs in every American's back pocket this season. ']]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211483Mon, 01 Sep 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mike's Election Guide Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mike's Election Guide Author: Michael Moore Narrator: Michael Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: After a diastrous war, the failure to catch bin Laden, millions of families who have lost their homes, the Katrina debacle, soaring gas prices feeding record oil company profits, and the largest national debt caused by the biggest spending and borrowing administration in American history, the country has had it with conservatives, right-wingers and Republicans. A thrilling election season is now upon us. Obama vs. McCain. One candidate has promised a presidency different from any other, one that will take us forward to embrace the hope of the 21st century. The other candidate says he has no idea how to use a computer. Welcome to Mike's Election Guide -- Michael Moore's effort to make sense of the this fall's race for the White House and Congress. In it, Moore answers the nation's most pressing questions: 'Why is John McCain so angry?,' 'Do the Democrats Still Drink from a Sippy Cup and Sleep with the Light On?,' Can I get into the Electoral College with only a 2.0 gpa?'' and 'How many Democrats does it take to lose the most winnable election in American history?' It's a great year to be an American and a voter. Don't miss out on all the fun! And don't miss out on Mike's Election Guide -- it's the indispensable book that belongs in every American's back pocket this season. ']]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/twenty-chickens-for-a-saddle-the-story-of-an-african-childhood-by-robyn-scott--65210899https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Chickens for a Saddle: The Story of an African Childhood Author: Robyn Scott Narrator: Robyn Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A glorious new voice on Africa, Robyn Scott's adventures growing up in Botswana in a loving but eccentric family will be one of the season's most talked-about memoirs.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203048Thu, 10 Apr 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Chickens for a Saddle: The Story of an African Childhood Author: Robyn Scott Narrator: Robyn Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203048 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twenty Chickens for a Saddle: The Story of an African Childhood Author: Robyn Scott Narrator: Robyn Scott Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 10, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A glorious new voice on Africa, Robyn Scott's adventures growing up in Botswana in a loving but eccentric family will be one of the season's most talked-about memoirs.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bin-ladens-an-arabian-family-in-the-american-century-by-steve-coll--65210965https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Ladens: An Arabian Family in the American Century Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize-winning and bestselling author of Ghost Wars and The Achilles Trap 'Riveting . . . The most psychologically detailed portrait of the brutal 9/11 mastermind yet.' - Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times In The Bin Ladens, two-time Pulitzer Prize-winner Steve Coll continues where Ghost Wars left off, shedding new light on one of the most elusive families of the twenty-first century. Rising from a famine-stricken desert into luxury, private compounds, and even business deals with Hollywood celebrities, the Bin Ladens have benefited from the tensions and contradictions in a country founded on extreme religious purity, suddenly thrust into a world awash in oil, money, and the temptations of the West. But what do these incongruities mean for globalization, the War on Terror, and America's place in the Middle East? Meticulously researched, The Bin Ladens is the story of a remarkably varied and often dangerous family that has used money, mobility, and technology to dramatically different ends.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201285Tue, 01 Apr 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Ladens: An Arabian Family in the American Century Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201285 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bin Ladens: An Arabian Family in the American Century Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Erik Singer Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Pulitzer Prize-winning and bestselling author of Ghost Wars and The Achilles Trap 'Riveting . . . The most psychologically detailed portrait of the brutal 9/11 mastermind yet.' - Michiko Kakutani, The New York Times In The Bin Ladens, two-time Pulitzer Prize-winner Steve Coll continues where Ghost Wars left off, shedding new light on one of the most elusive families of the twenty-first century. Rising from a famine-stricken desert into luxury, private compounds, and even business deals with Hollywood celebrities, the Bin Ladens have benefited from the tensions and contradictions in a country founded on extreme religious purity, suddenly thrust into a world awash in oil, money, and the temptations of the West. But what do these incongruities mean for globalization, the War on Terror, and America's place in the Middle East? Meticulously researched, The Bin Ladens is the story of a remarkably varied and often dangerous family that has used money, mobility, and technology to dramatically different ends.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bad-money-the-inexcusable-failure-of-american-finance-an-update-to-bad-money-by-kevin-phillips--65210955https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Money: The Inexcusable Failure of American Finance: An Update to Bad Money Author: Kevin Phillips Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his acclaimed book American Theocracy, Kevin Phillips warned of the perilous interaction of debt, financial recklessness, and the spiking cost (and growing scarcity) of oil- warnings that are proving to be frighteningly accurate. Now, in his most significant and timely book yet, Phillips takes the full measure of this crisis. They are a part of what he calls 'bad money'- not just the depreciated dollar, but also the dangerous attitudes and the flawed products of wayward mega-finance. His devastating conclusion: In its hubris, the financial sector has hijacked the American economy and put our very global future at risk-and it may be too late to stop it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202968Tue, 01 Apr 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Money: The Inexcusable Failure of American Finance: An Update to Bad Money Author: Kevin Phillips Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Money: The Inexcusable Failure of American Finance: An Update to Bad Money Author: Kevin Phillips Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 1, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his acclaimed book American Theocracy, Kevin Phillips warned of the perilous interaction of debt, financial recklessness, and the spiking cost (and growing scarcity) of oil- warnings that are proving to be frighteningly accurate. Now, in his most significant and timely book yet, Phillips takes the full measure of this crisis. They are a part of what he calls 'bad money'- not just the depreciated dollar, but also the dangerous attitudes and the flawed products of wayward mega-finance. His devastating conclusion: In its hubris, the financial sector has hijacked the American economy and put our very global future at risk-and it may be too late to stop it.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/common-wealth-economics-for-a-crowded-planet-by-jeffrey-d-sachs--65210942https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Lucid, quietly urgent, and relentlessly logical . . . this is Bigthink with a capital B.” —The New York Times Book Review “Common Wealth explains the most basic economic reckoning that the world faces.” —Al Gore, winner of the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize and former vice president of the United States In Common Wealth, Jeffrey D. Sachs-one of the world's most respected economists and the author of The New York Times bestseller The End of Poverty- offers an urgent assessment of the environmental degradation, rapid population growth, and extreme poverty that threaten global peace and prosperity. Through crystalline examination of hard facts, Sachs predicts the cascade of crises that awaits this crowded planet-and presents a program of sustainable development and international cooperation that will correct this dangerous course. Few luminaries anywhere on the planet are as schooled in this daunting subject as Sachs, and this is the vital product of his experience and wisdom.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034Tue, 18 Mar 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203034 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Common Wealth: Economics for a Crowded Planet Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 18, 2008 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Lucid, quietly urgent, and relentlessly logical . . . this is Bigthink with a capital B.” —The New York Times Book Review “Common Wealth explains the most basic economic reckoning that the world faces.” —Al Gore, winner of the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize and former vice president of the United States In Common Wealth, Jeffrey D. Sachs-one of the world's most respected economists and the author of The New York Times bestseller The End of Poverty- offers an urgent assessment of the environmental degradation, rapid population growth, and extreme poverty that threaten global peace and prosperity. Through crystalline examination of hard facts, Sachs predicts the cascade of crises that awaits this crowded planet-and presents a program of sustainable development and international cooperation that will correct this dangerous course. Few luminaries anywhere on the planet are as schooled in this daunting subject as Sachs, and this is the vital product of his experience and wisdom.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-end-of-poverty-economic-possibilities-for-our-time-by-jeffrey-d-sachs--65210929https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities for Our Time Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 13, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Book and man are brilliant, passionate, optimistic and impatient . . . Outstanding.' —The Economist The landmark exploration of economic prosperity and how the world can escape from extreme poverty for the world's poorest citizens, from one  of the world's most renowned economists Hailed by Time as one of the world's hundred most influential people, Jeffrey D. Sachs is renowned for his work around the globe advising economies in crisis. Now a classic of its genre, The End of Poverty distills more than thirty years of experience to offer a uniquely informed vision of the steps that can transform impoverished countries into prosperous ones. Marrying vivid storytelling with rigorous analysis, Sachs lays out a clear conceptual map of the world economy. Explaining his own work in Bolivia, Russia, India, China, and Africa, he offers an integrated set of solutions to the interwoven economic, political, environmental, and social problems that challenge the world's poorest countries.   Ten years after its initial publication, The End of Poverty remains an indispensible and influential work. In this 10th anniversary edition, Sachs presents an extensive new foreword assessing the progress of the past decade, the work that remains to be done, and how each of us can help. He also looks ahead across the next fifteen years to 2030, the United Nations' target date for ending extreme poverty, offering new insights and recommendations.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203035Thu, 13 Mar 2008 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities for Our Time Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Poverty: Economic Possibilities for Our Time Author: Jeffrey D. Sachs Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 13, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Book and man are brilliant, passionate, optimistic and impatient . . . Outstanding.' —The Economist The landmark exploration of economic prosperity and how the world can escape from extreme poverty for the world's poorest citizens, from one  of the world's most renowned economists Hailed by Time as one of the world's hundred most influential people, Jeffrey D. Sachs is renowned for his work around the globe advising economies in crisis. Now a classic of its genre, The End of Poverty distills more than thirty years of experience to offer a uniquely informed vision of the steps that can transform impoverished countries into prosperous ones. Marrying vivid storytelling with rigorous analysis, Sachs lays out a clear conceptual map of the world economy. Explaining his own work in Bolivia, Russia, India, China, and Africa, he offers an integrated set of solutions to the interwoven economic, political, environmental, and social problems that challenge the world's poorest countries.   Ten years after its initial publication, The End of Poverty remains an indispensible and influential work. In this 10th anniversary edition, Sachs presents an extensive new foreword assessing the progress of the past decade, the work that remains to be done, and how each of us can help. He also looks ahead across the next fifteen years to 2030, the United Nations' target date for ending extreme poverty, offering new insights and recommendations.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/write-it-when-i-m-gone-by-thomas-m-defrank--65211000https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Write it When I'm Gone Author: Thomas M. DeFrank Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller?and the candid voice of an American president In 1974, Newsweek correspondent Thomas M. DeFrank was interviewing Gerald Ford when the Vice President blurted out something astonishingly indiscreet. He then extracted a promise not to publish it. ?Write it when I?m dead,? Ford said? and thus began a thirty-two-year relationship. During the last fifteen years of their conversations, Ford opened up to DeFrank, speaking in a way few presidents ever have. Here the award-winning journalist reveals these private talks, as Ford discusses his experiences with his fellow presidents, the Warren Commission, and his exchanges with Bill Clinton during the latter?s impeachment process. In addition, he shares his thoughts about both Bush administrations, the Iraq war, his beloved wife Betty, and the frustrations of aging. Write It When I?m Gone is not only a historical document but an unprecedented portrait of a president.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201314Tue, 30 Oct 2007 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Write it When I'm Gone Author: Thomas M. DeFrank Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Write it When I'm Gone Author: Thomas M. DeFrank Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 30, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestseller?and the candid voice of an American president In 1974, Newsweek correspondent Thomas M. DeFrank was interviewing Gerald Ford when the Vice President blurted out something astonishingly indiscreet. He then extracted a promise not to publish it. ?Write it when I?m dead,? Ford said? and thus began a thirty-two-year relationship. During the last fifteen years of their conversations, Ford opened up to DeFrank, speaking in a way few presidents ever have. Here the award-winning journalist reveals these private talks, as Ford discusses his experiences with his fellow presidents, the Warren Commission, and his exchanges with Bill Clinton during the latter?s impeachment process. In addition, he shares his thoughts about both Bush administrations, the Iraq war, his beloved wife Betty, and the frustrations of aging. Write It When I?m Gone is not only a historical document but an unprecedented portrait of a president.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/broken-government-how-republican-rule-destroyed-the-legislative-executive-and-judicial-branches-by-john-w-dean--65210933https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Government: How Republican Rule Destroyed the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial Branches Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The concluding volume of The New York Times bestselling trilogy One of today?s most outspoken and respected political commentators asks: How can our democracy function when the key institutions of government no longer operate as intended by the Constitution? Stepping back to assess three decades of nearly continuous Republican rule, John W. Dean surveys the damage done to the three branches of government and traces their decline through the presidencies of Nixon, Ford, Reagan, Bush I , and Bush II. Speaking to what the average moderate citizen can do to combat extremism, authoritarianism, incompetence, and the Republicans? deliberate focus on polarizing social issues, Broken Government is a must-have book for voters this election year.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201312Tue, 11 Sep 2007 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Government: How Republican Rule Destroyed the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial Branches Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Paul Michael Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201312 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Government: How Republican Rule Destroyed the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial Branches Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 11, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The concluding volume of The New York Times bestselling trilogy One of today?s most outspoken and respected political commentators asks: How can our democracy function when the key institutions of government no longer operate as intended by the Constitution? Stepping back to assess three decades of nearly continuous Republican rule, John W. Dean surveys the damage done to the three branches of government and traces their decline through the presidencies of Nixon, Ford, Reagan, Bush I , and Bush II. Speaking to what the average moderate citizen can do to combat extremism, authoritarianism, incompetence, and the Republicans? deliberate focus on polarizing social issues, Broken Government is a must-have book for voters this election year.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-secret-history-of-the-american-empire-economic-hit-men-jackals-and-the-truth-about-corporate-corruption-by-john-perkins--65210986https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of the American Empire: Economic Hit Men, Jackals, and the Truth about Corporate Corruption Author: John Perkins Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his stunning memoir, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, John Perkins detailed his former role as an 'economic hit man' in the international corporate skulduggery of a de facto American Empire. Now Perkins zeroes in on hot spots around the world, drawing on interviews to examine the current geopolitical crisis, and providing a compassionate plan to reimagine our world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202963Tue, 05 Jun 2007 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of the American Empire: Economic Hit Men, Jackals, and the Truth about Corporate Corruption Author: John Perkins Narrator: Jonathan...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202963 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret History of the American Empire: Economic Hit Men, Jackals, and the Truth about Corporate Corruption Author: John Perkins Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 5, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In his stunning memoir, Confessions of an Economic Hit Man, John Perkins detailed his former role as an 'economic hit man' in the international corporate skulduggery of a de facto American Empire. Now Perkins zeroes in on hot spots around the world, drawing on interviews to examine the current geopolitical crisis, and providing a compassionate plan to reimagine our world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-assault-on-reason-by-al-gore--65210988https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Reason Author: Al Gore Narrator: Will Patton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 22, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A visionary analysis of how the politics of fear, secrecy, cronyism, and blind faith has combined with the degration of the public sphere to create an environment dangerously hostile to reason At the time George W. Bush ordered American forces to invade Iraq, 70 percent of Americans believed Saddam Hussein was linked to 9/11. Voters in Ohio, when asked by pollsters to list what stuck in their minds about the campaign, most frequently named two Bush television ads that played to fears of terrorism. We live in an age when the thirty-second television spot is the most powerful force shaping the electorate's thinking, and America is in the hands of an administration less interested than any previous administration in sharing the truth with the citizenry. Related to this and of even greater concern is this administration's disinterest in the process by which the truth is ascertained, the tenets of fact-based reasoning-first among them an embrace of open inquiry in which unexpected and even inconvenient facts can lead to unexpected conclusions. How did we get here? How much damage has been done to the functioning of our democracy and its role as steward of our security? Never has there been a worse time for us to lose the capacity to face the reality of our long-term challenges, from national security to the economy, from issues of health and social welfare to the environment. As The Assault on Reason shows us, we have precious little time to waste. Gore's larger goal in this book is to explain how the public sphere itself has evolved into a place hospitable to reason's enemies, to make us more aware of the forces at work on our own minds, and to lead us to an understanding of what we can do, individually and collectively, to restore the rule of reason and safeguard our future. Drawing on a life's work in politics as well as on the work of experts across a broad range of disciplines, Al Gore has written a farsighted and powerful manifesto for clear thinking.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198896Tue, 22 May 2007 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Reason Author: Al Gore Narrator: Will Patton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 22, 2007...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198896 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Assault on Reason Author: Al Gore Narrator: Will Patton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 22, 2007 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A visionary analysis of how the politics of fear, secrecy, cronyism, and blind faith has combined with the degration of the public sphere to create an environment dangerously hostile to reason At the time George W. Bush ordered American forces to invade Iraq, 70 percent of Americans believed Saddam Hussein was linked to 9/11. Voters in Ohio, when asked by pollsters to list what stuck in their minds about the campaign, most frequently named two Bush television ads that played to fears of terrorism. We live in an age when the thirty-second television spot is the most powerful force shaping the electorate's thinking, and America is in the hands of an administration less interested than any previous administration in sharing the truth with the citizenry. Related to this and of even greater concern is this administration's disinterest in the process by which the truth is ascertained, the tenets of fact-based reasoning-first among them an embrace of open inquiry in which unexpected and even inconvenient facts can lead to unexpected conclusions. How did we get here? How much damage has been done to the functioning of our democracy and its role as steward of our security? Never has there been a worse time for us to lose the capacity to face the reality of our long-term challenges, from national security to the economy, from issues of health and social welfare to the environment. As The Assault on Reason shows us, we have precious little time to waste. Gore's larger goal in this book is to explain how the public sphere itself has evolved into a place hospitable to reason's enemies, to make us more aware of the forces at work on our own minds, and to lead us to an understanding of what we can do, individually and collectively, to restore the rule of reason and safeguard our future. Drawing on a life's work in politics as well as on the work of experts across a broad range of disciplines, Al Gore has written a farsighted and powerful manifesto for clear thinking.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-retreat-no-surrender-one-american-s-fight-by-stephen-mansfield-tom-delay--65210917https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Retreat, No Surrender: One American's Fight Author: Stephen Mansfield, Tom Delay Narrator: Tom DeLay Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 15, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A candid memoir of one of the most effective, controversial figures in modern politics.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201315Thu, 15 Mar 2007 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Retreat, No Surrender: One American's Fight Author: Stephen Mansfield, Tom Delay Narrator: Tom DeLay Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201315 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Retreat, No Surrender: One American's Fight Author: Stephen Mansfield, Tom Delay Narrator: Tom DeLay Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: March 15, 2007 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A candid memoir of one of the most effective, controversial figures in modern politics.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-on-the-middle-class-how-the-government-big-business-and-special-interest-groups-are-waging-war-ont-he-american-dream-and-how-to-fight--65210964https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War on the Middle Class: How the Government, Big Business, and Special Interest Groups Are Waging War ont he American Dream and How to Fight Back Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 5, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Prominent CNN host and commentator Lou Dobbs unleashes his manifesto on the vanishing American dream. Abridged CDs - 5 CDs, 6 hours]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201373Thu, 05 Oct 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War on the Middle Class: How the Government, Big Business, and Special Interest Groups Are Waging War ont he American Dream and How to Fight Back...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War on the Middle Class: How the Government, Big Business, and Special Interest Groups Are Waging War ont he American Dream and How to Fight Back Author: Lou Dobbs Narrator: Lou Dobbs Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 5, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Prominent CNN host and commentator Lou Dobbs unleashes his manifesto on the vanishing American dream. Abridged CDs - 5 CDs, 6 hours]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/culture-warrior-by-bill-o-reilly--65210939https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 43 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With three straight #1 bestsellers and more than 4 million copies of his books in print, the most powerful traditional force in the American media now takes off his gloves in the ongoing struggle for America’s heart and soul. Bill O’Reilly is the very embodiment of the idea of a Culture Warrior—and in this book he lives up to the title brilliantly, with all the brashness and forthrightness at his command. He sees that America is in the midst of a fierce culture war between those who embrace traditional values and those who want to change America into a “secular-progressive” country. This is a conflict that differs in many ways from the usual liberal/conservative divide, but it is no less heated, and the stakes are even higher. In Culture Warrior, Bill O’Reilly defines this war and analyzes the competing philosophies of the traditionalist and secular-progressive camps. He examines why the nation’s motto “E Pluribus Unum” (“From Many, One”) might change to “What About Me?”; dissects the forces driving the secular-progressive agenda in the media and behind the scenes, including George Soros, George Lakoff, and the ACLU; and dives into matters of race, education, and the war on terror. He also shows how the culture war has played out in such high-profile instances as The Passion of the Christ, Fahrenheit 9/11, the abuse epidemic (child and otherwise), and the embattled place of religion in public life—with special emphasis on the war against Christmas. Whatever controversies are roiling the nation, he fearlessly confronts them—and no one will be in the dark about which side he’s on. Culture Warrior showcases Bill O’Reilly at his most eloquent and impassioned. He is an unrelenting fighter for the soul of America, and in this book he fights the good fight for the traditional values that have served this country so well for so long.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204647Mon, 25 Sep 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2006...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/204647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Warrior Author: Bill O'Reilly Narrator: Bill O'Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 25, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 43 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With three straight #1 bestsellers and more than 4 million copies of his books in print, the most powerful traditional force in the American media now takes off his gloves in the ongoing struggle for America’s heart and soul. Bill O’Reilly is the very embodiment of the idea of a Culture Warrior—and in this book he lives up to the title brilliantly, with all the brashness and forthrightness at his command. He sees that America is in the midst of a fierce culture war between those who embrace traditional values and those who want to change America into a “secular-progressive” country. This is a conflict that differs in many ways from the usual liberal/conservative divide, but it is no less heated, and the stakes are even higher. In Culture Warrior, Bill O’Reilly defines this war and analyzes the competing philosophies of the traditionalist and secular-progressive camps. He examines why the nation’s motto “E Pluribus Unum” (“From Many, One”) might change to “What About Me?”; dissects the forces driving the secular-progressive agenda in the media and behind the scenes, including George Soros, George Lakoff, and the ACLU; and dives into matters of race, education, and the war on terror. He also shows how the culture war has played out in such high-profile instances as The Passion of the Christ, Fahrenheit 9/11, the abuse epidemic (child and otherwise), and the embattled place of religion in public life—with special emphasis on the war against Christmas. Whatever controversies are roiling the nation, he fearlessly confronts them—and no one will be in the dark about which side he’s on. Culture Warrior showcases Bill O’Reilly at his most eloquent and impassioned. He is an unrelenting fighter for the soul of America, and in this book he fights the good fight for the traditional values that have served this country so well for so long.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-greatest-story-ever-sold-the-decline-and-fall-of-truth-from-9-11-to-katrina-by-frank-rich--65210868https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Story Ever Sold: The Decline and Fall of Truth from 9/11 to Katrina Author: Frank Rich Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 19, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times columnist Frank Rich reviews the trajectory of fictions spun by the Bush administration from 9/11 to Hurricane Katrina, revealing the most brilliant spin campaign ever conducted. Unabridged CDs - 8 CDs, 10 hours]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202995Tue, 19 Sep 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Story Ever Sold: The Decline and Fall of Truth from 9/11 to Katrina Author: Frank Rich Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202995 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Greatest Story Ever Sold: The Decline and Fall of Truth from 9/11 to Katrina Author: Frank Rich Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: September 19, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times columnist Frank Rich reviews the trajectory of fictions spun by the Bush administration from 9/11 to Hurricane Katrina, revealing the most brilliant spin campaign ever conducted. Unabridged CDs - 8 CDs, 10 hours]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fiasco-the-american-military-adventure-in-iraq-by-thomas-e-ricks--65210909https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiasco: The American Military Adventure in Iraq Author: Thomas E. Ricks Narrator: James Lurie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 25, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Washington Post's two-time Pulitzer-winning senior Pentagon reporter, the definitive military chronicle of the Iraq War-and a searing judgment of its gross strategic blindness-drawing on the accounts of senior military officers giving voice to their anger for the first time. Unabridged CDs - 20 CDs, 24 hours]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202997Tue, 25 Jul 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiasco: The American Military Adventure in Iraq Author: Thomas E. Ricks Narrator: James Lurie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/202997 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fiasco: The American Military Adventure in Iraq Author: Thomas E. Ricks Narrator: James Lurie Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 25, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the Washington Post's two-time Pulitzer-winning senior Pentagon reporter, the definitive military chronicle of the Iraq War-and a searing judgment of its gross strategic blindness-drawing on the accounts of senior military officers giving voice to their anger for the first time. Unabridged CDs - 20 CDs, 24 hours]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conservatives-without-conscience-by-john-w-dean--65210970https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatives Without Conscience Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 11, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On the heels of his national bestseller Worse Than Watergate, John Dean takes a critical look at the current conservative movement In Conservatives Without Conscience, John Dean places the conservative movement's inner circle of leaders in the Republican Party under scrutiny. Dean finds their policies and mind- set to be fundamentally authoritarian, and as such, a danger to democracy. By examining the legacies of such old-line conservatives as J. Edgar Hoover, Spiro Agnew, and Phyllis Schlafly and of such current figures as Dick Cheney, Newt Gingrich, and leaders of the Religious Right, Dean presents an alarming record of abuses of power. His trenchant analysis of how conservatism has lost its bearings serves as a chilling warning and a stirring inspiration to safeguard constitutional principles.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201313Tue, 11 Jul 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatives Without Conscience Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201313 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conservatives Without Conscience Author: John W. Dean Narrator: Robertson Dean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 11, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On the heels of his national bestseller Worse Than Watergate, John Dean takes a critical look at the current conservative movement In Conservatives Without Conscience, John Dean places the conservative movement's inner circle of leaders in the Republican Party under scrutiny. Dean finds their policies and mind- set to be fundamentally authoritarian, and as such, a danger to democracy. By examining the legacies of such old-line conservatives as J. Edgar Hoover, Spiro Agnew, and Phyllis Schlafly and of such current figures as Dick Cheney, Newt Gingrich, and leaders of the Religious Right, Dean presents an alarming record of abuses of power. His trenchant analysis of how conservatism has lost its bearings serves as a chilling warning and a stirring inspiration to safeguard constitutional principles.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thy-kingdom-come-an-evangelical-s-lament-how-the-religious-right-distorts-the-faith-and-threatens-america-by-randall-balmer--65210948https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201439 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thy Kingdom Come: An Evangelical’s Lament: How the Religious Right Distorts the Faith and Threatens America Author: Randall Balmer Narrator: Jeff Woodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 26, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The distinguished author of Mine Eyes Have Seen the Glory returns with a searing examination of a new generation of evangelical leaders who have hijacked the Christian faith on behalf of the Republican Party.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201439Mon, 26 Jun 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201439 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thy Kingdom Come: An Evangelical’s Lament: How the Religious Right Distorts the Faith and Threatens America Author: Randall Balmer Narrator: Jeff...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201439 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thy Kingdom Come: An Evangelical’s Lament: How the Religious Right Distorts the Faith and Threatens America Author: Randall Balmer Narrator: Jeff Woodman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 26, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The distinguished author of Mine Eyes Have Seen the Glory returns with a searing examination of a new generation of evangelical leaders who have hijacked the Christian faith on behalf of the Republican Party.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-back-on-track-by-edward-m-kennedy--65210957https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Back on Track Author: Edward M. Kennedy Narrator: Edward M. Kennedy Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 20, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With America Back on Track, his first major policy book in more than forty years, Senator Edward Kennedy reveals a critical plan to revive the lapsed values of our nation. Abridged CDs - 5 CDs, 6 hours]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201853Thu, 20 Apr 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Back on Track Author: Edward M. Kennedy Narrator: Edward M. Kennedy Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: April...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Back on Track Author: Edward M. Kennedy Narrator: Edward M. Kennedy Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 20, 2006 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With America Back on Track, his first major policy book in more than forty years, Senator Edward Kennedy reveals a critical plan to revive the lapsed values of our nation. Abridged CDs - 5 CDs, 6 hours]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cobra-ii-the-inside-story-of-the-invasion-and-occupation-of-iraq-by-michael-r-gordon-bernard-e-trainor--65210865https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobra II: The Inside Story of the Invasion and Occupation of Iraq Author: Michael R. Gordon, Bernard E. Trainor Narrator: Craig Wasson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 28, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Informed by unparalleled access to still–secret documents, interviews with top field commanders, and a review of the military’s own internal after–action reports, Cobra II is the definitive chronicle of America’s invasion and occupation of Iraq—a conflict that could not be lost but one that the United States failed to win decisively. From the Pentagon to the White House to the American command centers in the field, the book reveals the inside story of how the war was actually planned and fought. Drawing on classified United States government intelligence, it also provides a unique account of how Saddam Hussein and his high command developed and prosecuted their war strategy. Written by Michael R. Gordon, the chief military correspondent for The New York Times, who spent the war with the Allied land command, and Bernard E. Trainor, a retired Marine Corps lieutenant general and former director of the National Security Program at Harvard University’s John F. Kennedy School of Government, Cobra II traces the interactions among the generals, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, and President George W. Bush. It dramatically reconstructs the principal battles from interviews with those who fought them, providing reliable accounts of the clashes waged by conventional and Special Operations forces. It documents with precision the failures of American intelligence and the mistakes in administering postwar Iraq. Unimpeachably sourced, Cobra II describes how the American rush to Baghdad provided the opportunity for the virulent insurgency that followed. The brutal aftermath in Iraq was not inevitable and was a surprise to the generals on both sides; Cobra II provides the first authoritative account as to why. It is a book of enduring importance and incisive analysis—a comprehensive account of the most reported yet least understood war in American history.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212768Tue, 28 Mar 2006 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobra II: The Inside Story of the Invasion and Occupation of Iraq Author: Michael R. Gordon, Bernard E. Trainor Narrator: Craig Wasson Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212768 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobra II: The Inside Story of the Invasion and Occupation of Iraq Author: Michael R. Gordon, Bernard E. Trainor Narrator: Craig Wasson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 28, 2006 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Informed by unparalleled access to still–secret documents, interviews with top field commanders, and a review of the military’s own internal after–action reports, Cobra II is the definitive chronicle of America’s invasion and occupation of Iraq—a conflict that could not be lost but one that the United States failed to win decisively. From the Pentagon to the White House to the American command centers in the field, the book reveals the inside story of how the war was actually planned and fought. Drawing on classified United States government intelligence, it also provides a unique account of how Saddam Hussein and his high command developed and prosecuted their war strategy. Written by Michael R. Gordon, the chief military correspondent for The New York Times, who spent the war with the Allied land command, and Bernard E. Trainor, a retired Marine Corps lieutenant general and former director of the National Security Program at Harvard University’s John F. Kennedy School of Government, Cobra II traces the interactions among the generals, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, and President George W. Bush. It dramatically reconstructs the principal battles from interviews with those who fought them, providing reliable accounts of the clashes waged by conventional and Special Operations forces. It documents with precision the failures of American intelligence and the mistakes in administering postwar Iraq. Unimpeachably sourced, Cobra II describes how the American rush to Baghdad provided the opportunity for the virulent insurgency that followed. The brutal aftermath in Iraq was not inevitable and was a surprise to the generals on both sides; Cobra II provides the first authoritative account as to why. It is a book of enduring importance and incisive analysis—a comprehensive account of the most reported yet least understood war in American history.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-age-of-anxiety-mccarthyism-to-terrorism-by-haynes-johnson--65210962https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Anxiety: McCarthyism to Terrorism Author: Haynes Johnson Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer-Prize winner Haynes Johnson boldly revisits the anti-communist hysteria of the McCarthy era to examine parallels today in this new age of terror and threat with a mix of narrative history, political commentary, and contemporary reporting.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201558Thu, 06 Oct 2005 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Anxiety: McCarthyism to Terrorism Author: Haynes Johnson Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Anxiety: McCarthyism to Terrorism Author: Haynes Johnson Narrator: Kristoffer Tabori Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 6, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Pulitzer-Prize winner Haynes Johnson boldly revisits the anti-communist hysteria of the McCarthy era to examine parallels today in this new age of terror and threat with a mix of narrative history, political commentary, and contemporary reporting.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bushworld-by-maureen-dowd--65210968https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bushworld Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Washington to Kennebunkport to Texas to old Europe and new Europe, during the past two decades Maureen Dowd has trained her binoculars on the Bush dynasty, putting them, as both 41 and 43 have complained to her, 'on the couch.' Here she wittily dissects the Oedipal loop-de-loop between father and son and the Orwellian logic of the rush to war in Iraq. It's a turbulent odyssey charting how a Shakespearean cast of regents, courtiers, and neo-con Cabalists-all with their own subterranean agendas-hijack King George II's war on terror and upend the senior Bush's cherished internationalist foreign policy and Persian Gulf coalition. As she's written about Bushworld, 'It's their reality. We just live and die in it.'' For thirty years, Maureen Dowd has written about Washington-and America-in a voice that is acerbic, passionate, outraged, and incisive. But nothing has engaged her as powerfully as the extraordinary agendas, absurdities, and obsessions of George the Younger. Drawing upon her celebrated columns, with a new introductory essay, she probes the topsy-turvy alternative universe of a group she has made recognizable by their first names, middle initials, nicknames, or numbers-41, the Boy Emperor, Rummy, Condi, Wolfie, Uncle Dick of the Underworld, General Karl, Prince of Darkness (Richard Perle), and her own nickname from W., the Cobra-as they seek an extreme makeover of the country and the world. Bushworld is a book that any reader who cares about the real world won't want to miss.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201378Sat, 25 Sep 2004 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bushworld Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2004 Genres:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bushworld Author: Maureen Dowd Narrator: Kathe Mazur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Washington to Kennebunkport to Texas to old Europe and new Europe, during the past two decades Maureen Dowd has trained her binoculars on the Bush dynasty, putting them, as both 41 and 43 have complained to her, 'on the couch.' Here she wittily dissects the Oedipal loop-de-loop between father and son and the Orwellian logic of the rush to war in Iraq. It's a turbulent odyssey charting how a Shakespearean cast of regents, courtiers, and neo-con Cabalists-all with their own subterranean agendas-hijack King George II's war on terror and upend the senior Bush's cherished internationalist foreign policy and Persian Gulf coalition. As she's written about Bushworld, 'It's their reality. We just live and die in it.'' For thirty years, Maureen Dowd has written about Washington-and America-in a voice that is acerbic, passionate, outraged, and incisive. But nothing has engaged her as powerfully as the extraordinary agendas, absurdities, and obsessions of George the Younger. Drawing upon her celebrated columns, with a new introductory essay, she probes the topsy-turvy alternative universe of a group she has made recognizable by their first names, middle initials, nicknames, or numbers-41, the Boy Emperor, Rummy, Condi, Wolfie, Uncle Dick of the Underworld, General Karl, Prince of Darkness (Richard Perle), and her own nickname from W., the Cobra-as they seek an extreme makeover of the country and the world. Bushworld is a book that any reader who cares about the real world won't want to miss.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/homegrown-democrat-a-few-plain-thoughts-from-the-heart-of-america-by-garrison-keillor--65210952https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homegrown Democrat: A Few Plain Thoughts from the Heart of America Author: Garrison Keillor Narrator: Garrison Keillor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this thoughtful, deeply personal work, one of the nation's best-loved voices takes the plunge into politics and comes up with a book that has had all of America talking. Here, with great heart, supple wit, and a dash of anger, Garrison Keillor describes the simple democratic values—the Golden Rule, the obligation to defend the weak against the powerful, and others—that define his hard-working Midwestern neighbors and that today's Republicans seem determined to subvert. A reminiscence, a political tract, and a humorous meditation, Homegrown Democrat is an entertaining, refreshing addition to today's rancorous political debate.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199158Mon, 09 Aug 2004 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homegrown Democrat: A Few Plain Thoughts from the Heart of America Author: Garrison Keillor Narrator: Garrison Keillor Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/199158 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homegrown Democrat: A Few Plain Thoughts from the Heart of America Author: Garrison Keillor Narrator: Garrison Keillor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 32 minutes Release date: August 9, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this thoughtful, deeply personal work, one of the nation's best-loved voices takes the plunge into politics and comes up with a book that has had all of America talking. Here, with great heart, supple wit, and a dash of anger, Garrison Keillor describes the simple democratic values—the Golden Rule, the obligation to defend the weak against the powerful, and others—that define his hard-working Midwestern neighbors and that today's Republicans seem determined to subvert. A reminiscence, a political tract, and a humorous meditation, Homegrown Democrat is an entertaining, refreshing addition to today's rancorous political debate.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/betrayal-how-union-bosses-shake-down-their-members-and-corrupt-american-politics-by-linda-chavez-daniel-gray--65210842https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: How Union Bosses Shake Down Their Members and Corrupt American Politics Author: Linda Chavez, Daniel Gray Narrator: Theresa Long Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Simply put, the leftist labor unions have the Democrats in their pockets. And we’re all paying the price.” Linda Chavez, President George W. Bush’s original choice for Secretary of Labor and a former union official, is one of the foremost authorities on America’s labor unions. Now, in the explosive new book Betrayal, she and fellow union expert Daniel Gray expose the corrupt bargain between the labor movement and the Democratic Party. Committed to a far-left political agenda—and to enhancing their own power—union bosses funnel at least half a billion dollars into Democratic coffers every year. And they do it, illegally, by using dues money that workers are forced to pay as a condition of their employment—dues money that each year brings the unions $17 billion, all of it tax-free. What do labor bosses get in return? The power to call the shots in Democratic campaigns and on party policy, extraordinary influence at all levels of government, billions of dollars in taxpayer-funded federal grants, and special legal privileges that leave them free to act as they please, no matter the consequences for the American people. The cycle of corruption is seemingly endless. Chavez and Gray name names, exposing the many politicians who are in Big Labor’s pocket—including the leading lights of the Democratic Party. Betrayal also reveals: • Big Labor’s all-out efforts in the 2004 election, including how just one local union has launched a $35-million campaign to unseat President Bush • How corrupt union officials use members’ hard-earned money to fund lavish lifestyles—and how their Democratic supporters let them get away with it • How unions flout the law by failing to report any of their political spending to the IRS • How a government report uncovered the Democrats’ sellout to Big Labor—but how the unions and the Democrats sued to keep the report from going public • How the U.S. government lets unions practice legalized terrorism against American citizens • How public-employee unions extort concessions from the government and put Americans at risk by refusing to provide vital services like policing and firefighting • How Americans now live under a system of legal apartheid—one set of rules for labor bosses, another for the rest of us All of us foot the bill for this corrupt system. Now it’s up to us to do something about it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211781Fri, 05 Mar 2004 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: How Union Bosses Shake Down Their Members and Corrupt American Politics Author: Linda Chavez, Daniel Gray Narrator: Theresa Long Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211781 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: How Union Bosses Shake Down Their Members and Corrupt American Politics Author: Linda Chavez, Daniel Gray Narrator: Theresa Long Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 5, 2004 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Simply put, the leftist labor unions have the Democrats in their pockets. And we’re all paying the price.” Linda Chavez, President George W. Bush’s original choice for Secretary of Labor and a former union official, is one of the foremost authorities on America’s labor unions. Now, in the explosive new book Betrayal, she and fellow union expert Daniel Gray expose the corrupt bargain between the labor movement and the Democratic Party. Committed to a far-left political agenda—and to enhancing their own power—union bosses funnel at least half a billion dollars into Democratic coffers every year. And they do it, illegally, by using dues money that workers are forced to pay as a condition of their employment—dues money that each year brings the unions $17 billion, all of it tax-free. What do labor bosses get in return? The power to call the shots in Democratic campaigns and on party policy, extraordinary influence at all levels of government, billions of dollars in taxpayer-funded federal grants, and special legal privileges that leave them free to act as they please, no matter the consequences for the American people. The cycle of corruption is seemingly endless. Chavez and Gray name names, exposing the many politicians who are in Big Labor’s pocket—including the leading lights of the Democratic Party. Betrayal also reveals: • Big Labor’s all-out efforts in the 2004 election, including how just one local union has launched a $35-million campaign to unseat President Bush • How corrupt union officials use members’ hard-earned money to fund lavish lifestyles—and how their Democratic supporters let them get away with it • How unions flout the law by failing to report any of their political spending to the IRS • How a government report uncovered the Democrats’ sellout to Big Labor—but how the unions and the Democrats sued to keep the report from going public • How the U.S. government lets unions practice legalized terrorism against American citizens • How public-employee unions extort concessions from the government and put Americans at risk by refusing to provide vital services like policing and firefighting • How Americans now live under a system of legal apartheid—one set of rules for labor bosses, another for the rest of us All of us foot the bill for this corrupt system. Now it’s up to us to do something about it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-matters-by-cornel-west--65210930https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Matters Author: Cornel West Narrator: Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Uncompromising and unconventional . . . Cornel West is an eloquent prophet with attitude.” — Newsweek“ 'A timely analysis about the current state of democratic systems in America.' — The Boston Globe In Democracy Matters, Cornel West argues that if America is to become a better steward of democratization around the world, we must first wake up to the long history of corruption that has plagued our own democracy: racism, free market fundamentalism, aggressive militarism, and escalating authoritarianism.  This impassioned and empowering call for the revitalization of America's democracy, by one of our most distinctive and compelling social critics, will reshape the raging national debate about America's role in today's troubled world.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203418Thu, 01 Jan 2004 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Matters Author: Cornel West Narrator: Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2004...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Matters Author: Cornel West Narrator: Cornel West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 1, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Uncompromising and unconventional . . . Cornel West is an eloquent prophet with attitude.” — Newsweek“ 'A timely analysis about the current state of democratic systems in America.' — The Boston Globe In Democracy Matters, Cornel West argues that if America is to become a better steward of democratization around the world, we must first wake up to the long history of corruption that has plagued our own democracy: racism, free market fundamentalism, aggressive militarism, and escalating authoritarianism.  This impassioned and empowering call for the revitalization of America's democracy, by one of our most distinctive and compelling social critics, will reshape the raging national debate about America's role in today's troubled world.]]>305cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pigs-at-the-trough-how-corporate-greed-and-political-corruption-are-undermining-america-by-arianna-huffington--65210937https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pigs at the Trough: How Corporate Greed and Political Corruption are Undermining America Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Alison Fraser Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 24, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Arianna Huffington turns the spotlight on the tough reforms we must demand from Washington that go beyond the Corporate Responsibility Act.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201708Mon, 24 Nov 2003 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pigs at the Trough: How Corporate Greed and Political Corruption are Undermining America Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Alison Fraser Format:...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/201708 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pigs at the Trough: How Corporate Greed and Political Corruption are Undermining America Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Alison Fraser Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: November 24, 2003 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Arianna Huffington turns the spotlight on the tough reforms we must demand from Washington that go beyond the Corporate Responsibility Act.]]>185cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-big-enchilada-by-stuart-p-stevens--65210873https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212672 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Enchilada Author: Stuart P. Stevens Narrator: Edward Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 1, 2001 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Six years ago he owned a baseball team. Now he's the leader of the free world. 'The Big Enchilada' is a comic anthem to the wild and improbable crusade that propelled George W. Bush into the White House and to the close-knit group of Texans who made it happen, written by 'the Bush campaign's Renaissance man' (Time magazine). Writer and political strategist Stuart Stevens has been hailed by Martin Amis as 'the perfect companion: brave, funny, and ever-watchful,' and The New Yorker has praised him for having 'a wonderful eye for the curiosities of human behavior.' Here he tells the surprisingly funny, adrenaline-fueled story of the Bush campaign the public never saw—from the Austin coffee shop where Stevens watched Karl Rove sketch out the Republican master plan on a napkin to the small Methodist church in Crawford, Texas, where the blue-jeaned future president prepared for the make-or-break debates that no one expected him to win. He offers the inside view of the rise and flameout of maverick John McCain; the struggle to come up with a message that could be heard over a booming economy ('Times have never been better. Vote for change,' campaign aides joked); and the fierce debates over the upside and downside of 'going negative' against a vulnerable adversary. Above all, Stevens turns the familiar political tale of disillusionment on its head. From the moment he arrived in Austin to join the campaign—'Stevens, get in here and let's bond!' the governor said—he discovered the peculiar pleasure of working with people who not only respected and admired their candidate but actually 'liked' him. They faced formidable obstacles, from a nation surfing a vast wave of peace and prosperity to an experienced opponent whose seasoned advisers bragged that the campaign would be 'a slaughterhouse.' But Texans, as Stevens learned, are a confident bunch, and the Bush crowd remained convinced they would win the biggest prize of all—even on the brink of losing. This is the story of what it was like as only an insider could tell it.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212672Mon, 01 Oct 2001 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212672 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Enchilada Author: Stuart P. Stevens Narrator: Edward Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 1,...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/212672 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Enchilada Author: Stuart P. Stevens Narrator: Edward Holland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: October 1, 2001 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Six years ago he owned a baseball team. Now he's the leader of the free world. 'The Big Enchilada' is a comic anthem to the wild and improbable crusade that propelled George W. Bush into the White House and to the close-knit group of Texans who made it happen, written by 'the Bush campaign's Renaissance man' (Time magazine). Writer and political strategist Stuart Stevens has been hailed by Martin Amis as 'the perfect companion: brave, funny, and ever-watchful,' and The New Yorker has praised him for having 'a wonderful eye for the curiosities of human behavior.' Here he tells the surprisingly funny, adrenaline-fueled story of the Bush campaign the public never saw—from the Austin coffee shop where Stevens watched Karl Rove sketch out the Republican master plan on a napkin to the small Methodist church in Crawford, Texas, where the blue-jeaned future president prepared for the make-or-break debates that no one expected him to win. He offers the inside view of the rise and flameout of maverick John McCain; the struggle to come up with a message that could be heard over a booming economy ('Times have never been better. Vote for change,' campaign aides joked); and the fierce debates over the upside and downside of 'going negative' against a vulnerable adversary. Above all, Stevens turns the familiar political tale of disillusionment on its head. From the moment he arrived in Austin to join the campaign—'Stevens, get in here and let's bond!' the governor said—he discovered the peculiar pleasure of working with people who not only respected and admired their candidate but actually 'liked' him. They faced formidable obstacles, from a nation surfing a vast wave of peace and prosperity to an experienced opponent whose seasoned advisers bragged that the campaign would be 'a slaughterhouse.' But Texans, as Stevens learned, are a confident bunch, and the Bush crowd remained convinced they would win the biggest prize of all—even on the brink of losing. This is the story of what it was like as only an insider could tell it.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-trial-by-jury-by-d-graham-burnett--65210884https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Trial by Jury Author: D. Graham Burnett Narrator: D. Graham Burnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 11, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jury duty happens to everyone. When the call came to Graham Burnett, a young historian, he had a shock in store. A Trial by Jury is his startling account of how performing this familiar civic duty challenged him in ways he never thought possible and turned into one of the most consuming experiences of his life. Burnett begins with the story of the trial: a body with multiple stab wounds found in a New York apartment, intimations of cross-dressing, male prostitution, mistaken identity. And then, the unexpected drama: Burnett finds himself appointed the foreman, with the responsibility of leading the increasingly frenetic deliberations within the black box of the jury room. Soon he is sequestered—which is to say marooned—with eleven others, a group of people who view their task, and often one another, with palpable distaste. Among his colleagues: a vacuum-cleaner repairman cum urban missionary, a young actress, and a man apparently floundering in a borderland between real life and daytime television. As Burnett steers the contentious politics of their temporary no-exit society toward the verdict, he undergoes an unexpected awakening. Having been plucked from his cozy nest in the world of books and ideas and then plunged into the netherworld of lurid crime, he learns the limits of what intellect alone can accomplish in the real world. Above all, Burnett discovers firsthand the terrifying ultimate power of the state and the agonies of being asked to do justice within the rigid dictates of the law. Part true crime, part political treatise, part contemplation of right, wrong, and the power of words, A Trial by Jury is a mesmerizing narrative of one man’s encounter with crime and punishment, American style. It profoundly affects one’s sense of the privileges—and the perils—of citizenship.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211502Tue, 11 Sep 2001 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Trial by Jury Author: D. Graham Burnett Narrator: D. Graham Burnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: September...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/211502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Trial by Jury Author: D. Graham Burnett Narrator: D. Graham Burnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 11, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Jury duty happens to everyone. When the call came to Graham Burnett, a young historian, he had a shock in store. A Trial by Jury is his startling account of how performing this familiar civic duty challenged him in ways he never thought possible and turned into one of the most consuming experiences of his life. Burnett begins with the story of the trial: a body with multiple stab wounds found in a New York apartment, intimations of cross-dressing, male prostitution, mistaken identity. And then, the unexpected drama: Burnett finds himself appointed the foreman, with the responsibility of leading the increasingly frenetic deliberations within the black box of the jury room. Soon he is sequestered—which is to say marooned—with eleven others, a group of people who view their task, and often one another, with palpable distaste. Among his colleagues: a vacuum-cleaner repairman cum urban missionary, a young actress, and a man apparently floundering in a borderland between real life and daytime television. As Burnett steers the contentious politics of their temporary no-exit society toward the verdict, he undergoes an unexpected awakening. Having been plucked from his cozy nest in the world of books and ideas and then plunged into the netherworld of lurid crime, he learns the limits of what intellect alone can accomplish in the real world. Above all, Burnett discovers firsthand the terrifying ultimate power of the state and the agonies of being asked to do justice within the rigid dictates of the law. Part true crime, part political treatise, part contemplation of right, wrong, and the power of words, A Trial by Jury is a mesmerizing narrative of one man’s encounter with crime and punishment, American style. It profoundly affects one’s sense of the privileges—and the perils—of citizenship.]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-burden-of-bad-ideas-how-modern-intellectuals-misshape-our-society-by-heather-mac-donald--65210871https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 12, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In closely reported stories from the streets of New York to the seats of intellectual power, MacDonald shows how bad ideas get started and then acquire a life of their own. Her reports trace the transformation of influential opinion-makers and large philanthropic foundations from confident advocates of individual responsibility, opportunity, and learning into apologists for the welfare state. The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It’s a cold shower. “ . . . MacDonald is, as readers of this volume will discover, indispensable.”—George  Will]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378Mon, 12 Mar 2001 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203378 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society Author: Heather Mac Donald Narrator: Anna Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 12, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In closely reported stories from the streets of New York to the seats of intellectual power, MacDonald shows how bad ideas get started and then acquire a life of their own. Her reports trace the transformation of influential opinion-makers and large philanthropic foundations from confident advocates of individual responsibility, opportunity, and learning into apologists for the welfare state. The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It’s a cold shower. “ . . . MacDonald is, as readers of this volume will discover, indispensable.”—George  Will]]>605cleanfullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fast-food-nation-the-dark-side-of-the-all-american-meal-by-eric-schlosser--65210949https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 7, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 160 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fast Food Nation - the groundbreaking work of investigation and cultural history that has changed the way America thinks about the way it eats - and spent nearly four months on the New York Times bestseller list - now available on cassette! Are we what we eat? To a degree both engrossing and alarming, the story of fast food is the story of postwar America. Though created by a handful of mavericks, the fast food industry has triggered the homogenization of our society. Fast food has hastened the malling of our landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelling the juggernaut of American cultural imperialism abroad. That's a lengthy list of charges, but Eric Schlosser makes them stick with an artful mix of first-rate reportage, wry wit, and careful reasoning. Schlosser's myth-shattering survey stretches from the California subdivisions where the business was born to the industrial corridor along the New Jersey Turnpike where many of fast food's flavors are concocted. Along the way, he unearths a trove of fascinating, unsettling truths - from the unholy alliance between fast food and Hollywood to the seismic changes the industry has wrought in food production, popular culture, even real estate. He also uncovers the fast food chains' efforts to reel in the youngest, most susceptible consumers even while they hone their institutionalized exploitation of teenagers and minorities. Schlosser then turns a critical eye toward the hot topic of globalization - a phenomenon launched by fast food.]]>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370Wed, 07 Feb 2001 01:22:31 +0000Aileen FarrellPlease visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0...https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/203370 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fast Food Nation: The Dark Side of the All-American Meal Author: Eric Schlosser Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 7, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 160 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fast Food Nation - the groundbreaking work of investigation and cultural history that has changed the way America thinks about the way it eats - and spent nearly four months on the New York Times bestseller list - now available on cassette! Are we what we eat? To a degree both engrossing and alarming, the story of fast food is the story of postwar America. Though created by a handful of mavericks, the fast food industry has triggered the homogenization of our society. Fast food has hastened the malling of our landscape, widened the chasm between rich and poor, fueled an epidemic of obesity, and propelling the juggernaut of American cultural imperialism abroad. That's a lengthy list of charges, but Eric Schlosser makes them stick with an artful mix of first-rate reportage, wry wit, and careful reasoning. Schlosser's myth-shattering survey stretches from the California subdivisions where the business was born to the industrial corridor along the New Jersey Turnpike where many of fast food's flavors are concocted. Along the way, he unearths a trove of fascinating, unsettling truths - from the unholy alliance between fast food and Hollywood to the seismic changes the industry has wrought in food production, popular culture, even real estate. He also uncovers the fast food chains' efforts to reel in the youngest, most susceptible consumers even while they hone their institutionalized exploitation of teenagers and minorities. Schlosser then turns a critical eye toward the hot topic of globalization - a phenomenon launched by fast food.]]>605cleanfull